Chapters in this book

205 of 205 chapters

630 hadiths · Full book

Chapter 1

The Opening OfThe Prayer

Hadith 803

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

803. Muhammad bin 'Amr bin 'Atā' said: "I heard Abu Humaid As-Sā'idi say: 'When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up for prayer, he would face the prayer direction, raise his hands, and say: "Allāhu Akbar (Allāh is Most Great)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

803 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الطَّنَافِسِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيَّ يَقُولُ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ، اسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ، وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، وَقَالَ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 803

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 803

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 804

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

804. It was narrated that Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to start his prayer by saying: 'Subhānaka Allāhumma wa bi hamdika, wa tabārakas-muka, wa ta'āla jadduka, wa lā ilāha ghairuka (Glory and praise be to You, O Allāh, blessed be Your Name and exalted be Your majesty, none has the right to be worshipped but you).” (Hasan)

Arabic text

804 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي جَعْفَرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الضُّبَعِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الرِّفَاعِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُتَوَكِّلِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَسْتَفْتِحُ صَلَاتَهُ يَقُولُ: «سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ، وَتَبَارَكَ اسْمُكَ، وَتَعَالَى جَدُّكَ، وَلَا إِلَهَ غَيْرُكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 804

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 804

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 805

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

805. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: “When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said the Takbir (Allāh Akbar), he would remain silent between the Takbir and the recitation. I said: ‘May my father and mother be ransomed for you! I noticed that you are silent between the Takbir and the recitation; please tell me what you say then.’ He said: ‘I say: ‘Allāhumma bā'id baimi wa baina khatāyāya kamā bā'adta bainal-mashriqi wal-maghrib; Allāhumma naqqini min khatāyāya kath-thawbil abyad minad-danas; Allāhummagh-silni min khatāyāya bil-mā'i wath-thalji wal-barad (O Allāh, distance me from my sins as You have distanced the east from the west; O Allāh purify me of my sins as a white garment is purified of dirt; O Allāh, cleanse me of my sins with water and snow and hail).’” (Sahih)

Arabic text

805 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ وَعَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ الْقَعْقَاعِ، عَنْ أَبِي زُرْعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، إِذَا كَبَّرَ سَكَتَ بَيْنَ التَّكْبِيرِ وَالْقِرَاءَةِ، قَالَ: فَقُلْتُ: بِأَبِي أَنْتَ وَأُمِّي، أَرَأَيْتَ سُكُوتَكَ بَيْنَ التَّكْبِيرِ وَالْقِرَاءَةِ، فَأَخْبِرْنِي مَا تَقُولُ، قَالَ: " أَقُولُ: اللَّهُمَّ بَاعِدْ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَ خَطَايَايَ، كَمَا بَاعَدْتَ بَيْنَ الْمَشْرِقِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ، اللَّهُمَّ نَقِّنِي مِنْ خَطَايَايَ، كَالثَّوْبِ الْأَبْيَضِ مِنَ الدَّنَسِ، اللَّهُمَّ اغْسِلْنِي مِنْ خَطَايَايَ بِالْمَاءِ وَالثَّلْجِ وَالْبَرَدِ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 805

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 805

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 806

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

806. It was narrated from 'Āishah that when the Prophet ﷺ started Salāt he would say: "Subhānaka Allāhumma wa bi hamdika, wa tabārakas-muka wa ta'āla jadduka, wa lā ilāha ghayruk (Glory and praise is to You, O Allāh, blessed is Your Name and exalted is Your majesty, none has the right to be worshiped but You)." (Hasan)

Arabic text

806 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عِمْرَانَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَارِثَةُ بْنُ أَبِي الرِّجَالِ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ قَالَ: «سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ، تَبَارَكَ اسْمُكَ، وَتَعَالَى جَدُّكَ، وَلَا إِلَهَ غَيْرُكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 806

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 806

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 2

Seeking Refuge During The Prayer

Hadith 807

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

807. It was narrated from Ibn Jubair bin Mut'im that his father said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ when he started the prayer. He said: 'Allāhu Akbaru kabiran, Allāhu Akbaru kabiran (Allāh is the Most Great indeed),' three times; 'Al-hamdu Lillāhi kathiran, al-hamdu Lillāhi kathiran (Much praise is to Allāh),' three times; 'Subhān Allāhi bukratan wa asilan (Glory is to Allāh morning and evening),' three times; 'Allāhumma inni a'udhu bika minash-Shaitânir-rajim, min hamzihi wa nafkhihi wa nafthihi (O Allâh, I seek refuge in You from the accursed Satan, from his madness, his poetry, and his pride).” (Hasan) (One of the narrators) ‘Amr said: “Hamzuhu is his madness, Nafathuhu is poetry and Nafkhuhu is pride.”

Arabic text

807 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ الْعَنَزِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، قَالَ: «اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ كَبِيرًا، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ كَبِيرًا» ثَلَاثًا، «الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ كَثِيرًا، الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ كَثِيرًا» ثَلَاثًا، «سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ بُكْرَةً وَأَصِيلًا» ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتِ، «اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ الرَّجِيمِ، مِنْ هَمْزِهِ، وَنَفْخِهِ، وَنَفْثِهِ» قَالَ عَمْرٌو: هَمْزُهُ: الْمُوتَةُ، وَنَفْثُهُ: الشِّعْرُ، وَنَفْخُهُ: الْكِبْرُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 807

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 807

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 808

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

808. It was narrated from Ibn Mas’ud that the Prophet ﷺ said: “Allâhumma inni a’udhu bika minash-Shaitânir-rajim, wa hamzihi wa nafkhihi wa nafthihi (O Allâh, I seek refuge in You from the accursed Satan, from his madness, his pride, and his poetry).” (Hasan) He said: “Hamzuhu is his madness, Nafathuhu is poetry, and Nafkhuhu is pride.”

Arabic text

808 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْمُنْذِرِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ فُضَيْلٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَطَاءُ بْنُ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ السُّلَمِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ الرَّجِيمِ، وَهَمْزِهِ، وَنَفْخِهِ، وَنَفْثِهِ» قَالَ: هَمْزُهُ: الْمُوتَةُ، وَنَفْثُهُ: الشِّعْرُ، وَنَفْخُهُ: الْكِبْرُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 808

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 808

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 3

Placing The Right Hand On The Left During Prayer

Hadith 809

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

809. It was narrated from Qabisah bin Hulb that his father said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to lead us in prayer, and he would take hold of his left hand with his right." (Hasan)

Arabic text

809 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، عَنْ قَبِيصَةَ بْنِ هُلْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَؤُمُّنَا فَيَأْخُذُ شِمَالَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 809

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 809

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 810

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

810. It was narrated that Wâ'il bin Hujr said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ performing prayer, and he took hold of his left hand with his right." (Sahih)

Arabic text

810 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ الضَّرِيرُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمَفَضَّلِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي، فَأَخَذَ شِمَالَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 810

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 810

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 811

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

811. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Mas'ud said: "The Prophet ﷺ passed by me, and I was putting my left hand on my right. He took hold of my right hand and put it on my left." (Hasan)

Arabic text

811 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ الْهَرَوِيُّ إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حَاتِمٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا هُشَيْمٌ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا الْحَجَّاجُ بْنُ أَبِي زَيْنَبَ السُّلَمِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ النَّهْدِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: مَرَّ بِيَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَنَا وَاضِعٌ يَدِي الْيُسْرَى عَلَى الْيُمْنَى «فَأَخَذَ بِيَدِي الْيُمْنَى فَوَضَعَهَا عَلَى الْيُسْرَى»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 811

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 811

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 4

Starting The Recitation

Hadith 812

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

812. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, Abu Bakr, 'Umar and 'Uthmân used to start their recitation with "All the praises and thanks are to Allâh, the Lord of all that exists. (Al-hamdu Lillâhi Rabbil-Âlamîn)."[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

812 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ بُدَيْلِ بْنِ مَيْسَرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَوْزَاءِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: " كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَفْتَتِحُ الْقِرَاءَةَ بِ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ} [الفاتحة: 2] "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 812

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 812

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 813

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

813. It was narrated that Anas bin Mâlik said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, Abu Bakr and 'Umar used to start their recitation with 'All the praises and thanks are to Allâh, the Lord of all that exists (Al-hamdu Lillâhi Rabbil-Âlamîn)."[2] (Sahih)

Arabic text

813 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا جُبَارَةُ بْنُ الْمُغَلِّسِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: " كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرُ يَفْتَتِحُونَ الْقِرَاءَةَ بِ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ} [الفاتحة: 2] "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 813

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 813

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 814

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

814. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ used to start his recitation with 'All the praises and thanks are to Allâh, the Lord of all that exists' (Al- hamdu Lillāhi Rabbil-Ālamīn),[1](Sahih)

Arabic text

814 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ وَبَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ وَعُقْبَةُ بْنُ مُكْرَمٍ قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا صَفْوَانُ بْنُ عِيسَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ ابْنِ عَمِّ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " كَانَ يَفْتَتِحُ الْقِرَاءَةَ بِ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ} [الفاتحة: 2] "

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Fâtihah 1:2.

2 [2] Al-Fâtihah 1:2.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 814

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 814

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 815

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

815. Ibn 'Abdullāh bin Mughaffal narrated from his father and he said: "I have rarely seen a man for whom innovation in Islam was harder to bear than him. He heard me reciting: 'In the Name of Allāh, the Most Gracious, the Most Merciful' Bismillāhir-Rahmānir-Rahīm[2] and he said: 'O my son, beware of innovation, for I prayed with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and with Abu Bakr, and with 'Umar, and with 'Uthmān, and I never heard any of them saying this. When you (begin to) recite, say: 'All the praises and thanks are to Allāh, the Lord of all that exists.' (Al-hamdu Lillāhi Rabbil-Ālamīn).'[3] (Da'if) [1] Al-Fātihah 1:2. [2] Al-Fātihah 1:1. [3] Al-Fātihah 1:2.

Arabic text

815 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنِ الْجُرَيْرِيِّ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ عَبَايَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْمُغَفَّلِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: وَقَلَّمَا رَأَيْتُ رَجُلًا أَشَدَّ عَلَيْهِ فِي الْإِسْلَامِ حَدَثًا مِنْهُ، فَسَمِعَنِي وَأَنَا أَقْرَأُ {بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمَنِ الرَّحِيمِ} [الفاتحة: 1] فَقَالَ: أَيْ بُنَيَّ إِيَّاكَ وَالْحَدَثَ، " فَإِنِّي صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَمَعَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، وَمَعَ عُمَرَ، وَمَعَ عُثْمَانَ، فَلَمْ أَسْمَعْ رَجُلًا مِنْهُمْ يَقُولُهُ، فَإِذَا قَرَأْتَ، فَقُلِ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ} [الفاتحة: 2] "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 815

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 815

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 5

Recitation In The Fajr Prayer

Hadith 816

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

816. It was narrated from Qutbah bin Mâlik that he heard the Prophet ﷺ recite: "And tall date palms, with ranged clusters"[1] in the Subh (Sahih).

Arabic text

816 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ وَسُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ زِيَادِ بْنِ عِلَاقَةَ، عَنْ قُطْبَةَ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، سَمِعَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " يَقْرَأُ فِي الصُّبْحِ {وَالنَّخْلَ بَاسِقَاتٍ لَهَا طَلْعٌ نَضِيدٌ} [ق: 10] "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 816

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 816

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 817

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

817. It was narrated that 'Amr bin Huraith said: "I performed prayer with the Prophet ﷺ when he was reciting in the Fajr, and it is as if I can hear him reciting: 'So verily, I swear by the planets that recede. And by the planets that move swiftly and hide themselves.'"[2] (Sahih)

Arabic text

817 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنْ أَصْبَغَ مَوْلَى عَمْرِو بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ قَالَ: " صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَهُوَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْفَجْرِ، كَأَنِّي أَسْمَعُ قِرَاءَتَهُ: {فَلَا أُقْسِمُ بِالْخُنَّسِ الْجَوَارِ الْكُنَّسِ} [التكوير: 16] "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 817

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 817

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 818

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

818. It was narrated from Abu Barzah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to recite between sixty and one hundred (Verses) in Fajr prayer. (Sahih)

Arabic text

818 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ الْعَوَّامِ، عَنْ عَوْفٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمِنْهَالِ، عَنْ أَبِي بَرْزَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا سُوَيْدٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعْتَمِرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، حَدَّثَهُ أَبُو الْمِنْهَالِ، عَنْ أَبِي بَرْزَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ» يَقْرَأُ فِي الْفَجْرِ مَا بَيْنَ السِّتِّينَ إِلَى الْمِائَةِ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Qâf 50:10.

2 [2] At-Takwir 81:15, 16.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 818

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 818

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 819

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

819. It was narrated that Abu Qatadah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to lead us in prayer, and he would lengthen the first Rak'ah of the Zuhr and shorten the second Rak'ah, and he would do likewise in the Subh." (Sahih)

Arabic text

819 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بِشْرٍ بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ حَجَّاجٍ الصَّوَّافِ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، وَعَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي بِنَا، فَيُطِيلُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأُولَى مِنَ الظُّهْرِ، وَيُقْصِرُ فِي الثَّانِيَةِ، وَكَذَلِكَ فِي الصُّبْحِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 819

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 819

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 820

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

820. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Sâ'ib said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ recited Al-Mu'minun[1] in the Subh prayer, and when he came to the mention of 'Eisa, he was overcome with a cough, so he bowed in Ruku'." (Sahih)

Arabic text

820 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ قَالَ: " قَرَأَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ: بِالْمُؤْمِنُونَ فَلَمَّا أَتَى عَلَى ذِكْرِ عِيسَى، أَصَابَتْهُ شَرْقَةٌ، فَرَكَعَ " يَعْنِي سَعْلَةً

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Mu'minun 23.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 820

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 820

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 6

The Recitation In The Fajr Prayer On Fridays

Hadith 821

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

821. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "For the Subh prayer on Fridays, the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to recite 'Alif-Lâm-Mim'. The revelation...[1] and 'Has there not been over man...'[2] (Sahih)

Arabic text

821 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ مُخَوَّلٍ، عَنْ مُسْلِمٍ الْبَطِينِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ: الم تَنْزِيلُ السَّجْدَةَ، وَهَلْ أَتَى عَلَى الْإِنْسَانِ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 821

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 821

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 822

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

822. It was narrated from Mus'ab bin Sa'd that his father said: "For the Fajr prayer on Fridays, the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to recite 'Alif-Lâm-Mim'. The revelation...[1] and 'Has there not been over man...'[2] (Sahih)

Arabic text

822 - حَدَّثَنَا أَزْهَرُ بْنُ مَرْوَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْحَارِثُ بْنُ نَبْهَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ ابْنُ بَهْدَلَةَ، عَنْ مُصْعَبِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلَاةِ الْفَجْرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ: الم تَنْزِيلُ، وَهَلْ أَتَى عَلَى الْإِنْسَانِ "

Footnotes

1 [1] As-Sajdah 32:1.

2 [2] Al-Insân 76:1.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 822

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 822

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 823

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

823. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that for the Subh prayer on Fridays, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to recite 'Alif-Lām-Mim'. The revelation...[3] and 'Has there not been over man...'[4] (Sahih)

Arabic text

823 - حَدَّثَنَا حَرْمَلَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ: الم تَنْزِيلُ، وَهَلْ أَتَى عَلَى الْإِنْسَانِ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 823

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 823

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 824

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

824. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ud that for the Subh prayer on Fridays, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to recite "Alif-Lām-Mim". The revelation...[5] and "Has there not been over man..."[6] (Hasan) Ishāq said: 'Amr has narrated to us like this from Abdullāh, I have no doubt about it. [1] As-Sajdah 32:1. [2] Al-Insân 76:1. [3] As-Sajdah 32:1. [4] Al-Insân 76:1. [5] As-Sajdah 32:1. [6] Al-Insân 76:1.

Arabic text

824 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ أَبِي قَيْسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي فَرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ: الم تَنْزِيلُ، وَهَلْ أَتَى عَلَى الْإِنْسَانِ "، قَالَ إِسْحَاقُ: هَكَذَا حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرٌو، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، لَا أَشُكُّ فِيهِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 824

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 824

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 7

The Recitation For The Zuhr And The 'Asr

Hadith 825

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

825. It was narrated that Qaza'ah said: "I asked Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri about the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. He said: 'There is nothing good in that for you.'[1] I said: 'Explain it, may Allāh have mercy on you.' He said: 'The Iqāmah would be given for the Zuhr prayer for the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, then one of us would go out to Al-Baqi', relieve himself, then come back and perform ablution, and he would find the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ still in the first Rak'ah of the Zuhr.'"(Sahih)

Arabic text

825 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا رَبِيعَةُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ قَزَعَةَ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيَّ، عَنْ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: لَيْسَ لَكَ فِي ذَلِكَ خَيْرٌ، قُلْتُ: بَيِّنْ، رَحِمَكَ اللَّهُ، قَالَ: «كَانَتِ الصَّلَاةُ تُقَامُ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ، فَيَخْرُجُ أَحَدُنَا إِلَى الْبَقِيعِ، فَيَقْضِي حَاجَتَهُ، فَيَجِيءُ فَيَتَوَضَّأُ، فَيَجِدُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأُولَى مِنَ الظُّهْرِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 825

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 825

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 826

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

826. It was narrated that Abu Ma'mar said: "I said to Khabbāb: 'How did you recognize that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was reciting in the Zuhr and the 'Asr'? He said: 'From the movement of his beard.'"(Sahih)

Arabic text

826 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِخَبَّابٍ: " بِأَيِّ شَيْءٍ كُنْتُمْ تَعْرِفُونَ قِرَاءَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ؟ قَالَ: بِاضْطِرَابِ لِحْيَتِهِ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, "If you do not act upon it." See explanation by Sindi.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 826

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 826

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 827

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

827. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "I have never seen anyone whose prayer more closely resembles that of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ than so-and-so. He used to lengthen the first two Rak'ah of the Zuhr and shorten the last two Rak'ah, and he used to shorten the 'Asr.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

827 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرٍ الْحَنَفِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الضَّحَّاكُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي بُكَيْرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْأَشَجِّ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: " مَا رَأَيْتُ أَحَدًا أَشْبَهَ صَلَاةً بِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، مِنْ فُلَانٍ، قَالَ: وَكَانَ يُطِيلُ الْأُولَيَيْنِ مِنَ الظُّهْرِ، وَيُخَفِّفُ الْأُخْرَيَيْنِ، وَيُخَفِّفُ الْعَصْرَ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 827

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 827

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 828

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

828. It was narrated that Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri said: "Thirty of the Companions of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ who had been at Badr came together and said: 'Come, let us estimate the length of the recitation of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ for the prayer in which Qur'an is not recited out aloud.' No two men among them disagreed, and they estimated the length of his recitation in the first Rak'ah of the Zuhr to be thirty Verses and in the second Rak'ah to be half of that. They estimated his recitation in 'Asr' to be half of the last two Rak'ah of Zuhr.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

828 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ الطَّيَالِسِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمَسْعُودِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدٌ الْعَمِّيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: " اجْتَمَعَ ثَلَاثُونَ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالُوا: تَعَالَوْا حَتَّى نَقِيسَ قِرَاءَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فِيمَا لَمْ يَجْهَرْ فِيهِ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ، فَمَا اخْتَلَفَ مِنْهُمْ رَجُلَانِ، فَقَاسُوا قِرَاءَتَهُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأُولَى مِنَ الظُّهْرِ، بِقَدْرِ ثَلَاثِينَ آيَةً، وَفِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأُخْرَى قَدْرَ النِّصْفِ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، وَقَاسُوا ذَلِكَ فِي الْعَصْرِ، عَلَى قَدْرِ النِّصْفِ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الْأُخْرَيَيْنِ مِنَ الظُّهْرِ " بَابُ الْجَهْرِ بِالْآيَةِ أَحْيَانًا فِي صَلَاةِ الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 828

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 828

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 8

Occasionally Reciting A Verse Aloud For Zuhr And 'Asr Prayers

Hadith 829

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

829. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Abu Qatâdah that his father said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to recite when leading us in the first two Rak'ah of the Zuhr prayer, and sometimes he would recite such that we could hear the Verse." (Sahih)

Arabic text

829 - حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ هِلَالٍ الصَّوَّافُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ الدَّسْتُوَائِيُّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ بِنَا فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الْأُولَيَيْنِ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الظُّهْرِ، وَيُسْمِعُنَا الْآيَةَ أَحْيَانًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 829

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 829

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 830

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

830. It was narrated that Barâ' bin 'Azib said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to lead us for the Zuhr, and we would hear him reciting a Verse after the Verses from Surat Luqmān (31) and Adh-Dhāriyāt (51).” (Da’if)

Arabic text

830 - حَدَّثَنَا عُقْبَةُ بْنُ مُكْرَمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَلْمُ بْنُ قُتَيْبَةَ، عَنْ هَاشِمِ بْنِ الْبَرِيدِ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي بِنَا الظُّهْرَ، فَنَسْمَعُ مِنْهُ الْآيَةَ بَعْدَ الْآيَاتِ، مِنْ سُورَةِ لُقْمَانَ، وَالذَّارِيَاتِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 830

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 830

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 9

The Recitation For The Maghrib Prayer

Hadith 831

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

831. It was narrated that Ibn ‘Abbās said, narrating from his mother (one of the narrators) Abu Bakr bin Abu Shaibah said: “(She was) Lubābah” that she heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ reciting ‘By the winds sent forth one after another...’[1] in the Maghrib. (Sahih)

Arabic text

831 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ - قَالَ أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ هِيَ لُبَابَةُ أَنَّهَا سَمِعَتْ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَقْرَأُ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ بِالْمُرْسَلَاتِ عُرْفًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 831

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 831

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 832

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

832. It was narrated from Muhammad bin Jubair bin Mut’im that his father said: “I heard the Prophet ﷺ reciting At-Tur (52) in the Maghrib.” In a different narration, Jubair said: “And when I heard him recite: ‘Were they created by nothing? Or were they themselves the creators?’ up to: ‘Then let their listener produce some manifest proof,’[2] it was as if my heart were about to take flight.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

832 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَقْرَأُ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ بِالطُّورِ» قَالَ جُبَيْرٌ فِي غَيْرِ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ: فَلَمَّا سَمِعْتُهُ يَقْرَأُ {أَمْ خُلِقُوا مِنْ غَيْرِ شَيْءٍ أَمْ هُمُ الْخَالِقُونَ} [الطور: 35] إِلَى قَوْلِهِ، {فَلْيَأْتِ مُسْتَمِعُهُمْ بِسُلْطَانٍ مُبِينٍ} [الطور: 38] كَادَ قَلْبِي يَطِيرُ

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Mursalât (77).

2 [2] At-Tur 52:35-38.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 832

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 832

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 833

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniShadh
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

833. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to recite in the Maghrib: 'Say: O you disbelievers!'[1] and 'Say: He is Allāh, (the) One.'"[2] (Da'if)

Arabic text

833 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ بُدَيْلٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " يَقْرَأُ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ: قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ، وَقُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 833

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 833

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 10

The Recitation For The 'Ishā' Prayer

Hadith 834

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

834. It was narrated from Barā' bin 'Azib that he performed the 'Ishā', the later, with the Prophet ﷺ. He said: "I heard him reciting 'By the fig, and the olive'."[3] (Sahih)

Arabic text

834 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَامِرِ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ زَكَرِيَّا بْنِ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ جَمِيعًا، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، أَنَّهُ صَلَّى مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْعِشَاءَ الْآخِرَةَ، قَالَ: فَسَمِعْتُهُ «يَقْرَأُ بِالتِّينِ وَالزَّيْتُونِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Kāfirun (109).

2 [2] Al-Ikhilās (112).

3 [3] At-Tin (95).

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 834

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 834

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 835

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

835. 'Adi bin Thâbit narrated something similar from Barâ' and said: "I have never heard any man with a better voice or who recites it better than him." (Sahih)

Arabic text

835 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَامِرِ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ جَمِيعًا، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ، مِثْلَهُ قَالَ: فَمَا سَمِعْتُ إِنْسَانًا أَحْسَنَ صَوْتًا، - أَوْ قِرَاءَةً مِنْهُ -

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 835

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 835

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 836

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

836. It was narrated from Jâbir that Mu'âdh bin Jabal led his companions for the Tshâ' and he made the prayer too long for them. The Prophet ﷺ said: "Recite 'By the sun and its brightness,'[1] 'Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High,'[2] 'By the night as it envelops,'[3] or, 'Read! In the Name of your Lord Who has created.'"[4] (Sahih)

Arabic text

836 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، أَنَّ مُعَاذَ بْنَ جَبَلٍ صَلَّى بِأَصْحَابِهِ الْعِشَاءَ، فَطَوَّلَ عَلَيْهِمْ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «اقْرَأْ بِالشَّمْسِ وَضُحَاهَا، وَسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى، وَاللَّيْلِ إِذَا يَغْشَى، وَاقْرَأْ بِاسْمِ رَبِّكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 836

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 836

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 11

Reciting Behind The Imâm

Hadith 837

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

837. It was narrated from 'Ubâdah bin Sâmit that the Prophet ﷺ said: "There is no prayer for the one who does not recite Fâtihatil-Kitâb in it." (Sahih)

Arabic text

837 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَسَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ، وَإِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ مَحْمُودِ بْنِ الرَّبِيعِ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا صَلَاةَ لِمَنْ لَمْ يَقْرَأْ فِيهَا بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 837

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 837

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 838

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

838. It was narrated from Abu Sâ'ib that he heard Abu Hurairah say: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: Whoever performs a prayer in which he does not recite Ummul Qur'an (the Mother of the Qur'an, i.e., Al-Fâtiyah), it is deficient; not complete." I said: 'O Abu Hurairah, sometimes I am behind the Imâm. He pressed my forearm and said: 'O Persian! Recite it to yourself.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

838 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَعْقُوبَ، أَنَّ أَبَا السَّائِبِ أَخْبَرَهُ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ صَلَّى صَلَاةً لَمْ يَقْرَأْ فِيهَا بِأُمِّ الْقُرْآنِ، فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ غَيْرُ تَمَامٍ» فَقُلْتُ: يَا أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، فَإِنِّي أَكُونُ أَحْيَانًا وَرَاءَ الْإِمَامِ، فَغَمَزَ ذِرَاعِي وَقَالَ: يَا فَارِسِيُّ، اقْرَأْ بِهَا فِي نَفْسِكَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 838

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 838

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 839

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

839. It was narrated that Abu Sa'eed said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'There is no prayer for the one who does not recite in every Rak'ah: Al-Hamd (Al-Fâtihah) and a Surah whether in an obligatory prayer or another.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

839 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْفُضَيْلِ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُسْهِرٍ جَمِيعًا، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ السَّعْدِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا صَلَاةَ لِمَنْ لَمْ يَقْرَأْ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ بِالْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ وَسُورَةٍ، فِي فَرِيضَةٍ أَوْ غَيْرِهَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 839

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 839

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 840

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

840. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "I heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ say: 'Every prayer in which Ummul-Kitâb (the Mother of the Book) is not recited is deficient.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

840 - حَدَّثَنَا الْفَضْلُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ الْجَزَرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ عَبَّادِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «كُلُّ صَلَاةٍ لَا يُقْرَأُ فِيهَا بِأُمِّ الْكِتَابِ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 840

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 840

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 841

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

841. It was narrated that from 'Amr bin Shu'aib, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Every prayer in which Fâtihatil-Kitâb (the Opening of the Book) is not recited, it is deficient, it is deficient." (Hasan)

Arabic text

841 - حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ السُّكَيْنِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ السَّلْعِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنٌ الْمُعَلِّمُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «كُلُّ صَلَاةٍ لَا يُقْرَأُ فِيهَا بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ، فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 841

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 841

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 842

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

842. Abu Idris Al-Khawlâni narrated that a man asked Abu Dardâ': "Should I recite when the Imâm is reciting?" He said: "A man asked the Prophet ﷺ whether there was recitation in every prayer. The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Yes.' A man among the people said: 'It has become obligatory.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

842 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ مَيْسَرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِدْرِيسَ الْخَوْلَانِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الدَّرْدَاءِ، قَالَ: " سَأَلَهُ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ: أَقْرَأُ وَالْإِمَامُ يَقْرَأُ؟ قَالَ: سَأَلَ رَجُلٌ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: أَفِي كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ قِرَاءَةٌ؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «نَعَمْ» فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْقَوْمِ: وَجَبَ هَذَا "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 842

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 842

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 843

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

843. It was narrated that Jâbir bin 'Abdullâh said: "We used to recite the Opening of the Book and a Surah behind the Imâm in the first two Rak'ah of the Zuhr and the 'Asr', and in the last two Rak'ah (we would recite) the Opening of the Book." (Hasan)

Arabic text

843 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ عَامِرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ الْفَقِيرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ خَلْفَ الْإِمَامِ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الْأُولَيَيْنِ، بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ، وَسُورَةٍ وَفِي الْأُخْرَيَيْنِ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 843

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 843

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 12

The Two Pauses Of The Imām

Hadith 844

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

844. It was narrated that Samurah bin Jundab said: "There are two pauses which I memorized from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, but Imrān bin Husain denied that. We wrote to Ubayy bin Ka'b in Al-Madinah, and he wrote that Samurah had indeed memorized them." (Hasan) (One of the narrators) Sa'eed said: "We said to Qatādah: 'What are these two pauses?' He said: 'When he started his prayer, and when he finished reciting.'" Then later he said: 'And when he recited: 'Not (the way) of those who earned Your Anger, nor of those who went astray.'[1] They used to like (for the Imām) when he had finished reciting to remain silent until he had caught his breath.'"

Arabic text

844 - حَدَّثَنَا جَمِيلُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ جَمِيلٍ الْعَتَكِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدَبٍ، قَالَ: «سَكْتَتَانِ حَفِظْتُهُمَا عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ» فَأَنْكَرَ ذَلِكَ عِمْرَانُ بْنُ الْحُصَيْنِ، فَكَتَبْنَا إِلَى أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ بِالْمَدِينَةِ، فَكَتَبَ أَنَّ سَمُرَةَ قَدْ حَفِظَ. قَالَ سَعِيدٌ: فَقُلْنَا لِقَتَادَةَ: مَا هَاتَانِ السَّكْتَتَانِ؟ قَالَ: " إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي صَلَاتِهِ، وَإِذَا فَرَغَ مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ بَعْدُ: وَإِذَا قَرَأَ {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7] قَالَ: وَكَانَ يُعْجِبُهُمْ: إِذَا فَرَغَ مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ أَنْ يَسْكُتَ، حَتَّى يَتَرَادَّ إِلَيْهِ نَفَسُهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 844

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 844

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 845

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

845. Samurah said: "I memorized two pauses in the prayer, a pause before reciting and a pause when bowing. 'Imrân bin Husain denied that, so they wrote to Al-Madinah, to Ubayy bin Ka'b, and he said that Samurah was speaking the truth." (Hasan)

Arabic text

845 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ خَالِدِ بْنِ خِدَاشٍ، وَعَلِيُّ بْنُ الْحُسَيْنِ بْنِ إِشْكَابَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، قَالَ: قَالَ سَمُرَةُ: «حَفِظْتُ سَكْتَتَيْنِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، سَكْتَةً قَبْلَ الْقِرَاءَةِ، وَسَكْتَةً عِنْدَ الرُّكُوعِ» فَأَنْكَرَ ذَلِكَ عَلَيْهِ عِمْرَانُ بْنُ الْحُصَيْنِ فَكَتَبُوا إِلَى الْمَدِينَةِ إِلَى أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ، فَصَدَّقَ سَمُرَةَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 845

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 845

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 13

When The Imâm Is Reciting, Then Listen Attentively

Hadith 846

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

846. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'The Imâm has been appointed to be followed, so when he says Allâhu Akbar, then say Allâhu Akbar, when he recites, then listen attentively; when he says: Not (the way) of those who earned Your anger, nor of those who went astray,[1] then say Âmin; when he bows then bow; when he says Sami' Allâhu liman hamidah (Allâh hears those who praise Him), then say Allâhumma Rabbanâ wa lakal-hamd (O Allâh, our Lord, to You is the praise);' when he prostrates then prostrate; and if he prays sitting down then all of you pray sitting down.”’(Sahih)

Arabic text

846 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ الْأَحْمَرُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، " إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الْإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَإِذَا قَرَأَ فَأَنْصِتُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7] ، فَقُولُوا: آمِينَ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا، وَإِذَا صَلَّى جَالِسًا، فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا أَجْمَعِينَ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Fâtihah 1:7.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 846

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 846

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 847

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

847. It was narrated that Abu Musa Al-Ash’ari said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: ‘When the Imâm recites, then listen attentively, and if he is sitting (in the prayer) then the first remembrance that anyone of you recites should be the Tashah-hud.’”’ (Sahih)

Arabic text

847 - حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْقَطَّانُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي غَلَّابٍ، عَنْ حِطَّانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الرَّقَاشِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى الْأَشْعَرِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا قَرَأَ الْإِمَامُ فَأَنْصِتُوا، فَإِذَا كَانَ عِنْدَ الْقَعْدَةِ، فَلْيَكُنْ أَوَّلَ ذِكْرِ أَحَدِكُمْ التَّشَهُّدُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 847

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 847

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 848

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

848. It was narrated that Ibn Ukaimah said: “I heard Abu Hurairah say: The Prophet ﷺ led his Companions in a prayer; we think it was the Subh. He said: "Did anyone among you recite?" A man said: "I did." He said: "I was saying to myself, what is wrong with me that someone is fighting to wrest the Qur'an from me?" (Sahih)

Arabic text

848 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ أُكَيْمَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ يَقُولُ: صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِأَصْحَابِهِ صَلَاةً، نَظُنُّ أَنَّهَا الصُّبْحُ، فَقَالَ: «هَلْ قَرَأَ مِنْكُمْ مِنْ أَحَدٍ؟» قَالَ رَجُلٌ: أَنَا، قَالَ «إِنِّي أَقُولُ مَا لِي أُنَازَعُ الْقُرْآنَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 848

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 848

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 849

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

849. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ led us in prayer," and he mentioned a similar report, and added to it, and he said: "And after that they were quiet in the prayers in which the Imām recites aloud." (Sahih)

Arabic text

849 - حَدَّثَنَا جَمِيلُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ أُكَيْمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ، وَزَادَ فِيهِ: قَالَ: فَسَكَتُوا بَعْدُ فِيمَا جَهَرَ فِيهِ الْإِمَامُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 849

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 849

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 850

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

850. It was narrated that Jābir said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever has an Imām, the recitation of the Imām is his recitation.'"(Da'if)

Arabic text

850 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ كَانَ لَهُ إِمَامٌ، فَقِرَاءَةُ الْإِمَامِ لَهُ قِرَاءَةٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 850

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 850

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 14

Saying Āmin Aloud

Hadith 851

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

851. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When the reciter says Āmin, then say Āmin, for the angels say Āmin, and if a person's Āmin coincides with the Āmin of the angels, his previous sins will be forgiven." (Sahih)

Arabic text

851 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا أَمَّنَ الْقَارِئُ فَأَمِّنُوا، فَإِنَّ الْمَلَائِكَةَ تُؤَمِّنُ، فَمَنْ وَافَقَ تَأْمِينُهُ تَأْمِينَ الْمَلَائِكَةِ، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 851

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 851

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 852

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

852. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When the reciter says Āmin, then say Āmin, for if a person's Āmin coincides with the Āmin of the angels, his previous sins will be forgiven." (Sahih)

Arabic text

852 - حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ وَجَمِيلُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ السَّرْحِ الْمِصْرِيُّ وَهَاشِمُ بْنُ الْقَاسِمِ الْحَرَّانِيُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، جَمِيعًا، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، وَأَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا أَمَّنَ الْقَارِئُ فَأَمِّنُوا، فَمَنْ وَافَقَ تَأْمِينُهُ تَأْمِينَ الْمَلَائِكَةِ، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 852

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 852

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 853

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

853. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The people stopped saying Āmin, but when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said 'Not (the way) of those who earned Your Anger, nor of those who went astray'[1] he would say Āmin, until the people in the first row could hear it, and the mosque would shake with it. (Da'if)

Arabic text

853 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا صَفْوَانُ بْنُ عِيسَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ ابْنِ عَمِّ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: تَرَكَ النَّاسُ التَّأْمِينَ، وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَالَ: " {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7] ، قَالَ: «آمِينَ» حَتَّى يَسْمَعَهَا أَهْلُ الصَّفِّ الْأَوَّلِ، فَيَرْتَجُّ بِهَا الْمَسْجِدُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 853

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 853

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 854

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

854. It was narrated that 'Ali said: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saying 'Āmin' after he said, 'nor of those who went astray.'[2] (Sahih)

Arabic text

854 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ كُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ حُجَيَّةَ بْنِ عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَالَ: «وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ» قَالَ «آمِينَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 854

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 854

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 855

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

855. It was narrated from 'Abdul-Jabbār bin Wā'il that his father said: "I performed prayer with the Prophet ﷺ and when he said: 'Nor of those who went astray',[3] he said Āmin and we heard that from him." (Sahih)

Arabic text

855 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ وَعَمَّارُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الْوَاسِطِيُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْجَبَّارِ بْنِ وَائِلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَلَمَّا قَالَ: «وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ» قَالَ «آمِينَ» فَسَمِعْنَاهَا

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Fātihah 1:7.

2 [2] Al-Fātihah 1:7.

3 [3] Al-Fātihah 1:7.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 855

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 855

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 856

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

856. It was narrated from 'Aishah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The Jews do not envy you for anything more than they envy you for the Salâm and (saying) 'Amin.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

856 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الصَّمَدِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَارِثِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُهَيْلُ بْنُ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «مَا حَسَدَتْكُمُ الْيَهُودُ عَلَى شَيْءٍ، مَا حَسَدَتْكُمْ عَلَى السَّلَامِ وَالتَّأْمِينِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 856

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 856

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 857

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

857. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbâs that the Messenger of Allâh said: "The Jews do not envy you for anything more than they envy you for the Salâm and (saying) Âmin, so say Âmin a great deal." (Da'if)

Arabic text

857 - حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ الْخَلَّالُ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَأَبُو مُسْهِرٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ بْنِ صُبَيْحٍ الْمُرِّيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا طَلْحَةُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَا حَسَدَتْكُمُ الْيَهُودُ عَلَى شَيْءٍ، مَا حَسَدَتْكُمْ عَلَى آمِينَ، فَأَكْثِرُوا مِنْ قَوْلِ آمِينَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 857

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 857

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 15

Raising The Hands When Bowing, And When Raising The Head From Bowing

Hadith 858

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

858. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ raising his hands until they were parallel to his shoulders when he started the prayer, and when he bowed in Ruku', and when he raised his head from Ruku', but he did not raise them between the two prostrations." (Sahih)

Arabic text

858 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ وَأَبُو عُمَرَ الضَّرِيرُ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، وَلَا يَرْفَعُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 858

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 858

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 859

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

859. It was narrated that Mâlik bin Huwairith said that when the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said Allâhu Akbar, he would raise his hands until they were close to his ears; when he bowed in Ruku' he did likewise, and when he raised his head from Ruku' he did likewise. (Sahih)

Arabic text

859 - حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ نَصْرِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ إِذَا كَبَّرَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يَجْعَلَهُمَا قَرِيبًا مِنْ أُذُنَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ صَنَعَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ صَنَعَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 859

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 859

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 860

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

860. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ raising his hands during prayer until they were parallel with his shoulders when he started to pray, when he bowed and when he prostrated." (Da'if)

Arabic text

860 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ حِينَ يَفْتَتِحُ الصَّلَاةَ، وَحِينَ يَرْكَعُ، وَحِينَ يَسْجُدُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 860

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 860

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 861

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

861. It was narrated that 'Umair bin Habib said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to raise his hands at every Takbir (saying Allâhu Akbar) in the obligatory prayer." (Da'if)

Arabic text

861 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا رِفْدَةُ بْنُ قُضَاعَةَ الْغَسَّانِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ عُمَيْرِ بْنِ حَبِيبٍ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ مَعَ كُلِّ تَكْبِيرَةٍ فِي الصَّلَاةِ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 861

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 861

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 862

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

862. It was narrated that Muhammad bin 'Amr bin 'Atá' said, concerning Abu Humaid As-Sá'dí: "I heard him when he was among ten of the Companions of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, one of whom was Abu Qatâdah bin Rib'i, saying: 'I am the most knowledgeable of you about the prayer of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ. When he stood up for prayer, he stood up straight and raised his hands until they were parallel to his shoulders, then he said: Allâhu Akbar. When he wanted to bow in Ruku', he raised his hands until they were parallel to his shoulders. When he said Sami' Allâhu liman hamidah (Allâh hears those who praise Him), he raised his hands and stood up straight. When he stood up after two Rak'ah, he said Allâhu Akbar and raised his hands until they were parallel to his shoulders, as he did when he started the prayer.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

862 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُهُ، وَهُوَ فِي عَشَرَةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَحَدُهُمْ أَبُو قَتَادَةَ بْنُ رِبْعِيٍّ، قَالَ: أَنَا أَعْلَمُكُمْ بِصَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «كَانَ إِذَا قَامَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، اعْتَدَلَ قَائِمًا، وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ» ثُمَّ قَالَ «اللَّهُ أَكَبْرُ» وَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ، رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ، فَإِذَا قَالَ «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ» رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، فَاعْتَدَلَ، فَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الثِّنْتَيْنِ، كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، كَمَا صَنَعَ، حِينَ افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 862

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 862

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 863

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

863. 'Abbâs bin Sahl As-Sá'dí said: "Abu Humaid, Abu Usaid As-Sá'idi, Sahl bin Sa'd, and Muhammad bin Maslamah came together and spoke about the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. Abu Humaid said: 'I am the most knowledgeable of you about the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up and said Allāhu Akbar, and raised his hands, then he raised them when he said Allāhu Akbar for Ruku', then he stood up and raised his hands, and stood straight until every bone had returned to its place.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

863 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَامِرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا فُلَيْحُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّاسُ بْنُ سَهْلٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ، قَالَ: اجْتَمَعَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ، وَأَبُو أُسَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ، وَسَهْلُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، فَذَكَرُوا صَلَاةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ: أَنَا أَعْلَمُكُمْ بِصَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «قَامَ، فَكَبَّرَ، وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ حِينَ كَبَّرَ لِلرُّكُوعِ، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، وَاسْتَوَى حَتَّى رَجَعَ كُلُّ عَظْمٍ إِلَى مَوْضِعِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 863

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 863

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 864

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

864. It was narrated that 'Ali bin Abu Tâlib said: "When the Prophet ﷺ stood up to offer a prescribed prayer, he said Allāhu Akbar and raised his hands until they were parallel to his shoulders. When he wanted to bow he did likewise; when he raised his head from bowing he did likewise; and when he stood up after the two prostrations he did likewise."[1] (Hasan)

Arabic text

864 - حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَظِيمِ الْعَنْبَرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ أَبُو أَيُّوبَ الْهَاشِمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْفَضْلِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يَكُونَا حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Sindi said: "It is as if they abandoned that because of it contradicting the popular narrations." Azimabâdi ('Awnul-Ma'bud) said: "The meaning of 'the two prostrations' is two Rak'ahs without a doubt, as is reported in the following narrations. This is what was said by the scholars among the Muhadithin and the Fuqahâ, except for Khattâbi."

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 864

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 864

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 865

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

865. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbās that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to raise his hands at every Takbir (saying Allāhu Akbar). (Da'if)

Arabic text

865 - حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الْهَاشِمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ رِيَاحٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ عِنْدَ كُلِّ تَكْبِيرَةٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 865

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 865

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 866

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

866. It was narrated from Anas that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to raise his hands when he entered prayer, and when he bowed in Ruku'." (Sahih)

Arabic text

866 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدٌ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 866

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 866

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 867

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

867. It was narrated that Wā'il bin Hujr said: "I said: 'I will look at the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and see how he performs the prayer.' He stood up and faced the Qiblah, and raised his hands until they were parallel to his ears. When he bowed, he raised them likewise, and when he raised his head from Ruku', he raised them likewise." (Sahih)

Arabic text

867 - حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ الضَّرِيرُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: لَأَنْظُرَنَّ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَيْفَ يُصَلِّي، «فَقَامَ فَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ، فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى حَاذَتَا أُذُنَيْهِ، فَلَمَّا رَكَعَ رَفَعَهُمَا مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، فَلَمَّا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ رَفَعَهُمَا مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 867

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 867

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 868

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

868. It was narrated from Abu Zubair that Jâbir bin 'Abdullâh would raise his hands when he began the prayer, and when he bowed, and when he raised (his head) from Ruku' he would do likewise, and he said: "I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ doing that." (One of the narrators) said: "Ibrâhim bin Tahmân (one of the narrators) raised his hands to his ears." (Hasan)

Arabic text

868 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو حُذَيْفَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ طَهْمَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، أَنَّ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، " كَانَ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَيَقُولُ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ " وَرَفَعَ إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ طَهْمَانَ يَدَيْهِ إِلَى أُذُنَيْهِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 868

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 868

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 16

The Bowing In Prayer

Hadith 869

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

869. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ bowed, he neither raised his head nor lowered it, rather (he did something) between that." (Sahih)

Arabic text

869 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ بُدَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَوْزَاءِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا رَكَعَ لَمْ يَشْخَصْ رَأْسَهُ، وَلَمْ يُصَوِّبْهُ، وَلَكِنْ بَيْنَ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 869

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 869

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 870

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

870. It was narrated that Abu Mas'ud said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'No prayer is acceptable in which a man does not settle[1] his spine when bowing and when prostrating.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

870 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَمْرُو بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تُجْزِئُ صَلَاةٌ لَا يُقِيمُ الرَّجُلُ فِيهَا صُلْبَهُ فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] See no. 891. In relation to prostration, it means that the back should be settled and become still, it does not mean that it must be straight as in the case of Ruku'. As-Sindi said: "Not balanced and settled. And the objective is tranquility in bowing and prostration." 'Azimabâdi said: "The meaning for the two of them (bowing and

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 870

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 870

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 871

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

871. It was narrated that 'Ali bin Shaibân, who was part of a delegation (to the Prophet ﷺ) said: "We set out until we came to the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, and we gave him our oath of allegiance and performed prayer behind him. He glanced out of the corner of his eye at a man who was not settling his spine when he bowed and prostrated. When the Prophet ﷺ finished the prayer, he said: 'O Muslims, there is no prayer for the one who does not settle his spine when bowing and prostrating.'" (Sahih) prostration) is tranquility." (Awnul-Ma'bud) Regarding Hadith: 822 with Al-Bukhârî, in which the Prophet ﷺ said: "Be balanced in the prostrations, and none of you should put his forearms on the ground like the dog." Ibn Hajar (Fathul-Bârî) quoted Ibn Daqiq Al-'Eid saying: "The perceived straightness sought in bowing is not the same here. For there it is having the neck and back level, and what is sought here is raising the lower parts above the higher parts."

Arabic text

871 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُلَازِمُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بَدْرٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ، وَكَانَ مِنَ الْوَفْدِ، قَالَ: خَرَجْنَا إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَبَايَعْنَاهُ وَصَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَهُ، فَلَمَحَ بِمُؤْخِرِ عَيْنِهِ رَجُلًا، لَا يُقِيمُ صَلَاتَهُ، - يَعْنِي صُلْبَهُ - فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ، فَلَمَّا قَضَى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الصَّلَاةَ، قَالَ: «يَا مَعْشَرَ الْمُسْلِمِينَ لَا صَلَاةَ لِمَنْ لَا يُقِيمُ صُلْبَهُ فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 871

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 871

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 872

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

872. It was narrated that Râshid said: "I heard Wâbisah bin Ma'bad saying: 'I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ performing prayer, and when he bowed he made his back so straight that if water were poured on it, it would have stayed there.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

872 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يُوسُفَ الْفِرْيَابِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَطَاءٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا طَلْحَةُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ رَاشِدٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ وَابِصَةَ بْنَ مَعْبَدٍ، يَقُولُ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي، «فَكَانَ إِذَا رَكَعَ سَوَّى ظَهْرَهُ، حَتَّى لَوْ صُبَّ عَلَيْهِ الْمَاءُ لَاسْتَقَرَّ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 872

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 872

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 17

Putting The Hands On The Knees

Hadith 873

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

873. It was narrated that Mus'ab bin Sa'd said: "I bowed (in prayer) beside my father, and I put my hands between my knees. He struck my hand and said: 'We used to do that, then we were commanded to put them on the knees.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

873 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنِ الزُّبَيْرِ بْنِ عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ مُصْعَبِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: رَكَعْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَبِي، فَطَبَّقْتُ، فَضَرَبَ يَدِي وَقَالَ: «قَدْ كُنَّا نَفْعَلُ هَذَا، ثُمَّ أُمِرْنَا أَنْ نَرْفَعَ إِلَى الرُّكَبِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 873

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 873

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 874

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

874. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to bow with his hands on his knees and his upper arms held away from his sides." (Hasan)

Arabic text

874 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ حَارِثَةَ بْنِ أَبِي الرِّجَالِ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَرْكَعُ، فَيَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ، وَيُجَافِي بِعَضُدَيْهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 874

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 874

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 18

What To Say When Raising The Head From Bowing

Hadith 875

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

875. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Sami' Allāhu liman hamidah (Allāh hears those who praise Him)," he said: "Rabbanā wa lakal-hamd (O our Lord, to You is the praise)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

875 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَرْوَانَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الْعُثْمَانِيُّ، وَيَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، وَأَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " كَانَ إِذَا قَالَ: " سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، قَالَ: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 875

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 875

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 876

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

876. It was narrated from Anas bin Mālik that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When the Imām says: 'Sami' Allāhu liman hamidah (Allāh hears those who praise Him),' say: 'Rabbanā wa lakal-hamd (O our Lord, to You is the praise)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

876 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِذَا قَالَ الْإِمَامُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 876

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 876

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 877

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

877. It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "When the Imām says: 'Sami' Allāhu liman hamidah (Allāh hears those who praise Him),' say: 'Allāhumma, Rabbanā wa lakal-hamd (O Allāh! O our Lord! To You is the praise).'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

877 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي بُكَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: " إِذَا قَالَ الْإِمَامُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 877

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 877

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 878

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

878. It was narrated that Ibn Abu Awfa said: "When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ raised his head from Ruku', he said: 'Sami' Allāhu liman hamidah, Allāhumma, Rabbanā lakal-hamd, mil' as-samawāti wa mil' al-ard wa mil' ma shi'ta min shay'in ba'd (Allāh hears those who praise Him. O Allāh! O our Lord, to You is the praise as much as fills the heavens, as much as fills the earth and as much as You will after that).'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

878 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي أَوْفَى، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ قَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ مِلْءَ السَّمَوَاتِ، وَمِلْءَ الْأَرْضِ، وَمِلْءَ مَا شِئْتَ مِنْ شَيْءٍ بَعْدُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 878

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 878

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 879

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

879. It was narrated that Abu 'Umar said: "I heard Abu Juhaifah say: Good fortune was mentioned in the presence of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ while he was performing prayer. A man said: 'So-and-so's fortune is in horses.' Another man said: 'So-and-so's fortune is in camels.' another man said: 'So-and-so's fortune is in sheep.' Another man said: 'So-and-so's fortune is in slaves.' While the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was finishing his prayer, he raised his head at the end of the last Rak'ah and said: 'Allāhumma Rabbanā lakal-hamd mil' as-samawāti wa mil' al-ard wa mil' ma shi'ta min shai'in ba'du. Allāhumma lā māni' lima a'taita wa lā mu'ti lima manā'ta, wa lā yanfa'u dhāl-jaddi minkal-jadd' (Allāh hears those who praise Him. O Allāh! O our Lord! To You is the praise as much as fills the heavens, as much as fills the earth and as much as You will after that. O Allāh, there is none who can withhold what You give, and none who can give what You withhold, and the good fortune of any fortunate person is to no avail against You).' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ elongated the word Jadd (fortune) so that they would know that it was not as they had said." (Da'if)

Arabic text

879 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُوسَى السُّدِّيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي عُمَرَ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا جُحَيْفَةَ يَقُولُ: ذُكِرَتِ الْجُدُودُ عِنْدَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ: جَدُّ فُلَانٍ فِي الْخَيْلِ، وَقَالَ آخَرُ: جَدُّ فُلَانٍ فِي الْإِبِلِ، وَقَالَ آخَرُ: جَدُّ فُلَانٍ فِي الْغَنَمِ، وَقَالَ آخَرُ: جَدُّ فُلَانٍ فِي الرَّقِيقِ، فَلَمَّا قَضَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاتَهُ، وَرَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ، مِنْ آخِرِ الرَّكْعَةِ، قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ، مِلْءَ السَّمَوَاتِ، وَمِلْءَ الْأَرْضِ، وَمِلْءَ مَا شِئْتَ مِنْ شَيْءٍ بَعْدُ، اللَّهُمَّ لَا مَانِعَ لِمَا أَعْطَيْتَ، وَلَا مُعْطِيَ لِمَا مَنَعْتَ، وَلَا يَنْفَعُ ذَا الْجَدِّ، مِنْكَ الْجَدُّ» وَطَوَّلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَوْتَهُ بِالْجَدِّ، لِيَعْلَمُوا أَنَّهُ لَيْسَ كَمَا يَقُولُونَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 879

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 879

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 19

Prostration

Hadith 880

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

880. It was narrated from Maimunah that when the Prophet ﷺ prostrated, he would hold his forearms away from his sides, such that if a lamb wanted to pass under his arms, it would be able to do so. (Sahih)

Arabic text

880 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْأَصَمِّ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ يَزِيدَ بْنِ الْأَصَمِّ، عَنْ مَيْمُونَةَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ جَافَى يَدَيْهِ، فَلَوْ أَنَّ بَهْمَةً أَرَادَتْ أَنْ تَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ لَمَرَّتْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 880

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 880

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 881

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

881. It was narrated from ('Ubaidullâh bin 'Abdullâh) bin Aqram Al-Khuzâ'i that his father said: "I was with my father on the plain in Namirah,[1] when some riders passed us and made their camels kneel down at the side of the road. My father said to me: 'Stay with your lambs until I go to those people and see what they want.' He said: Then he (my father) went out and I come, (i.e. I came near,) then there was the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, and the time for prayer came so I prayed with them, and I was looking at the whiteness of the armpits of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ every time he prostrated." (Sahih) "The people say 'Abdullâh bin 'Ubaidullâh.'" Muhammad bin Bashshâr said: "Abdur-Rahmân bin Mahdi, Safwân bin 'Eisa and Abu Dâwud all said: 'Dâwud bin Qais narrated to us, from 'Ubaidullâh bin 'Abdullâh bin Aqram, from his father, from the Prophet ﷺ.'" With similar wording. (Sahih)

Arabic text

881 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ دَاوُدَ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَقْرَمَ الْخُزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ مَعَ أَبِي بِالْقَاعِ مِنْ نَمِرَةَ، فَمَرَّ بِنَا رَكْبٌ، فَأَنَاخُوا بِنَاحِيَةِ الطَّرِيقِ، فَقَالَ لِي أَبِي: كُنْ فِي بَهْمِكَ حَتَّى آتِيَ هَؤُلَاءِ الْقَوْمَ فَأُسَائِلَهُمْ، قَالَ: فَخَرَجَ، وَجِئْتُ، يَعْنِي دَنَوْتُ، فَإِذَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَحَضَرْتُ الصَّلَاةَ، فَصَلَّيْتُ مَعَهُمْ، فَكُنْتُ أَنْظُرُ إِلَى عُفْرَتَيْ إِبْطَيْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كُلَّمَا سَجَدَ " قَالَ ابْنُ مَاجَةَ: النَّاسُ يَقُولُونَ: عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، وَقَالَ أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ: يَقُولُ النَّاسُ: عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، وَصَفْوَانُ بْنُ عِيسَى، وَأَبُو دَاوُدَ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَقْرَمَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ

Footnotes

1 [1] A location near 'Arafât.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 881

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 881

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 882

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

882. It was narrated that Wâ'il bin Hujr said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ when he prostrated and put his knees on the ground before his hands, and when he stood up after prostrating, he took his hands off the ground before his knees." (Da'if)

Arabic text

882 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْخَلَّالُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا سَجَدَ وَضَعَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ قَبْلَ يَدَيْهِ، وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السُّجُودِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ قَبْلَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 882

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 882

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 883

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

883. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbâs that the Prophet ﷺ said: "I have been commanded to prostrate on seven bones." (Sahih)

Arabic text

883 - حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ الضَّرِيرُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، وَحَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةِ أَعْظُمٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 883

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 883

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 884

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

884. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "I have been commanded to prostrate on seven, and not to tuck up my hair or my garment." (Sahih) Ibn Tâwûs said: My father used to say: The two palms, two knees and two feet, and he used to count the forehead and nose as one.

Arabic text

884 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ ابْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعٍ، وَلَا أَكُفَّ شَعَرًا، وَلَا ثَوْبًا» قَالَ ابْنُ طَاوُسٍ: فَكَانَ أَبِي يَقُولُ: الْيَدَيْنِ وَالرُّكْبَتَيْنِ وَالْقَدَمَيْنِ، وَكَانَ يَعُدُّ الْجَبْهَةَ وَالْأَنْفَ وَاحِدًا

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 884

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 884

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 885

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

885. It was narrated from 'Abbâs bin 'Abdul-Muttalib that he heard the Prophet ﷺ say: "When a person prostrates, seven parts of his body prostrate with him: His face, his two hands, his two knees, and his two feet.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

885 - حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ الْهَادِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ الْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: " إِذَا سَجَدَ الْعَبْدُ، سَجَدَ مَعَهُ سَبْعَةُ آرَابٍ: وَجْهُهُ، وَكَفَّاهُ، وَرُكْبَتَاهُ، وَقَدَمَاهُ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 885

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 885

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 886

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

886. Ahmar, the Companion of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, narrated to us: “We used to feel sorry for the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ because he took pains to keep his arms away from his sides when he prostrated.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

886 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ رَاشِدٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَرُ صَاحِبُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنْ كُنَّا لَنَأْوِي لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، مِمَّا يُجَافِي بِيَدَيْهِ عَنْ جَنْبَيْهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 886

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 886

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 20

Tasbih (Glorifying Allāh) When Bowing And Prostrating

Hadith 887

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

887. Uqbah bin ‘Āmir Al-Juhani said: “When the following was revealed: ‘So glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most Great’,[1] the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said to us: ‘Say this in your Ruku’.” And when the following was revealed: ‘Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High’,[2] the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said to us: ‘Say this in your prostrations.’” (Sahih)

Arabic text

887 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ رَافِعٍ الْبَجَلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ أَيُّوبَ الْغَافِقِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَمِّي إِيَاسَ بْنَ عَامِرٍ يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ عُقْبَةَ بْنَ عَامِرٍ الْجُهَنِيَّ، يَقُولُ: لَمَّا نَزَلَتْ {فَسَبِّحْ بِاسْمِ رَبِّكَ الْعَظِيمِ} [الواقعة: 74] ، قَالَ لَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اجْعَلُوهَا فِي رُكُوعِكُمْ» فَلَمَّا نَزَلَتْ: {سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى} [الأعلى: 1] ، قَالَ لَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «اجْعَلُوهَا فِي سُجُودِكُمْ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Hāqqaḥ 69:52.

2 [2] Al-A'la 87:1.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 887

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 887

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 888

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

888. It was narrated from Hudhaifah bin Al-Yamân that he heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ say when he bowed: "Subhâna Rabbiyal-'Azim (Glory is to my Lord, the Most Great)" three times, and when he prostrated he said: "Subhâna Rabbiyal-A'la (Glory is to my Lord the Most High)" three times. (Da'if)

Arabic text

888 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ الْمِصْرِيُّ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَزْهَرِ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ بْنِ الْيَمَانِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ إِذَا رَكَعَ: «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ» ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ قَالَ «سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى» ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 888

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 888

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 889

DarussalamSahihAl-Albani**، صفة الصلاة، الروض النضير (١١٩٧) ، صحيح أبي داود (٨٢١)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

889. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ often used to say when bowing and prostrating: 'Subhânaka Allâhumma wa bi hamdika, Allâhummaghfir li (Glory is to You, O Allâh, and praise; O Allâh forgive me),' following the command given by the Qur'an."[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

889 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الضُّحَى، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُكْثِرُ أَنْ يَقُولَ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَسُجُودِهِ، سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ، اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي، يَتَأَوَّلُ الْقُرْآنَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 889

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 889

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 890

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

890. It was narrated that Ibn Mas'ud said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'When anyone of you bows, let him say in his bowing: 'Subhāna Rabbiyal-'Azim (Glory is to my Lord, the Most Great)" three times; if he does that his bowing will be complete. And when anyone of you prostrates, let him say in his prostration, 'Subhāna Rabbiyal-'A'la (Glory is to my Lord, the Most High)" three times; if he does that, his prostration will be complete, and that is the minimum.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

890 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ الْهُذَلِيِّ، عَنْ عَوْنِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " إِذَا رَكَعَ أَحَدُكُمْ، فَلْيَقُلْ فِي رُكُوعِهِ: سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ ثَلَاثًا، فَإِذَا فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ فَقَدْ تَمَّ رُكُوعُهُ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ أَحَدُكُمْ، فَلْيَقُلْ فِي سُجُودِهِ: سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْأَعْلَى ثَلَاثًا، فَإِذَا فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ فَقَدْ تَمَّ سُجُودُهُ، وَذَلِكَ أَدْنَاهُ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 890

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 890

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 21

Being Balanced During Prostration

Hadith 891

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

891. It was narrated that Jābir said: The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When anyone of you prostrates let him be balanced in prostration,[1] and not spread his arms as a dog does." (Sahih)

Arabic text

891 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا سَجَدَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَعْتَدِلْ، وَلَا يَفْتَرِشْ ذِرَاعَيْهِ افْتِرَاشَ الْكَلْبِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] See no. 870, i.e., by placing his hands on the ground, lifting his elbows and not letting his stomach rest on his thighs. See explanation by Sindi.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 891

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 891

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 892

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

892. It was narrated from Anas bin Mâlik that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Be balanced in prostration; none of you should prostrate with his arms spread out like a dog." (Sahih)

Arabic text

892 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «اعْتَدِلُوا فِي السُّجُودِ، وَلَا يَسْجُدْ أَحَدُكُمْ وَهُوَ بَاسِطٌ ذِرَاعَيْهِ كَالْكَلْبِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 892

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 892

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 22

Sitting Between The Two Prostrations

Hadith 893

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

893. It was narrated that 'Aîshah said: "When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ raised his head from bowing, he would not prostrate until he had stood up straight. When he prostrated, he would raise his head and not prostrate again until he had sat up straight. And he used to spread out his left leg." (Sahih)

Arabic text

893 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ بُدَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَوْزَاءِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ لَمْ يَسْجُدْ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ قَائِمًا، فَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَرَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ، لَمْ يَسْجُدْ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ جَالِسًا، وَكَانَ يَفْتَرِشُ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 893

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 893

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 894

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

894. It was narrated that 'Ali said: The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said to me: "Do not squat between the two prostrations." (Da'if)

Arabic text

894 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنْ إِسْرَائِيلَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: قَالَ لِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تُقْعِ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 894

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 894

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 895

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

895. It was narrated that 'Ali said: "The Prophet ﷺ said: 'O 'Ali, do not squat like a dog.'"

Arabic text

895 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ ثَوَابٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ النَّخَعِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي مَالِكٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى، وَأَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَا عَلِيُّ لَا تُقْعِ إِقْعَاءَ الْكَلْبِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 895

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 895

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 896

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniFabricated
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

896. It was narrated that Anas bin Mâlik said: "The Prophet ﷺ said to me: 'When you raise your head from prostration, do not squat like a dog. Put your buttocks between your feet and let the tops of your feet touch the ground.'"

Arabic text

896 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا الْعَلَاءُ أَبُو مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ لِي النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا رَفَعْتَ رَأْسَكَ مِنَ السُّجُودِ، فَلَا تُقْعِ كَمَا يُقْعِي الْكَلْبُ، ضَعْ أَلْيَتَيْكَ بَيْنَ قَدَمَيْكَ، وَأَلْزِقْ ظَاهِرَ قَدَمَيْكَ بِالْأَرْضِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 896

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 896

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 23

What Is To Be Said Between The Two Prostrations

Hadith 897

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

897. It was narrated from Hudhaifah that the Prophet ﷺ used to say between the two prostrations: "Rabbighfir li, Rabbighfir li (O Lord forgive me, O Lord forgive me)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

897 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْعَلَاءُ بْنُ الْمُسَيَّبِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ طَلْحَةَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدَةَ، عَنِ الْمُسْتَوْرِدِ بْنِ الْأَحْنَفِ، عَنْ صِلَةَ بْنِ زُفَرَ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ: «رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي، رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 897

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 897

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 898

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

898. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "When praying at night (Qiyāmul-Lail), the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say between the two prostrations: 'Rabbighfir li warhamni wajburni warzuqni warfa'ni (O Lord, forgive me, have mercy on me, improve my situation, grant me provision and raise me in status)." (Da'if)

Arabic text

898 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ صَبِيحٍ، عَنْ كَامِلٍ أَبِي الْعَلَاءِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ حَبِيبَ بْنَ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ فِي صَلَاةِ اللَّيْلِ «رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي، وَارْحَمْنِي، وَاجْبُرْنِي، وَارْزُقْنِي، وَارْفَعْنِي»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 898

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 898

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 24

What Was Narrated Concerning The Tashah-hud (Sitting Posture)

Hadith 899

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

899. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Mas'ud said: "When we performed prayer with the Prophet ﷺ we said: 'Peace be upon Allâh from His slaves, peace be upon Jibrâ'il and Mikâ'il and so-and-so and so-and-so.' The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ heard us and said: 'Do not say peace (Salâm) be upon Allâh, for He is As-Salâm. When you sit (during prayer) say: At-Tahiyâtu lillâhi was-salawâtu wat-tayyibâtu; as-salâmu 'alayka ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa rahmatullâhi wa barakâtuhu; as-salâmu 'alayna wa 'ala 'ibâdillâhis-sâlihîn (All compliments, prayers and good words are due to Allâh; peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allâh and His blessings; peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allâh)." For if you say that it will reach every righteous slave in the heavens and on earth. (Then say:) "Ashhadu an lâ ilâha illallâh wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan 'abduhu wa Rasuluhu (I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allâh, and I bear witness that Muhammad is His slave and Messenger)." (Sahih) (Another chain) with similar wording. (Another chain) that 'Abdullâh bin Mas'ud said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to teach us the Tashah-hud." And he mentioned similarly.

Arabic text

899 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ شَقِيقِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ شَقِيقٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: كُنَّا إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قُلْنَا: السَّلَامُ عَلَى اللَّهِ قَبْلَ عِبَادِهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَى جِبْرَائِيلَ، وَمِيكَائِيلَ، وَعَلَى فُلَانٍ وَفُلَانٍ، يَعْنُونَ الْمَلَائِكَةَ، فَسَمِعَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: " لَا تَقُولُوا: السَّلَامُ عَلَى اللَّهِ، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ السَّلَامُ، فَإِذَا جَلَسْتُمْ، فَقُولُوا: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ، وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، فَإِنَّهُ إِذَا قَالَ ذَلِكَ، أَصَابَتْ كُلَّ عَبْدٍ صَالِحٍ فِي السَّمَاءِ وَالْأَرْضِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ " حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا الثَّوْرِيُّ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، وَالْأَعْمَشِ، وُحُصَيْنٍ، وَأَبِي هَاشِمٍ، وَحَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، وَعَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، وَأَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ. حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَعْمَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا قَبِيصَةُ، أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، وَمَنْصُورٍ، وَحُصَيْنٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، ح قَالَ: وحَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ، وَالْأَسْوَدِ، وَأَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُعَلِّمُهُمُ التَّشَهُّدَ، فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 899

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 899

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 900

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

900. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to teach us the Tashah-hud as he used to teach us a Surah of the Qur'ân. He used to say: 'At-Tahiyyâtul-Mubârakatus salawâtut-tayyibâtu lillâh; As-sâlâmu 'alayka ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa rahmatullâhi wa barakâtuhu; as-sâlâmu 'alayna wa 'ala 'ibâdillâhis-sâlihin. Ashhadu an lâ ilâha illallâh wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan 'abduhu wa Rasuluhu (All blessed compliments and good prayers are due to Allâh; peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allâh and His blessings; peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allâh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allâh and I bear witness that Muhammad is His slave and Messenger).'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

900 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، وَطَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُعَلِّمُنَا التَّشَهُّدَ كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا السُّورَةَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ، فَكَانَ يَقُولُ: «التَّحِيَّاتُ الْمُبَارَكَاتُ الصَّلَوَاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ لِلَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 900

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 900

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 901

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

901. It was narrated from Abu Musa Al-Ash'ari: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ addressed us and explained the Sunnah for us, and he taught us our prayer. He said: 'When you perform prayer, and you are sitting, let the first thing you say be: At-Tahiyyâtut-tayyibâtus-salawâtu lillâh; as-salâmu 'alayka ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa rahmatullâhi wa barakâtuhu; as-salâmu 'alayna wa 'ala 'ibâdillâhis-sâlihin. Ashhadu an lâ ilâha illallâh wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan 'abduhu wa Rasuluhu (All compliments, good words and prayers are due to Allâh; peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allâh and His blessings; peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allâh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allâh and I bear witness that Muhammad is His slave and Messenger). Seven phrases which are the greeting of the prayer.”

Arabic text

901 - حَدَّثَنَا جَمِيلُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عُمَرَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ وَهَذَا حَدِيثُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ حِطَّانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى الْأَشْعَرِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَطَبَنَا، وَبَيَّنَ لَنَا سُنَّتَنَا، وَعَلَّمَنَا صَلَاتَنَا، فَقَالَ " إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمْ، فَكَانَ عِنْدَ الْقَعْدَةِ، فَلْيَكُنْ مِنْ أَوَّلِ قَوْلِ أَحَدِكُمْ: التَّحِيَّاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ، الصَّلَوَاتُ لِلَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، سَبْعُ كَلِمَاتٍ هُنَّ تَحِيَّةُ الصَّلَاةِ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 901

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 901

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 902

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

902. It was narrated that Jâbir bin 'Abdullâh said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to teach us the Tashah-hud as he used to teach us a Surah from the Qur'ân: 'Bismillâhi wa Billâhi, at-tahiyâtu lillâhi was-salawâtu wat-tayyibâtu lillâhi; as-salâmu 'alayka ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa rahmatullâhi wa barakâtuhu; as-salâmu 'alayna wa 'ala 'ibâdillâhis-sâlihîn. Ashhadu an lâ ilâha illallâh wa ashadu anna Muhammadan 'abduhu wa rasuluhu. As'alu Allâhal-jannah, wa a'udhu billâhi minannâr' (In the Name of Allâh and by the grace of Allâh. All compliments are due to Allâh and all prayers and good words are due to Allâh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allâh and His blessings; peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allâh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allâh and I bear witness that Muhammad is His slave and Messenger. I ask Allâh for Paradise and I seek refuge with Allâh from the Fire).” (Da'if)

Arabic text

902 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ زِيَادٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعْتَمِرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَيْمَنُ بْنُ نَابِلٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُعَلِّمُنَا التَّشَهُّدَ، كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا السُّورَةَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ «بِاسْمِ اللَّهِ وَبِاللَّهِ، التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ، وَالصَّلواتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ لِلَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، أَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ الْجَنَّةَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنَ النَّارِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 902

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 902

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 25

Sending Peace and Blessings Upon The Prophet ﷺ

Hadith 903

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

903. It was narrated that Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri said: "We said: 'O Messenger of Allâh! We know what it means to send greetings upon you, but what does it mean to send peace and blessings upon you?' He said: 'Say: "'Allâhumma salli 'ala Muhammadin 'abdika wa Rasulika kamâ salayta 'ala Ibrâhima, wa bârik 'ala Muhammad (wa 'ala âli Muhammadin) kamâ bârakta 'ala Ibrâhima [O Allâh, send Your grace, honor and mercy upon Muhammad, Your slave and Messenger, as You sent Your (grace, honour and mercy) upon Ibrâhim, and send Your blessings upon Muhammad (and the family of Muhammad) as You sent Your blessings upon Ibrâhim]."

Arabic text

903 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَامِرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ الْهَادِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ خَبَّابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ هَذَا السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ قَدْ عَرَفْنَاهُ، فَكَيْفَ الصَّلَاةُ؟ قَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ عَبْدِكَ وَرَسُولِكَ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 903

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 903

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 904

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

904. It was narrated that Hakam said: "I heard Ibn Abi Laila say: 'Ka'b bin 'Ujrah met me and said: "Shall I not give you a gift? The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came out to us and we said: 'We know what it means to send greetings on you, but what does it mean to send peace and blessings upon you?' He said: 'Say: Allâhumma salli 'ala Muhammadin wa 'ala âli Muhammadin, kamâ sallayta 'ala Ibrâhima, innaka Hamidum Majid; Allâhumma bârik 'ala Muhammadin wa 'ala âli Muhammadin kamâ bârakta 'ala Ibrâhima, innaka Hamidum Majid (O Allâh, send Your grace, honor and mercy upon Muhammad and upon the family of Muhammad, as You sent Your grace, honor and mercy upon Ibrâhîm, You are indeed Praiseworthy, Most Glorious. O Allâh, send Your blessings upon Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, as You sent Your blessings upon Ibrâhîm, You are indeed Praiseworthy, Most Glorious).'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

904 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ أَبِي لَيْلَى، قَالَ: لَقِيَنِي كَعْبُ بْنُ عُجْرَةَ، فَقَالَ: أَلَا أُهْدِي لَكَ هَدِيَّةً؟ خَرَجَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقُلْنَا: قَدْ عَرَفْنَا السَّلَامَ عَلَيْكَ، فَكَيْفَ الصَّلَاةُ عَلَيْكَ؟ قَالَ " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ، إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ، اللَّهُمَّ بَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ، إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 904

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 904

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 905

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

905. It was narrated from Abu Humaid As-Sâ'di that they said: "O Messenger of Allâh! We have been commanded to send peace and blessings upon you. How should we send peace and blessings upon you?" He said: "Say: Allâhumma salli 'ala Muhammadin wa azwâjihî wa dhurriyatihi, kamâ sallayta 'ala Ibrâhim; wa bârik 'ala Muhammadin wa azwâjihî wa dhurriyatihi kamâ bârakta 'ala âli Ibrâhim fil-âlamîn, innaka Hamidum Majid (O Allâh, send Your grace, honor and mercy upon Muhammad and his wives and offspring, as You sent Your blessings upon the family of Ibrâhim among the nations, You are indeed Praiseworthy, Most Glorious)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

905 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمَّارُ بْنُ طَالُوتَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ الْمَاجِشُونُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَزْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ، أَنَّهُمْ قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أُمِرْنَا بِالصَّلَاةِ عَلَيْكَ، فَكَيْفَ نُصَلِّي عَلَيْكَ؟ فَقَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَأَزْوَاجِهِ، وَذُرِّيَّتِهِ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَأَزْوَاجِهِ، وَذُرِّيَّتِهِ، كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، فِي الْعَالَمِينَ، إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 905

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 905

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 906

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

906. Aswad bin Yazid narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Mas'ud said: "When you send peace and blessings upon the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, then do it well, for you do not know, that may be shown to him." They said to him: "Teach us." He said: "Say: 'Allâhumma aj'al salâtaka wa rahmataka wa barakâtika 'ala sayyidil-mursalin wa imâmil-muttaqîn wa khâtamin-nabiyyin, Muhammad 'abdiika wa Rasulika imâmil-khayri (wa qâ'idil-khair), wa Rasulir-rahmah. Allâhumma b'athhu maqâmam mahmudan yaghbituhu bihil- awwâluna wal-âkhirun. Allâhumma salli 'ala Muhammadin wa 'ala âli Muhammadin kamâ sallayta 'ala Ibrâhim wa 'ala âli Ibrâhim; Allâhumma bârik 'ala Muhammadin wa 'ala âli Muhammadin kamâ bârakta 'ala Ibrâhim wa 'ala âli Ibrâhim, innaka Hamidum Majid (O Allâh, send Your grace honor, mercy and blessings upon the leader of the Messengers, the Imâm of the pious and the seal of the Prophets, Muhammad, Your slave and Messenger, the Imâm of the good (and the leader) of the good, and the Messenger of mercy. O Allâh, raise him to a station of praise and glory that will be the envy of the first and the last. O Allâh, send Your grace, honor and mercy upon Muhammad and upon the family of Muhammad, as You sent Your grace, honor and mercy upon Ibrâhim, You are indeed Praiseworthy, Most Glorious. O Allâh, send blessings upon Muhammad and upon the family of Muhammad as You sent blessings upon Ibrâhim and the family of Ibrâhim, You are Praiseworthy, Most Glorious).'"(Da'if)

Arabic text

906 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ بَيَانٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زِيَادُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمَسْعُودِيُّ، عَنْ عَوْنِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي فَاخِتَةَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمْ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَحْسِنُوا الصَّلَاةَ عَلَيْهِ، فَإِنَّكُمْ لَا تَدْرُونَ، لَعَلَّ ذَلِكَ يُعْرَضُ عَلَيْهِ، قَالَ: فَقَالُوا لَهُ: فَعَلِّمْنَا، قَالَ، قُولُوا: «اللَّهُمَّ اجْعَلْ صَلَاتَكَ، وَرَحْمَتَكَ، وَبَرَكَاتِكَ عَلَى سَيِّدِ الْمُرْسَلِينَ، وَإِمَامِ الْمُتَّقِينَ، وَخَاتَمِ النَّبِيِّينَ، مُحَمَّدٍ عَبْدِكَ وَرَسُولِكَ، إِمَامِ الْخَيْرِ، وَقَائِدِ الْخَيْرِ، وَرَسُولِ الرَّحْمَةِ، اللَّهُمَّ ابْعَثْهُ مَقَامًا مَحْمُودًا، يَغْبِطُهُ بِهِ الْأَوَّلُونَ وَالْآخِرُونَ، اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَعَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ، اللَّهُمَّ بَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَعَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 906

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 906

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 907

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

907. It was narrated that Âsim bin 'Ubaidullâh said: "I heard 'Abdullâh bin 'Âmir bin Rabi'ah narrating from his father that the Prophet ﷺ said: "There is no Muslim who sends peace and blessings upon me, but the angels will send peace and blessings upon him as long as he sends peace and blessings upon me. So let a person do a little of that or a lot." (Da'if)

Arabic text

907 - حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو بِشْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عَامِرِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «مَا مِنْ مُسْلِمٍ يُصَلِّي عَلَيَّ، إِلَّا صَلَّتْ عَلَيْهِ الْمَلَائِكَةُ مَا صَلَّى عَلَيَّ، فَلْيُقِلَّ الْعَبْدُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ أَوْ لِيُكْثِرْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 907

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 907

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 908

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

908. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever forgets to send peace and blessings upon me, then he has missed the road to Paradise.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

908 - حَدَّثَنَا جُبَارَةُ بْنُ الْمُغَلِّسِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ نَسِيَ الصَّلَاةَ عَلَيَّ، خَطِئَ طَرِيقَ الْجَنَّةِ» بَابُ مَا يُقَالَ بَعْدَ التَّشَهُّدِ وَالصَّلَاةِ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 908

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 908

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 26

What Is To Be Said During The Tashah-hud And Sending Salât Upon The Prophet ﷺ

Hadith 909

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

909. Muhammad bin Abi 'Aishah said: "I heard Abu Hurairah say that Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'When anyone of you finishes the last Tashah-hud, let him seek refuge with Allâh from four things: From the torment of Hell, from the torment of the grave, from the trials of life and death, and from the Fitnah (tribulation) of Masihud-Dajjâl. (Sahih)

Arabic text

909 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي حَسَّانُ بْنُ عَطِيَّةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَائِشَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِذَا فَرَغَ أَحَدُكُمْ مِنَ التَّشَهُّدِ الْأَخِيرِ، فَلْيَتَعَوَّذْ بِاللَّهِ مِنْ أَرْبَعٍ: مِنْ عَذَابِ جَهَنَّمَ، وَمِنْ عَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ، وَمِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَحْيَا وَالْمَمَاتِ، وَمِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَسِيحِ الدَّجَّالِ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 909

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 909

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 910

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

910. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said to a man: 'What do you say during your Salât?' He said: 'The Tashah-hud, then I ask Allâh for Paradise, and I seek refuge with Him from Hell, but I do not understand what you and Mu'âdh murmur (during Salât). He said: 'Our murmuring revolves around the same things.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

910 - حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْقَطَّانُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: لِرَجُلٍ «مَا تَقُولُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ؟» قَالَ: أَتَشَهَّدُ، ثُمَّ أَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ الْجَنَّةَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِهِ مِنَ النَّارِ، أَمَا وَاللَّهِ مَا أُحْسِنُ دَنْدَنَتَكَ، وَلَا دَنْدَنَةَ مُعَاذٍ، فَقَالَ: «حَوْلَهَا نُدَنْدِنُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 910

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 910

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 27

Pointing InTashah-hud

Hadith 911

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

911. It was narrated from Mālik bin Numair Al-Khuẓā'i that his father said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ putting his right hand on his right thigh during prayer, and pointing with his finger." (Hasan)

Arabic text

911 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ عِصَامِ بْنِ قُدَامَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ الْخُزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَاضِعًا يَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى فِي الصَّلَاةِ، وَيُشِيرُ بِإِصْبَعِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 911

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 911

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 912

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

912. It was narrated that Wā'il bin Hujr said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ making a circle with his thumb and middle finger, and raising the one next to it (the index finger), supplicating with it during the Tashah-hud." (Sahih)

Arabic text

912 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَدْ حَلَّقَ بِالْإِبْهَامِ وَالْوُسْطَى، وَرَفَعَ الَّتِي تَلِيهِمَا، يَدْعُو بِهَا فِي التَّشَهُّدِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 912

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 912

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 913

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

913. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar that the Prophet ﷺ used to sit during prayer, putting his hands on his knees and raising his right finger which was next to his thumb, supplicating with it, and with his left hand (spread out) on his knee. (Sahih)

Arabic text

913 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، وَالْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، وَإِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ إِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، وَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ، وَرَفَعَ إِصْبَعَهُ الْيُمْنَى الَّتِي تَلِي الْإِبْهَامَ، فَيَدْعُو بِهَا، وَالْيُسْرَى عَلَى رُكْبَتِهِ بَاسِطَهَا عَلَيْهَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 913

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 913

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 28

The Taslim

Hadith 914

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

914. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to say the Salâm to his right and his left, until the whiteness of his cheek could be seen (saying): "As-salâmu 'alaikum wa rahmatullâh (Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allâh)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

914 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ «يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ شِمَالِهِ حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 914

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 914

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 915

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

915. It was narrated from 'Âmir bin Sa'd, from his father, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to say the Salâm to his right and to his left. (Sahih)

Arabic text

915 - حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، عَنْ مُصْعَبِ بْنِ ثَابِتِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سَعْدِ بْنِ أَبِي وَقَّاصٍ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 915

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 915

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 916

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

916. It was narrated that 'Ammâr bin Yâsir said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to say the Salâm to his right and to his left, until the whiteness of his cheek could be seen (saying): 'As-salâmu 'alaikum wa rahmatullâh, as-salâmu 'alaikum wa rahmatullâh.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

916 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ صِلَةَ بْنِ زُفَرَ، عَنْ عَمَّارِ بْنِ يَاسِرٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ، حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 916

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 916

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 917

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniMunkar
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

917. It was narrated that Abu Musa said: "Ali led us in prayer on the day of (the battle of) the Camel, in a way that reminded us of the prayer of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ. Either we had forgotten it or we had abandoned it. He said the Salām to his right and to his left.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

917 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَامِرِ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ بُرَيْدِ بْنِ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى، قَالَ: «صَلَّى بِنَا عَلِيٌّ، يَوْمَ الْجَمَلِ، صَلَاةً ذَكَّرَنَا صَلَاةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَإِمَّا أَنْ نَكُونَ نَسِينَاهَا، وَإِمَّا أَنْ نَكُونَ تَرَكْنَاهَا، فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى يَمِينِهِ وَعَلَى شِمَالِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 917

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 917

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 29

The One Who Says One Salām

Hadith 918

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

918. ‘Abdul-Muhaimin bin ‘Abbâs bin Sahl bin Sa’d As-Sâ’idi narrated from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said one Taslîm to the front. (Da’if)

Arabic text

918 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُصْعَبٍ الْمَدِينِيُّ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمُهَيْمِنِ بْنُ عَبَّاسِ بْنِ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَلَّمَ تَسْلِيمَةً وَاحِدَةً تِلْقَاءَ وَجْهِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 918

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 918

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 919

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

919. It was narrated from Hishâm bin ‘Uwrah, from his father, from ‘Aîshah, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to say one Salām, to the front. (Da’if)

Arabic text

919 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الصَّنْعَانِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ تَسْلِيمَةً وَاحِدَةً تِلْقَاءَ وَجْهِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 919

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 919

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 920

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

920. It was narrated that Salamah bin Akwa’ said: “I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ performing the prayer, and he said one Salām.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

920 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ الْمِصْرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ رَاشِدٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ مَوْلَى سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ الْأَكْوَعِ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى، فَسَلَّمَ مَرَّةً وَاحِدَةً»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 920

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 920

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 30

Responding To The Imâm's Salâm

Hadith 921

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

921. It was narrated from Samurah bin Jundub that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When the Imâm says the Salâm, then respond to him." (Da'if)

Arabic text

921 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرٍ الْهُذَلِيُّ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدَبٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا سَلَّمَ الْإِمَامُ، فَرُدُّوا عَلَيْهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 921

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 921

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 922

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

922. It was narrated that Samurah bin Jundab said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ commanded us to greet our Imâm with Salâm, and to greet one another with Salâm." (Da'if)

Arabic text

922 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْقَاسِمِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا هَمَّامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدَبٍ، قَالَ: «أَمَرَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ نُسَلِّمَ عَلَى أَئِمَّتِنَا، وَأَنْ يُسَلِّمَ بَعْضُنَا عَلَى بَعْضٍ» بَابُ لَا يَخُصُّ الْإِمَامُ نَفْسَهُ بِالدُّعَاءِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 922

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 922

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 31

The Imâm Should Not Supplicate For Himself Only

Hadith 923

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

923. It was narrated that Thawbân said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'No person should lead others in prayer, then supplicate only for himself and not for them. If he does that, he has betrayed them.''' (Hasan)

Arabic text

923 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُصَفَّى الْحِمْصِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ، عَنْ حَبِيبِ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ شُرَيْحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حَيٍّ الْمُؤَذِّنِ، عَنْ ثَوْبَانَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يَؤُمُّ عَبْدٌ فَيَخُصَّ نَفْسَهُ بِدَعْوَةٍ دُونَهُمْ، فَإِنْ فَعَلَ فَقَدْ خَانَهُمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 923

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 923

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 32

What Is To Be Said After The Salâm

Hadith 924

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

924. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said the Salâm, he would sit only for as long as it took to say: 'Allâhumma Antas-Salâm wa minkas-salâm. Tabârakta yâ Dhal-jalâli wal-ikrâm. (O Allâh, You are As-Salâm.[1] From You is all peace, blessed are You O Possessor of majesty and honor.)'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

924 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّوَارِبِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ الْأَحْوَلُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا سَلَّمَ لَمْ يَقْعُدْ إِلَّا مِقْدَارَ مَا يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ أَنْتَ السَّلَامُ، وَمِنْكَ السَّلَامُ، تَبَارَكْتَ يَا ذَا الْجَلَالِ وَالْإِكْرَامِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 924

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 924

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 925

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

925. It was narrated from Umm Salamah that when the Prophet ﷺ performed the Subh, while he said the Salâm, he would say: 'Allâhumma inni as'aluka 'ilman nâfi'an, wa rizqan tayyiban, wa 'amalan mutaqabbalan (O Allâh, I ask You for beneficial knowledge, goodly provision and acceptable deeds.)'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

925 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ أَبِي عَائِشَةَ، عَنْ مَوْلًى لِأُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ: إِذَا صَلَّى الصُّبْحَ حِينَ يُسَلِّمُ «اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ عِلْمًا نَافِعًا، وَرِزْقًا طَيِّبًا، وَعَمَلًا مُتَقَبَّلًا»

Footnotes

1 [1] The One Who is free from all defects and deficiencies.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 925

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 925

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 926

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

926. It was narrated that 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'There are two characteristics which no Muslim man acquires but he will enter Paradise. They are easy but those who do them are few. At the end of every prayer he should glorify Allāh (by saying Subhān Allāh) ten times, extol Him (by saying Allāhu Akbar) ten times, and praise Him (by saying Al-Hamdu Lillāh) ten times.' I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ counting them on his hand. 'That is one hundred and fifty (after all the prayers of the day) on the tongue, and one thousand and five hundred on the Scale. And when he goes to his bed, let him glorify Allāh and praise Him and extol Him one hundred times. That will be one hundred on the tongue and one thousand on the Scale. Who among you does two thousand and five hundred evil actions in one day?' They said: 'Who would not be keen to do that?' He said: 'But the Shaitān comes to anyone of you while he is performing prayer and says: "Remember such and such, remember such and such," until the person becomes distracted and does not understand (what he is saying). And he comes to him when he is in his bed, and makes him sleepy such that he sleeps.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

926 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، وَأَبُو يَحْيَى التَّيْمِيُّ، وَابْنُ الْأَجْلَحِ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «خَصْلَتَانِ لَا يُحْصِيهِمَا رَجُلٌ مُسْلِمٌ إِلَّا دَخَلَ الْجَنَّةَ، وَهُمَا يَسِيرٌ، وَمَنْ يَعْمَلُ بِهِمَا قَلِيلٌ، يُسَبِّحُ اللَّهَ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ عَشْرًا، وَيُكَبِّرُ عَشْرًا، وَيَحْمَدُ عَشْرًا» فَرَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَعْقِدُهَا بِيَدِهِ، «فَذَلِكَ خَمْسُونَ وَمِائَةٌ بِاللِّسَانِ، وَأَلْفٌ وَخَمْسُمِائَةٍ فِي الْمِيزَانِ، وَإِذَا أَوَى إِلَى فِرَاشِهِ، سَبَّحَ، وَحَمِدَ، وَكَبَّرَ مِائَةً، فَتِلْكَ مِائَةٌ بِاللِّسَانِ، وَأَلْفٌ فِي الْمِيزَانِ، فَأَيُّكُمْ يَعْمَلُ فِي الْيَوْمِ أَلْفَيْنِ وَخَمْسَمِائَةِ سَيِّئَةٍ» قَالُوا: وَكَيْفَ لَا يُحْصِيهِمَا؟ قَالَ " يَأْتِي أَحَدَكُمُ الشَّيْطَانُ، وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَيَقُولُ: اذْكُرْ كَذَا وَكَذَا، حَتَّى يَنْفَكَّ الْعَبْدُ لَا يَعْقِلُ، وَيَأْتِيهِ وَهُوَ فِي مَضْجَعِهِ، فَلَا يَزَالُ يُنَوِّمُهُ حَتَّى يَنَامَ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 926

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 926

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 927

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

927. It was narrated that Abu Dharr said: "It was said to the Prophet ﷺ and perhaps (one of the narrators) Sufyân said: I said: O Messenger of Allâh! Those who have property and wealth have surpassed us in reward. They say the same as we do, and they spend but we do not spend.' He said to me: 'Shall I not tell you something which, if you do it, you will catch up with those who have surpassed you and you will excel over those who come after you? Praise Allâh (by saying Al-Hamdu Lillâh) after every prayer, and glorify Him (by saying Subhân-Allâh) and extol Him (by saying Allâhu Akbar), thirty-three, and thirty-three, and thirty-four times.'" Sufyân said: "I do not know which of them was to be recited thirty-four times." (Sahih)

Arabic text

927 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ الْمَرْوَزِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ بِشْرِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ قَالَ: قِيلَ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - وَرُبَّمَا قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ - ذَهَبَ أَهْلُ الْأَمْوَالِ وَالدُّثُورِ بِالْأَجْرِ، يَقُولُونَ كَمَا نَقُولُ، وَيُنْفِقُونَ وَلَا نُنْفِقُ، قَالَ لِي «أَلَا أُخْبِرُكُمْ بِأَمْرٍ إِذَا فَعَلْتُمُوهُ أَدْرَكْتُمْ مَنْ قَبْلَكُمْ، وَفُتُّمْ مَنْ بَعْدَكُمْ، تَحْمَدُونَ اللَّهَ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ، وَتُسَبِّحُونَهُ، وَتُكَبِّرُونَهُ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَأَرْبَعًا وَثَلَاثِينَ» قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: «لَا أَدْرِي أَيَّتُهُنَّ أَرْبَعٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 927

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 927

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 928

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

928. Thawbān narrated that when he finished his prayer, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would ask for forgiveness three times, then he would say: "Allāhumma Antas-Salām wa minkas-salām tabārakta yā Dhal-jalāli wal-ikrām" (O Allāh, You are As-Salām and from You is all peace, Blessed are You O Possessor of majesty and honor)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

928 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ حَبِيبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي شَدَّادٌ أَبُو عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أَسْمَاءَ الرَّحَبِيُّ قَالَ: قَالَ ثَوْبَانُ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " كَانَ إِذَا انْصَرَفَ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ اسْتَغْفَرَ ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ أَنْتَ السَّلَامُ، وَمِنْكَ السَّلَامُ، تَبَارَكْتَ يَا ذَا الْجَلَالِ وَالْإِكْرَامِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 928

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 928

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 33

Departing After Completing The Prayer

Hadith 929

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

929. It was narrated from Qabisah bin Hulb that his father said: "The Prophet ﷺ led us (in prayer), and he used to depart from both sides. (i.e. from either side)." (Hasan)

Arabic text

929 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ سِمَاكٍ، عَنْ قَبِيصَةَ بْنِ هُلْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «أَمَّنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَكَانَ يَنْصَرِفُ عَنْ جَانِبَيْهِ جَمِيعًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 929

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 929

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 930

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

930. It was narrated that Aswad said: “‘Abdullâh (bin Mas’ud) said: ‘None of you should apportion within himself a part (of his prayer) thinking that it is a right of Allâh upon him that he must only turn to his right to leave after finishing the prayer. I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and most of the time he turned to his left.’” (Sahih)

Arabic text

930 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: «لَا يَجْعَلَنَّ أَحَدُكُمْ لِلشَّيْطَانِ فِي نَفْسِهِ جُزْءًا، يَرَى أَنَّ حَقًّا لِلَّهِ عَلَيْهِ أَنْ لَا يَنْصَرِفَ إِلَّا عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، قَدْ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَكْثَرُ انْصِرَافِهِ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 930

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 930

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 931

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

931. It was narrated from ‘Amr bin Shu’aib, from his father, that his grandfather said: “I saw the Prophet ﷺ departing to his right and to his left when he finished the prayer.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

931 - حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ هِلَالٍ الصَّوَّافُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «يَنْفَتِلُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 931

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 931

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 932

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

932. It was narrated that Umm Salamah said: “When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said the Salâm, the women would stand up when he finished his Taslim, and he would stay where he was for a little while before standing up. (i.e. to depart).” (Sahih)

Arabic text

932 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ وَاقِدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ هِنْدٍ بِنْتِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «إِذَا سَلَّمَ قَامَ النِّسَاءُ حِينَ يَقْضِي تَسْلِيمَهُ، ثُمَّ يَلْبَثُ فِي مَكَانِهِ يَسِيرًا قَبْلَ أَنْ يَقُومَ» بَابُ إِذَا حَضَرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ وَوُضِعَ الْعَشَاءُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 932

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 932

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 34

If The Time For Prayer Comes When Food Has Been Served

Hadith 933

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

933. It was narrated from Anas bin Mālik that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "If food is served and the Iqāmah for prayer is given, then start with the food." (Sahih)

Arabic text

933 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «إِذَا وُضِعَ الْعَشَاءُ، وَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، فَابْدَءُوا بِالْعَشَاءِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 933

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 933

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 934

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

934. It was narrated from Nāfi' that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'If food is served and the Iqāmah for prayer is given, then start with the food.'" He said: "Ibn 'Umar ate dinner one night while he could hear the Iqāmah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

934 - حَدَّثَنَا أَزْهَرُ بْنُ مَرْوَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «إِذَا وُضِعَ الْعَشَاءُ وَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، فَابْدَءُوا بِالْعَشَاءِ» ، قَالَ: فَتَعَشَّى ابْنُ عُمَرَ لَيْلَةً، وَهُوَ يَسْمَعُ الْإِقَامَةَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 934

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 934

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 935

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

935. It was narrated from 'Aishah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "If food is ready and the lqāmah is being given, then start with the food." (Sahih)

Arabic text

935 - حَدَّثَنَا سَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ جَمِيَعًا، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا حَضَرَ الْعَشَاءُ، وَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، فَابْدَءُوا بِالْعَشَاءِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 935

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 935

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 35

Prayer In Congregation On A Rainy Night

Hadith 936

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

936. It was narrated that Abu Malih said: "I went out on a rainy night (for congregational prayer), and when I came back I asked for the door to be opened. My father said: 'Who is this?' I said: 'Abu Malih.' He said: 'We were with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ at Hudaybiyah and it rained a little, such that the soles of our sandals did not get wet. The announcer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ called out: 'Perform prayer at your camps.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

936 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمَلِيحِ، قَالَ: خَرَجْتُ فِي لَيْلَةٍ مَطِيرَةٍ، فَلَمَّا رَجَعْتُ اسْتَفْتَحْتُ، فَقَالَ أَبِي: مَنْ هَذَا؟ قَالَ: أَبُو الْمَلِيحِ، قَالَ: لَقَدْ رَأَيْتُنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ، وَأَصَابَتْنَا سَمَاءٌ، لَمْ تَبُلَّ أَسَافِلَ نِعَالِنَا، فَنَادَى مُنَادِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 936

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 936

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 937

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

937. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "On rainy nights or حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ: حَدَّثَنَا on cold windy nights, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would summon his announcer to call out: 'Perform prayer at your camps.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

937 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُنَادِي مُنَادِيهِ فِي اللَّيْلَةِ الْمَطِيرَةِ، أَوِ اللَّيْلَةِ الْبَارِدَةِ ذَاتِ الرِّيحِ «صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 937

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 937

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 938

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

938. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbās that the Prophet ﷺ said, on a Friday that was rainy: "Perform prayer at your camps." (Hasan)

Arabic text

938 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَهَّابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الضَّحَّاكُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ، عَنْ عَبَّادِ بْنِ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَطَاءً يُحَدِّثُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: فِي يَوْمِ جُمُعَةٍ، يَوْمِ مَطَرٍ، «صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 938

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 938

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 939

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

939. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin Hārīth bin Nawfal that Ibn 'Abbās commanded the Mu'adh-dhin to call the Adhān one Friday, which was a rainy day. He said: "Allāhu Akbar, Allāhu Akbar, Ashhadu an lā ilāha illallāh, Ashhadu anna Muhammadan Rasulullāh" (Allāh is the Most Great, Allāh is Most Great, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh, I bear witness that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allāh)." Then he (Ibn 'Abbās) said: "Proclaim to the people that they should pray in their houses." The people said to him: "What is this that you have done?" He said: "One who is better than me did that. Are you telling me that I should bring the people out of their houses and make them come to me wading through mud up to their knees?" (Sahih)

Arabic text

939 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ عَبَّادٍ الْمُهَلَّبِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ الْأَحْوَلُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ نَوْفَلٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، " أَمَرَ الْمُؤَذِّنَ أَنْ يُؤَذِّنَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، وَذَلِكَ يَوْمٌ مَطِيرٌ، فَقَالَ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: نَادِ فِي النَّاسِ فَلْيُصَلُّوا فِي بُيُوتِهِمْ " فَقَالَ لَهُ النَّاسُ: مَا هَذَا الَّذِي صَنَعْتَ؟ قَالَ: «قَدْ فَعَلَ هَذَا مَنْ هُوَ خَيْرٌ مِنِّي، تَأْمُرُنِي أَنْ أُخْرِجَ النَّاسَ مِنْ بُيُوتِهِمْ، فَيَأْتُونِي يَدُوسُونَ الطِّينَ إِلَى رُكَبِهِمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 939

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 939

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 36

What Suffices As A Sutrah (Screen) For One Performing Prayer

Hadith 940

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

940. It was narrated from Musa bin Talhah that his father said: "We used to perform prayer while the beasts were passing in front of us. That was mentioned to the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and he said: 'If something like the handle of a saddle[1] is placed in front of anyone of you, it will not matter whoever passes in front of him.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

940 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: كُنَّا نُصَلِّي وَالدَّوَابُّ تَمُرُّ بَيْنَ أَيْدِينَا، فَذُكِرَ ذَلِكَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «مِثْلُ مُؤَخِّرَةِ الرَّحْلِ، تَكُونُ بَيْنَ يَدَيْ أَحَدِكُمْ، فَلَا يَضُرُّهُ مَنْ مَرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 940

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 940

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 941

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

941. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "A small spear (Harbah) would be brought out to the Prophet ﷺ when he was travelling; he would plant it (in the ground) to perform prayer while facing it." (Sahih)

Arabic text

941 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ رَجَاءٍ الْمَكِّيُّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، تُخْرَجُ لَهُ حَرْبَةٌ فِي السَّفَرِ، فَيَنْصِبُهَا، فَيُصَلِّي إِلَيْهَا "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 941

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 941

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 942

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

942. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh had a reed mat that he would spread out during the day, and make into a compartment at night, towards which he would perform prayer." (Sahih)

Arabic text

942 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: «كَانَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، حَصِيرٌ، يُبْسَطُ بِالنَّهَارِ، وَيَحْتَجِرُهُ بِاللَّيْلِ يُصَلِّي إِلَيْهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 942

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 942

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 943

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

943. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When anyone of you performs prayer, let him put something in front of him. If he cannot find anything then let him put a stick. If he cannot find one, then let him draw a line. Then it will not matter if anything passes in front of him." (Da'if)

Arabic text

943 - حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو بِشْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ الْأَسْوَدِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أُمَيَّةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَمَّارُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِي عَمْرِو بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ حُرَيْثِ بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ، فَلْيَجْعَلْ تِلْقَاءَ وَجْهِهِ شَيْئًا، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ، فَلْيَنْصِبْ عَصًا، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ، فَلْيَخُطَّ خَطًّا، ثُمَّ لَا يَضُرُّهُ مَا مَرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 943

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 943

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 37

Passing In Front Of Someone Who Is Performing Prayer

Hadith 944

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

944. Busr bin Sa'eed said: "They sent me to Zaid bin Khâlid to ask him about passing in front of one who is performing prayer. He told me that the Prophet ﷺ said: 'Waiting for forty is better than passing in front of one who is performing prayer.'" (Sahih) (One of the narrators) Sufyân said: "I do not know if he meant forty years, months, days, or hours."

Arabic text

944 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، عَنْ بُسْرِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: أَرْسَلُونِي إِلَى زَيْدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ أَسْأَلُهُ عَنِ الْمُرُورِ، بَيْنَ يَدَيِ الْمُصَلِّي، فَأَخْبَرَنِي عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَأَنْ يَقُومَ أَرْبَعِينَ، خَيْرٌ لَهُ مِنْ أَنْ يَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ» قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: فَلَا أَدْرِي أَرْبَعِينَ سَنَةً، أَوْ شَهْرًا، أَوْ صَبَاحًا، أَوْ سَاعَةً

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 944

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 944

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 945

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

945. It was narrated from Busr bin Sa'eed that Zaid bin Khâlid sent word to Abu Juhaim Al-Ansâri asking him: "What did you hear from the Prophet ﷺ about a man who passes in front of another man when he is performing prayer?" He said: "I heard the Prophet ﷺ saying: 'If anyone of you knew (how great is the sin involved) when he passes in front of his brother who is performing prayer, then waiting for forty,''' (one of the narrators) said: "I do not know if he meant forty years, forty months, or forty days, 'would be better for him than that." (Sahih)

Arabic text

945 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، عَنْ بُسْرِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، أَنَّ زَيْدَ بْنَ خَالِدٍ، أَرْسَلَ إِلَى أَبِي جُهَيْمٍ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ يَسْأَلُهُ: مَا سَمِعْتَ مِنْ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الرَّجُلِ يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ الرَّجُلِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي؟ فَقَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «لَوْ يَعْلَمُ أَحَدُكُمْ مَا لَهُ أَنْ يَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْ أَخِيهِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي، كَانَ لَأَنْ يَقِفَ أَرْبَعِينَ» قَالَ: لَا أَدْرِي أَرْبَعِينَ عَامًا، أَوْ أَرْبَعِينَ شَهْرًا، أَوْ أَرْبَعِينَ يَوْمًا «خَيْرٌ لَهُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 945

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 945

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 946

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

946. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Prophet ﷺ said: 'If anyone of you knew (how great is the sin involved) in passing in front of his brother while he is performing prayer, waiting for one hundred years would be better for him than one step that he takes.''' (Da'if)

Arabic text

946 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ مَوْهَبٍ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَوْ يَعْلَمُ أَحَدُكُمْ مَا لَهُ فِي أَنْ يَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْ أَخِيهِ، مُعْتَرِضًا فِي الصَّلَاةِ، كَانَ لَأَنْ يُقِيمَ مِائَةَ عَامٍ، خَيْرٌ لَهُ مِنَ الْخَطْوَةِ الَّتِي خَطَاهَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 946

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 946

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 38

What Severs The Prayer[1]

Hadith 947

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

947. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "The Prophet ﷺ was performing prayer at 'Arafāt, and Fadl and I came riding a female donkey. We passed in front of part of the row, then we dismounted and left the donkey, and we came and joined the row." (Sahih)

Arabic text

947 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي بِعَرَفَةَ، فَجِئْتُ أَنَا وَالْفَضْلُ عَلَى أَتَانٍ، فَمَرَرْنَا عَلَى بَعْضِ الصَّفِّ، فَنَزَلْنَا عَنْهَا وَتَرَكْنَاهَا، ثُمَّ دَخَلْنَا فِي الصَّفِّ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Regarding the things mentioned that 'sever' the prayer, As-Sindi commented on number 949: "The obvious implication of this Hadith is that a dog which passes by, or other than that, mentioned in this Hadith, invalidates the prayer. And some people said this. But the majority hold the opposite view. This is how Nawawi and others explained it; that the meaning of 'severing' is 'diminishing' it due to the distraction of the heart by these things."

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 947

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 947

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 948

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

948. It was narrated that Umm Salamah said: "The Prophet ﷺ was performing prayer in the house of Umm Salamah, and 'Abdullâh or 'Umar bin Abu Salamah passed in front of him; he gestured with his hand, and he went back. Then Zainab bint Umm Salamah passed in front of him, and he gestured with his hand, but she kept going. When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ finished his prayer, he said: 'These (women) are more stubborn.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

948 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، هُوَ قَاصُّ عُمَرَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ قَالَتْ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «يُصَلِّي فِي حُجْرَةِ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ» فَمَرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، أَوْ عُمَرُ بْنُ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، فَقَالَ بِيَدِهِ، فَرَجَعَ، فَمَرَّتْ زَيْنَبُ بِنْتُ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، فَقَالَ: بِيَدِهِ هَكَذَا، فَمَضَتْ، فَلَمَّا صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «هُنَّ أَغْلَبُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 948

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 948

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 949

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

949. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbâs that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The prayer is severed by a black dog and a woman who has reached the age of menstruation." (Sahih)

Arabic text

949 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَابِرٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «يَقْطَعُ الصَّلَاةَ الْكَلْبُ الْأَسْوَدُ، وَالْمَرْأَةُ الْحَائِضُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 949

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 949

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 950

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

950. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The prayer is severed by a woman, a dog and a donkey." (Sahih)

Arabic text

950 - حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ أَخْزَمَ أَبُو طَالِبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ زُرَارَةَ بْنُ أَوْفَى، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «يَقْطَعُ الصَّلَاةَ الْمَرْأَةُ، وَالْكَلْبُ، وَالْحِمَارُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 950

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 950

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 951

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

951. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Mughaffal that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The prayer is severed by a woman, a dog and a donkey." (Sahih)

Arabic text

951 - حَدَّثَنَا جَمِيلُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُغَفَّلٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «يَقْطَعُ الصَّلَاةَ الْمَرْأَةُ، وَالْكَلْبُ، وَالْحِمَارُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 951

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 951

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 952

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

952. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Sâmit from Abu Dharr, that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The prayer is severed by a woman, a donkey, and a black dog, if there is not something like the handle of a saddle in front of a man." I ('Abdullâh) said: "What is wrong with a black dog and not a red one?" He (Abu Dharr) said: 'I asked the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ the same question, and he said: "The black dog is a Shaitân (satan)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

952 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ حُمَيْدِ بْنُ هِلَالٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنُ الصَّامِتِ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «يَقْطَعُ الصَّلَاةَ إِذَا لَمْ يَكُنْ بَيْنَ يَدَيِ الرَّجُلِ مِثْلُ مُؤَخِّرَةِ الرَّحْلِ، الْمَرْأَةُ، وَالْحِمَارُ، وَالْكَلْبُ، الْأَسْوَدُ» قَالَ: قُلْتُ: مَا بَالُ الْأَسْوَدُ مِنَ الْأَحْمَرِ؟ فَقَالَ: سَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَمَا سَأَلْتَنِي، فَقَالَ: «الْكَلْبُ الْأَسْوَدِ شَيْطَانٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 952

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 952

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 39

Stopping (The Passing Person) As Much As Possible

Hadith 953

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

953. It was narrated that Hasan Al-'Urani said: "Mention was made in the presence of Ibn 'Abbâs about what severs the prayer. They mentioned a dog, a donkey and a woman. He said: 'What do you say about kids (young goats)? The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ was performing prayer one day, when a kid came and wanted to pass in front of him. The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ preceded it toward the Qiblah. (to tighten the space and prevent it from passing in front of him).'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

953 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى أَبُو الْمُعَلَّى، عَنْ الْحَسَنِ الْعُرَنِيِّ، قَالَ ذُكِرَ عِنْدَ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، مَا يَقْطَعُ الصَّلَاةَ، فَذَكَرُوا الْكَلْبَ، وَالْحِمَارَ، وَالْمَرْأَةَ، فَقَالَ: مَا تَقُولُونَ فِي الْجَدْيِ؟ إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُصَلِّي يَوْمًا، فَذَهَبَ جَدْيٌ يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ، فَبَادَرَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْقِبْلَةَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 953

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 953

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 954

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

954. It was narrated from 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Abu Sa'eed that his father said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'When anyone of you performs prayer, let him pray facing towards a Sutrah, and let him get close to it, and not let anyone pass in front of him. If someone comes and wants to pass in front of him, let him fight him, for he is a Shaitân (satan).'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

954 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ الْأَحْمَرُ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ، فَلْيُصَلِّ إِلَى سُتْرَةٍ، وَلْيَدْنُ مِنْهَا، وَلَا يَدَعْ أَحَدًا يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ، فَإِنْ جَاءَ أَحَدٌ يَمُرُّ فَلْيُقَاتِلْهُ، فَإِنَّهُ شَيْطَانٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 954

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 954

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 955

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

955. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin 'Umar that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "When anyone of you is performing prayer, he should not let anyone pass in front of him. If he insists then let him fight him, for he has a Qarin (devil-companion) with him." (Sahih) (One of the narrators) Al-Munkadiri said: "He has al-'Uzza with him."[1]

Arabic text

955 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْحَمَّالُ، وَالْحَسَنُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ الْمُنْكَدِرِيُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، عَنْ الضَّحَّاكِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ صَدَقَةَ بْنُ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ «إِذَا كَانَ أَحَدُكُمْ يُصَلِّي، فَلَا يَدَعْ أَحَدًا، يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ، فَإِنْ أَبَى، فَلْيُقَاتِلْهُ، فَإِنْ مَعَهُ الْقَرِينَ» وَقَالَ الْمُنْكَدِرِيُّ، فَإِنَّ مَعَهُ الْعُزَّى

Footnotes

1 [1] That is Hasan bin Dâwud (and they say: 'Abdullâh) Al-Munkadiri one of the two that Ibn Mâjah narrated it from. The Hadith is also recorded by Muslim and Ahmad without this statement, so it is clear that it is from Munkadiri alone.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 955

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 955

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 40

One Who Performs Prayer With Something Between Himself And The Prayer Direction

Hadith 956

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

956. It was narrated from 'Aishah: "The Prophet ﷺ used to pray at night, and I was laying between him and the prayer direction, as a (body for a) funeral horizontally." (Sahih)

Arabic text

956 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ، وَأَنَا مُعْتَرِضَةٌ بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْقِبْلَةِ، كَاعْتِرَاضِ الْجِنَازَةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 956

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 956

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 957

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

957. It was narrated from Zainab bint Umm Salamah that her mother said that her bed was in front of the place where the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prostrated. (Sahih)

Arabic text

957 - حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ، وَسُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَا حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ الْحَذَّاءُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ زَيْنَبَ بِنْتِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّهَا، قَالَتْ «كَانَ فِرَاشُهَا بِحِيَالِ مَسْجَدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 957

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 957

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 958

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

958. Maimunah, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ, said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to perform prayer when I was opposite him, and his garment would sometimes touch me when he prostrated." (Sahih)

Arabic text

958 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ الْعَوَّامِ، عَنْ الشَّيْبَانِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَدَّادٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَتْنِي مَيْمُونَةُ، زَوْجُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَتْ: كَانَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي وَأَنَا بِحِذَائِهِ، وَرُبَّمَا أَصَابَنِي ثَوْبُهُ إِذَا سَجَدَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 958

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 958

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 959

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

959. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ forbade performing prayer behind one who is engaged in conversation or one who is sleeping." (Hasan)

Arabic text

959 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو الْمِقْدَامِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَعْبٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ «نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يُصَلَّى خَلْفَ الْمُتَحَدِّثِ وَالنَّائِمِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 959

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 959

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 41

Prohibition Of Bowing Or Prostrating Before The Imâm

Hadith 960

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

960. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to teach us not to bow or prostrate before the Imâm; when he says the Takbîr then say the Takbîr, and when he prostrates, you should prostrate." (Sahih)

Arabic text

960 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُعَلِّمُنَا أَنْ «لَا نُبَادِرَ الْإِمَامَ بِالرُّكُوعِ، وَالسُّجُودِ، وَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 960

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 960

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 961

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

961. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Does not the one who raises his head before the Imâm fear that Allâh may turn his head into the head of a donkey?''" (Sahih)

Arabic text

961 - حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، وَسُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَا حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَلَا يَخْشَى الَّذِي يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ قَبْلَ الْإِمَامِ، أَنْ يُحَوِّلَ اللَّهُ رَأْسَهُ رَأْسَ حِمَارٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 961

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 961

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 962

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

962. It was narrated that Abu Musa said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'I have gained weight, so when I bow, then bow, and when I stand up, then stand up, and when I prostrate, then prostrate. I should never find anyone preceding me in bowing or prostration.''" (Sahih)

Arabic text

962 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَدْرٍ شُجَاعُ بْنِ الْوَلِيدِ، عَنْ زِيَادِ بْنِ خَيْثَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ دَارِمٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي بُرْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي بُرْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنِّي قَدْ بَدَّنْتُ، فَإِذَا رَكَعْتُ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا رَفَعْتُ فَارْفَعُوا، وَإِذَا سَجَدْتُ فَاسْجُدُوا، وَلَا أُلْفِيَنَّ رَجُلًا يَسْبِقُنِي إِلَى الرُّكُوعِ، وَلَا إِلَى السُّجُودِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 962

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 962

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 963

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

963. It was narrated that Mu'awiyah bin Abu Sufyân said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Do not bow or prostrate before me. No matter how far ahead of you I bow, you will catch up with me when I stand up, and no matter how far ahead of you I prostrate, you will catch up with me when I raise my head. I have become bulky.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

963 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بِشْرٍ بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنْ ابْنِ مُحَيْرِيزٍ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنُ أَبِي سُفْيَانُ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تُبَادِرُونِي بِالرُّكُوعِ، وَلَا بِالسُّجُودِ، فَمَهْمَا أَسْبِقْكُمْ بِهِ إِذَا رَكَعْتُ تُدْرِكُونِي بِهِ إِذَا رَفَعْتُ، وَمَهْمَا أَسْبِقْكُمْ بِهِ إِذَا سَجَدْتُ تُدْرِكُونِي بِهِ إِذَا رَفَعْتُ، إِنِّي قَدْ بَدَّنْتُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 963

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 963

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 42

What Is Disliked In The Prayer

Hadith 964

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

964. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "It is impolite for a man to wipe his forehead a great deal before he finishes prayer." (Da'if)

Arabic text

964 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ هَارُونَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْهُدَيْرِ التَّيْمِيُّ، عَنْ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ مِنَ الْجَفَاءِ أَنَّ يُكْثِرَ الرَّجُلُ مَسْحَ جَبْهَتِهِ قَبْلَ الْفَرَاغِ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 964

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 964

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 965

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

965. It was narrated from 'Ali that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Do not crack your fingers during the prayer." (Da'if)

Arabic text

965 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو قُتَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، وَإِسْرَائِيلُ بْنُ يُونُسُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا تُفَقِّعْ أَصَابِعَكَ وَأَنْتَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 965

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 965

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 966

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

966. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade a man to cover his mouth during the prayer." (Da'if)

Arabic text

966 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو سَعِيدٍ سُفْيَانُ بْنُ زِيَادٍ الْمُؤَدِّبُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَاشِدٍ، عَنْ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ ذَكْوَانَ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: «نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يُغَطِّيَ الرَّجُلُ فَاهُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 966

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 966

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 967

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

967. It was narrated from Ka'b bin 'Ujrah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saw a man who had interlocked his fingers during the prayer, so the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ separated his fingers. (Hasan)

Arabic text

967 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلْقَمَةُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الدَّارِمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «رَأَى رَجُلًا قَدْ شَبَّكَ أَصَابِعَهُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَفَرَّجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَيْنَ أَصَابِعِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 967

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 967

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 968

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniFabricated · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

968. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When anyone of you yawns, let him put his hand over his mouth and not make a sound, because Satan laughs at him." (Da'if)

Arabic text

968 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا تَثَاءَبَ أَحَدُكُمْ، فَلْيَضَعْ يَدَهُ عَلَى فِيهِ، وَلَا يَعْوِي، فَإِنَّ الشَّيْطَانَ يَضْحَكُ مِنْهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 968

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 968

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 969

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

969. It was narrated from 'Adi bin Thâbit, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Spitting, blowing one's nose, menstruating and drowsiness during the prayer are from Satan." (Da'if)

Arabic text

969 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْفَضْلُ بْنُ دُكَيْنٍ، عَنْ شَرِيكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْيَقْظَانِ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «الْبُزَاقُ، وَالْمُخَاطُ، وَالْحَيْضُ، وَالنُّعَاسُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 969

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 969

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 43

The One Who Leads People In Prayer When They Do Not Like Him (To Lead Them)

Hadith 970

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

970. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin 'Amr said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'There are three whose prayer are not accepted: A man who leads people while they do not like him; a man who does not come to prayer until its end -- meaning after its time has expired -- and one who enslaves a freed person.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

970 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، وَجَعْفَرُ بْنُ عَوْنٍ، عَنْ الْإِفْرِيقِيِّ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «ثَلَاثَةٌ لَا تُقْبَلُ لَهُمْ صَلَاةٌ، الرَّجُلُ يَؤُمُّ الْقَوْمَ وَهُمْ لَهُ كَارِهُونَ، وَالرَّجُلُ لَا يَأْتِي الصَّلَاةَ إِلَّا دِبَارًا - يَعْنِي بَعْدَ مَا يَفُوتُهُ الْوَقْتُ - وَمَنْ اعْتَبَدَ، مُحَرَّرًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 970

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 970

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 971

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

971. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbâs that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "There are three whose prayer do not rise more than a hand span above their heads: A man who leads people (in prayer) when they do not like him; a woman who has spent the night with her husband angry with her; and two brothers who have severed contact with one another." (Hasan)

Arabic text

971 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُمَرَ بْنُ هَيَّاجِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَرْحَبِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدَةُ بْنُ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ الْوَلِيدِ، عَنِ الْمِنْهَالِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " ثَلَاثَةٌ لَا تُرْفَعُ صَلَاتُهُمْ فَوْقَ رُءُوسِهِمْ شِبْرًا: رَجُلٌ أَمَّ قَوْمًا وَهُمْ لَهُ كَارِهُونَ، وَامْرَأَةٌ بَاتَتْ وَزَوْجُهَا عَلَيْهَا سَاخِطٌ، وَأَخَوَانِ مُتَصَارِمَانِ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 971

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 971

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 44

Two Are A Congregation

Hadith 972

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

972. It was narrated that Abu Musa Al-Ash'ari said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Two or more people are a congregation.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

972 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ بَدْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ عَمْرِو بْنُ جَرَادٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى الْأَشْعَرِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اثْنَانِ فَمَا فَوْقَهُمَا جَمَاعَةٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 972

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 972

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 973

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

973. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "I stayed overnight with my maternal aunt Maimunah, and the Prophet ﷺ got up during the night to perform prayer. So I got up and stood on his left. He took me by the hand and made me stand on his right." (Sahih)

Arabic text

973 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّوَارِبِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدِ الْوَاحِدِ بْنِ زِيَادٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ، عَنْ الشَّعْبِيِّ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: بِتُّ عِنْدَ خَالَتِي مَيْمُونَةَ، فَقَامَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ، فَقُمْتُ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، فَأَخَذَ بِيَدِي، فَأَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 973

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 973

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 974

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

974. Shurahbil said: "I heard Jâbir bin 'Abdullâh say: 'The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ was performing Maghrib, and I came and stood on his left, but he made me stand on his right.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

974 - حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو بِشْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرُ الْحَنَفِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الضَّحَّاكُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُرَحْبِيلُ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، يَقُولُ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي الْمَغْرِبَ، فَجِئْتُ فَقُمْتُ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، فَأَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 974

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 974

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 975

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

975. It was narrated that Anas said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ led a woman of his household and myself in prayer. I stood to his right and the woman stood behind us." (Sahih)

Arabic text

975 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْمُخْتَارِ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ «صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِامْرَأَةٍ مِنْ أَهْلِهِ وَبِي، فَأَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَصَلَّتِ الْمَرْأَةُ خَلْفَنَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 975

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 975

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 45

Who Is Preferred To Stand Closest To The Imâm

Hadith 976

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

976. It was narrated that Abu Mas'ud Al-Ansâri said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to gently pat our shoulders (to make sure the row was straight) at the time of prayer, saying: 'Keep (the rows) straight; do not differ from one another lest your hearts should suffer from discord. Let those who are forbearing and wise stand closest to me, then those who are next to them, then those who are next to them.”’ (Sahih)

Arabic text

976 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنُ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَمْسَحُ مَنَاكِبَنَا فِي الصَّلَاةِ وَيَقُولُ «لَا تَخْتَلِفُوا فَتَخْتَلِفَ قُلُوبُكُمْ، لِيَلِيَنِّي مِنْكُمْ أُولُو الْأَحْلَامِ وَالنُّهَى، ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ، ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 976

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 976

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 977

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

977. It was narrated that Anas said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ liked the Muhājirun and Ansār to stand closest to him, so that they could learn from him.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

977 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدٌ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يُحِبُّ أَنْ يَلِيَهُ الْمُهَاجِرُونَ وَالْأَنْصَارُ لِيَأْخُذُوا عَنْهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 977

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 977

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 978

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

978. It was narrated from Abu Sa’eed that the Messenger of Allâh ﷻ saw that some of his Companions tended to stand in the rear, so he said: "Come forward and follow me, and let those who are behind you follow your lead. If people continue to lag behind, Allâh will put them back." (Sahih)

Arabic text

978 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي زَائِدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَشْهَبِ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأَى فِي أَصْحَابِهِ تَأَخُّرًا فَقَالَ: «تَقَدَّمُوا فَأْتَمُّوا بِي، وَلْيَأْتَمَّ بِكُمْ مَنْ بَعْدَكُمْ، لَا يَزَالُ قَوْمٌ يَتَأَخَّرُونَ حَتَّى يُؤَخِّرَهُمُ اللَّهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 978

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 978

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 46

Who Is Most Deserving Of Leading The Prayer

Hadith 979

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

979. It was narrated that Mâlik bin Huwairith said: "I came to the Prophet ﷺ with a friend of mine, and when we wanted to leave, he said to us: 'When the time for prayer comes, say the Adhân and Iqâmah, then let the older of you lead the prayer.''" (Sahih)

Arabic text

979 - حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ هِلَالٍ الصَّوَّافُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ الْحُوَيْرِثِ، قَالَ أَتَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَا وَصَاحِبٌ لِي، فَلَمَّا أَرَدْنَا الِانْصِرَافَ، قَالَ لَنَا «إِذَا حَضَرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ فَأَذِّنَا وَأَقِيمَا، وَلْيَؤُمَّكُمَا أَكْبَرُكُمَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 979

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 979

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 980

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

980. Abu Mas'ud said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'The people should be lead by the one who is most well-Versed in recitation of the Book of Allāh. If they are equal in recitation, then they should be led by the one who emigrated first. If they are equal in emigration, then they should be led by the eldest. A man should not be led among his family or in his place of authority; no one should be sat in his place of honor in his house without permission, or without his permission.''' (Sahih)

Arabic text

980 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنُ رَجَاءٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَوْسَ بْنُ ضَمْعَجٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا مَسْعُودٍ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَؤُمُّ الْقَوْمَ أَقْرَؤُهُمْ لِكِتَابِ اللَّهُ، فَإِنْ كَانَتْ قِرَاءَتُهُمْ سَوَاءً، فَلْيَؤُمَّهُمْ أَقْدَمُهُمْ هِجْرَةً، فَإِنْ كَانَتِ الْهِجْرَةُ سَوَاءً، فَلْيَؤُمَّهُمْ أَكْبَرُهُمْ سِنًّا، وَلَا يُؤُمُّ الرَّجُلُ فِي أَهْلِهِ، وَلَا فِي سُلْطَانِهِ، وَلَا يُجْلَسْ عَلَى تَكْرِمَتِهِ فِي بَيْتِهِ إِلَّا بِإِذْنٍ، أَوْ بِإِذْنِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 980

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 980

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 47

What Is Incumbent Upon The Imām

Hadith 981

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

981. Abu Hāzim said: "Sahl bin Sa'd As-Sā'idi used to give preference to the young to lead his people in prayer. It was said to him: "Do you do that, when you have such seniority (in Islam)?" He said: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: 'The Imām is responsible. If he does well, then he will have the reward and so will they, but if he does badly, then that will be counted against him but not against them." (Da'if)

Arabic text

981 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، أَخُو فُلَيْحٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو حَازِمٍ، قَالَ كَانَ سَهْلُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ يُقَدِّمُ فِتْيَانَ قَوْمِهِ، يُصَلُّونَ بِهِمْ، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: تَفْعَلُ وَلَكَ مِنَ الْقِدَمِ مَا لَكَ، قَالَ: إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «الْإِمَامُ ضَامِنٌ، فَإِنْ أَحْسَنَ فَلَهُ وَلَهُمْ، وَإِنْ أَسَاءَ، يَعْنِي، فَعَلَيْهِ، وَلَا عَلَيْهِمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 981

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 981

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 982

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

982. It was narrated that Salâmah bint Hurr, the sister of Kharashah, said: "I heard the Prophet ﷺ say: 'A time will come when the people will stand for a long time and will not be able to find any Imâm to lead them in prayer.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

982 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ أُمِّ غُرَابٍ، عَنْ امْرَأَةٍ يُقَالُ لَهَا عَقِيلَةُ، عَنْ سَلَامَةَ بِنْتِ الْحُرِّ، أُخْتِ خَرَشَةَ قَالَتْ: سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ «يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَقُومُونَ سَاعَةً، لَا يَجِدُونَ إِمَامًا يُصَلِّي بِهِمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 982

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 982

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 983

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

983. It was narrated from Abu 'Ali Al-Hamdâni that he went out in a ship in which 'Uqbah bin 'Âmir Al-Juhani was present. The time for prayer came, and we told him to lead us in prayer and said to him: "You are the most deserving of that, you were the Companion of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ." But he refused and said: "I heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ say: 'Whoever leads the people and gets it right, the prayer will be for him and for them, but if he falls short, then that will be counted against him but not against them.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

983 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحْرِزُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْعَدَنِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ حَرْمَلَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي عَلِيٍّ الْهَمْدَانِيِّ، أَنَّهُ خَرَجَ فِي سَفِينَةٍ فِيهَا عُقْبَةُ بْنِ عَامِرٍ الْجُهَنِيُّ فَحَانَتْ صَلَاةٌ مِنَ الصَّلَوَاتِ، فَأَمَرْنَاهُ أَنْ يَؤُمَّنَا، وَقُلْنَا لَهُ: إِنَّكَ أَحَقُّنَا بِذَلِكَ، أَنْتَ صَاحِبُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَبَى، فَقَالَ: إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَنْ أَمَّ النَّاسَ فَأَصَابَ، فَالصَّلَاةُ لَهُ وَلَهُمْ، وَمَنِ انْتَقَصَ مَنْ ذَلِكَ شَيْئًا، فَعَلَيْهِ، وَلَا عَلَيْهِمْ» بَابُ مَنْ أَمَّ قَوْمًا فَلْيُخَفِّفْ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 983

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 983

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 48

Whoever Leads People (In Prayer), Let Him Make It Short

Hadith 984

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

984. It was narrated that Abu Mas'ud said: "A man came to the Prophet ﷺ and said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! I stay behind and do not perform the morning prayer (in congregation) because of so-and-so, for he makes it too long for us.' I never saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ preaching with such anger as he did that day. He said: 'O people! There are among you those who repel others. Whoever among you leads others in prayer, let him keep it short, for among them are those who are weak and elderly, and those who have pressing needs.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

984 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ أَتَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَجُلٌ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنِّي لَأَتَأَخَّرُ فِي صَلَاةِ الْغَدَاةِ مِنْ أَجْلِ فُلَانٍ لِمَا يُطِيلُ بِنَا فِيهَا، قَالَ: فَمَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَطُّ فِي مَوْعِظَةٍ أَشَدَّ غَضَبًا مِنْهُ يَوْمَئِذٍ، فَقَالَ: «يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ إِنَّ مِنْكُمْ مُنَفِّرِينَ، فَأَيُّكُمْ مَا صَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ، فَلْيُجَوِّزْ؛ فَإِنَّ فِيهِمُ الضَّعِيفَ، وَالْكَبِيرَ، وَذَا الْحَاجَةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 984

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 984

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 985

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

985. It was narrated that Anas bin Mālik said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷻ used to make his prayer brief but perfect.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

985 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ، وَحُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ صُهَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُوجِزُ، وَيُتِمُّ الصَّلَاةَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 985

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 985

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 986

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

986. It was narrated that Jâbir said: “Mu’âdh bin Jabal Al-Ansâri led his companions in the Ishâ prayer and he made it long. A man among us went away and prayed by himself. Mu’âdh was told about that and he said: ‘He is a hypocrite.’ When the man heard about that, he went to the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and told him what Mu’âdh had said to him. The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘Do you want to be a cause of Fithnah (trial, tribulation), O Mu’âdh? When you lead the people in prayer, recite “By the sun and its brightness,”[1] and “Glorify the Name of your Lord the Most High,”[2] and “By the night as it envelopes,”[3] and “Recite in the Name of your Lord.”’[4] (Sahih) به.

Arabic text

986 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى مُعَاذُ بْنُ جَبَلٍ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ بِأَصْحَابِهِ صَلَاةَ الْعِشَاءِ، فَطَوَّلَ عَلَيْهِمْ، فَانْصَرَفَ رَجُلٌ مِنَّا فَصَلَّى، فَأُخْبِرَ مُعَاذُ عَنْهُ، فَقَالَ: إِنَّهُ مُنَافِقٌ، فَلَمَّا بَلَغَ ذَلِكَ الرَّجُلَ، دَخَلَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَخْبَرَهُ مَا قَالَ لَهُ مُعَاذٌ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَتُرِيدُ أَنْ تَكُونَ فَتَّانًا يَا مُعَاذٌ؟ إِذَا صَلَّيْتَ بِالنَّاسِ، فَاقْرَأْ بِالشَّمْسِ وَضُحَاهَا، وَسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى، وَاللَّيْلِ إِذَا يَغْشَى، وَاقْرَأْ بِاسْمِ رَبِّكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 986

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 986

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 987

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

987. It was narrated that Mutarrif [1] Ash-Shams 91. [2] Al-A'la 87. [3] Al-Lail 92. [4] Al-'Alaq 96. bin 'Abdullâh bin Shikhkhir said: "I heard 'Uthmân bin Abul-'Âs say: 'The last thing that the Prophet ﷺ enjoined on me when he appointed me governor of Tâ'if was that he said: "O 'Uthmân! Be tolerable in prayer and estimate the people based upon the weakest among them, for among them are the elderly, the young, the sick, those who live far from the mosque, and those who have pressing needs." (Sahih)

Arabic text

987 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي هِنْدٍ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الشِّخِّيرِ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي الْعَاصِ، يَقُولُ: كَانَ آخِرُ مَا عَهِدَ إِلَيَّ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ أَمَّرَنِي عَلَى الطَّائِفِ قَالَ لِي «يَا عُثْمَانُ تَجَاوَزْ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، وَاقْدِرِ النَّاسَ بِأَضْعَفِهِمْ، فَإِنَّ فِيهِمُ الْكَبِيرَ، وَالصَّغِيرَ، وَالسَّقِيمَ، وَالْبَعِيدَ، وَذَا الْحَاجَةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 987

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 987

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 988

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

988. 'Uthmân bin Abul-'Âs narrated that the last thing the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ enjoined on him was that he said: "When you lead people, keep it short for them." (Sahih)

Arabic text

988 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، قَالَ حَدَّثَ عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي الْعَاصِ، أَنَّ آخِرَ مَا قَالَ لِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا أَمَمْتَ قَوْمًا فَأَخِفَّ بِهِمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 988

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 988

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 49

The Imâm Should Make The Prayer Short If Something Happens

Hadith 989

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

989. It was narrated that Anas bin Mâlik said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'I start prayer and I want to make it long, but then I hear an infant crying, so I make my prayer short, because I know the distress caused to the mother by his crying.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

989 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنِّي لَأَدْخُلُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، وَإِنِّي أُرِيدُ إِطَالَتَهَا، فَأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ، فَأَتَجَوَّزُ فِي صَلَاتِي، مِمَّا أَعْلَمُ لِوَجْدِ أُمِّهِ بِبُكَائِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 989

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 989

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 990

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

990. It was narrated that 'Uthmân bin Abul-'Âs said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'I hear an infant crying so I make the prayer short.''" (Sahih)

Arabic text

990 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي كَرِيمَةَ الْحَرَّانِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُلَاثَةَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ حَسَّانَ، عَنْ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي الْعَاصِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنِّي لَأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ، فَأَتَجَوَّزُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 990

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 990

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 991

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

991. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Abu Qatâdah that his father said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'I get up to perform prayer and I intend to make it long, but then I hear an infant crying, so I make it short, because I do not like to cause distress to his mother.''" (Sahih)

Arabic text

991 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَاحِدِ، وَبِشْرُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، عَنْ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنِّي لَأَقُومُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، وَأَنَا أُرِيدُ أَنْ أُطَوِّلَ فِيهَا، فَأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ، فَأَتَجَوَّزُ؛ كَرَاهِيَةَ أَنْ يَشُقَّ عَلَى أُمِّهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 991

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 991

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 50

Straightening The Rows

Hadith 992

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

992. It was narrated that Jâbir bin Samurah As-Suwâ'i said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Will you not form your rows as the angels form their rows before their Lord?' We said: 'How do the angels form their rows before their Lord?' He said: 'They complete the first row and they stand close of one another in the line (leaving no gaps between one another).'"

Arabic text

992 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ الْمُسَيَّبِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ تَمِيمِ بْنِ طَرَفَةَ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ السُّوَائِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَلَا تَصُفُّونَ كَمَا تَصُفُّ الْمَلَائِكَةُ عِنْدَ رَبِّهَا؟» قَالَ، قُلْنَا: وَكَيْفَ تَصُفُّ الْمَلَائِكَةُ عِنْدَ رَبِّهَا؟ قَالَ: «يُتِمُّونَ الصُّفُوفَ الْأُوَلَ، وَيَتَرَاصُّونَ فِي الصَّفِّ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 992

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 992

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 993

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

993. It was narrated that Anas bin Mālik said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Make your rows straight, for straightening the rows is part of completing the prayer.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

993 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، وَبِشْرُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، قَالَا حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «سَوُّوا صُفُوفَكُمْ، فَإِنَّ تَسْوِيَةَ الصُّفُوفِ مِنْ تَمَامِ الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 993

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 993

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 994

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

994. Simāk bin Harb narrated that he heard Nūmān bin Bashir say: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to straighten the rows until he made them like a spear or an arrow-shaft. Once he saw a man's chest (sticking out) so the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Make your rows straight or Allāh will create division among you.''' (Sahih) صُفَوُكُمْ، أَوْ لِيَخَالِفَنَّ اللَّهُ بَيْنَ وَجُوهِكُمْ.

Arabic text

994 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سِمَاكُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ النُّعْمَانَ بْنُ بَشِيرٍ، يَقُولُ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يُسَوِّي الصَّفَّ، حَتَّى يَجْعَلَهُ مِثْلَ الرُّمْحِ أَوِ الْقِدْحِ قَالَ، فَرَأَى صَدْرَ رَجُلٍ نَاتِئًا، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «سَوُّوا صُفُوفَكُمْ، أَوْ لَيُخَالِفَنَّ اللَّهُ بَيْنَ وُجُوهِكُمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 994

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 994

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 995

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

995. It was narrated that 'Āishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Allāh and His angels send blessings upon those who complete the rows, and whoever fills a gap, Allāh will raise him one degree in status thereby.''' (Hasan)

Arabic text

995 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ قَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلَائِكَتَهُ يُصَلِّونَ عَلَى الَّذِينَ يَصِلُونَ الصُّفُوفَ، وَمَنْ سَدَّ فُرْجَةً رَفَعَهُ اللَّهُ بِهَا دَرْجَةً»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 995

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 995

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 51

The Virtue Of The Front Rows

Hadith 996

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

996. It was narrated from 'Irbâd bin Sâriyah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to ask for forgiveness for the first row three times and for the second row twice. (Sahih)

Arabic text

996 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا هِشَامٌ الدَّسْتُوَائِيُّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ مَعْدَانَ، عَنْ عِرْبَاضِ بْنِ سَارِيَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ «يَسْتَغْفِرُ لِلصَّفِّ الْمُقَدَّمِ ثَلَاثًا وَلِلثَّانِي مَرَّةً»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 996

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 996

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 997

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

997. Barâ' bin 'Azib said: "I heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ say: 'Allâh and the angels send blessings upon the first row.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

997 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ طَلْحَةَ بْنَ مُصَرِّفٍ، يَقُولُ سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ عَوْسَجَةَ، يَقُولُ سَمِعْتُ الْبَرَاءَ بْنَ عَازِبٍ، يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُول اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلَائِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى الصَّفِّ الْأَوَّلِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 997

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 997

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 998

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

998. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'If they knew what (goodness) there is in the first row, they would cast lots for it.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

998 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو ثَوْرٍ إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو قَطَنٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ خِلَاسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَوْ يَعْلَمُونَ مَا فِي الصَّفِّ الْأَوَّلِ لَكَانَتْ قُرْعَةٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 998

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 998

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 999

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

999. It was narrated from Ibrâhim bin 'Abdur-Rahmân bin 'Awf that his father said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Allāh and the angels send blessings upon the first row.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

999 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُصَفَّى الْحِمْصِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَنَسُ بْنُ عِيَاضٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَوْفٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلَائِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى الصَّفِّ الْأَوَّلِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 999

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 999

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 52

The Women's Rows

Hadith 1000

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1000. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'The best rows for women are the back rows, and the worst are the front rows, and the best rows for men are the front rows, and the worst are the back rows.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1000 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنِ الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وعَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «خَيْرُ صُفُوفِ النِّسَاءِ آخِرُهَا، وَشَرُّهَا أَوَّلُهَا، وَخَيْرُ صُفُوفِ الرِّجَالِ أَوَّلُهَا، وَشَرُّهَا آخِرُهَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1000

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1000

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1001

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1001. It was narrated that Jābir bin 'Abdullāh said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'The best rows for men are the front rows and the worst are the back rows, and the best rows for women are the back rows and the worst are the front rows.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1001 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «خَيْرُ صُفُوفِ الرِّجَالِ مُقَدَّمُهَا، وَشَرُّهَا مُؤَخَّرُهَا، وَخَيْرُ صُفُوفِ النِّسَاءِ مُؤَخَّرُهَا، وَشَرُّهَا مُقَدَّمُهَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1001

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1001

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 53

Prayer Between Two Pillars In A Row

Hadith 1002

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1002. It was narrated from Mu'āwiyah bin Qurrah that his father said: "We were forbidden to form a row between two pillars at the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and we would be repelled from them forcefully." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1002 - حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ أَخْزَمَ أَبُو طَالِبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ، وَأَبُو قُتَيْبَةَ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ قُرَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نُنْهَى أَنْ نَصُفَّ بَيْنَ السَّوَارِي عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَنُطْرَدُ عَنْهَا طَرْدًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1002

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1002

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 54

A Man's Prayer Behind The Row On His Own

Hadith 1003

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1003. 'Abdur-Rahmân bin 'Ali bin Shaibân narrated that his father, 'Ali bin Shaibân, who was part of the delegation, said: "We set out until we came to the Prophet ﷺ. We gave him our oath of allegiance and performed prayer behind him. Then we offered another prayer behind him. He finished the prayer and saw a man on his own, praying behind the row." He said: "The Prophet of Allāh ﷺ stood beside him and when he finished he said: 'Repeat your prayer; there is no prayer for the one who is behind the row.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1003 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُلَازِمُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بَدْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَلِيِّ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ وَكَانَ مِنَ الْوَفْدِ، قَالَ: خَرَجْنَا حَتَّى قَدِمْنَا عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَبَايَعْنَاهُ، وَصَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَهُ، ثُمَّ صَلَّيْنَا وَرَاءَهُ صَلَاةً أُخْرَى، فَقَضَى الصَّلَاةَ، فَرَأَى رَجُلًا فَرْدًا يُصَلِّي خَلْفَ الصَّفِّ، قَالَ: فَوَقَفَ عَلَيْهِ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ انْصَرَفَ قَالَ: «اسْتَقْبِلْ صَلَاتَكَ، لَا صَلَاةَ لِلَّذِي خَلْفَ الصَّفِّ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1003

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1003

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1004

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1004. It was narrated that Hilāl bin Yasāf said: "Ziyād bin Abu-Ja'd took me by the hand and made me stand near an old man at Raqqah,[1] whose name was Wābisah bin Ma'bad. He said: 'A man performed prayer behind the row on his own, and the Prophet ﷺ commanded him to repeat the prayer.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1004 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ حُصَيْنٍ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ، قَالَ: أَخَذَ بِيَدِي زِيَادُ بْنُ أَبِي الْجَعْدِ فَأَوْقَفَنِي عَلَى شَيْخٍ بِالرَّقَّةِ يُقَالُ لَهُ وَابِصَةُ بْنُ مَعْبَدٍ، فَقَالَ: «صَلَّى رَجُلٌ خَلْفَ الصَّفِّ وَحْدَهُ، فَأَمَرَهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يُعِيدَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1004

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1004

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 55

The Virtue Of The Right Side Of The Row

Hadith 1005

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1005. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Allāh and His angels send blessings upon the right side of the rows.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1005 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاوِيَةُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلَائِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى مَيَامِنِ الصُّفُوفِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1005

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1005

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1006

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1006. It was narrated that Barā' said: "When we performed prayer behind the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ (One of the narrators) Mis'ar said:[1] 'One of the things we liked, or one of the things I liked' was to stand to his right.'" (Sahih) [1] This narration is from 'Ali bin Muhammad, who said: "Waki' narrated to us, from Mis'ar," and the majority narrated it from Waki' from Mis'ar: "We liked" without confusion. Ahmad narrated it directly from Waki' from Mis'ar with: "We liked, or I liked" without mentioning that it was Mis'ar who was confused. So it appears that it was 'Ali bin Muhammad who said: "Mis'ar said" since the others who reported it from Waki' from Mis'ar without mentioning: "Mis'ar said."

Arabic text

1006 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ ثَابِتِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ الْبَرَاءِ بْنِ عَازِبٍ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - قَالَ مِسْعَرٌ - مِمَّا نُحِبُّ أَوْ مِمَّا أُحِبُّ أَنْ نَقُومَ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1006

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1006

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1007

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1007. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "It was said to the Prophet ﷺ: 'The left side of the mosque has been abandoned. The Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever frequents the left side of the mosque, two Kifl[1] of reward will be recorded for him." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1007 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي الْحُسَيْنِ أَبُو جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الْكِلَابِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الرَّقِّيُّ، عَنْ لَيْثِ بْنِ أَبِي سَلِيمٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قِيلَ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: إِنَّ مَيْسَرَةَ الْمَسْجِدِ تَعَطَّلَتْ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ عَمَّرَ مَيْسَرَةَ الْمَسْجِدِ كُتِبَ لَهُ كِفْلَانِ مِنَ الْأَجْرِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1007

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1007

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 56

The Prayer Direction

Hadith 1008

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniDa‘if · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1008. It was narrated that Jâbir said: "When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ finished Tawâf around the House (the Ka'bah), he came to Maqâm of Ibrâhim (the Station of Ibrâhim). 'Umar said: 'O Messenger of Allâh, this is the Station of our father Ibrâhim about which Allâh said: "And take you (people) the Maqâm of Ibrâhim as a place of prayer.'"[2] (Sahih) (One of the narrators) Al-Walid said: 'I said to Mâlik: 'Is this how he recited it: "And take you (people)"?' He said: 'Yes.''

Arabic text

1008 - حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «لَمَّا فَرَغَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ طَوَافِ الْبَيْتِ، أَتَى مَقَامَ إِبْرَاهِيمَ» ، فَقَالَ عُمَرُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ هَذَا مَقَامُ أَبِينَا إِبْرَاهِيمَ، الَّذِي قَالَ اللَّهُ: {وَاتَّخِذُوا مِنْ مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مُصَلًّى} [البقرة: 125] قَالَ الْوَلِيدُ: فَقُلْتُ لِمَالِكٍ: أَهَكَذَا قَرَأَ: {وَاتَّخِذُوا} [البقرة: 125] ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ

Footnotes

1 [1] "Share or portion" (An-Nihâyah).

2 [2] Al-Baqarah 2:125.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1008

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1008

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1009

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1009. It was narrated that Anas bin Mâlik told that 'Umar said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, why do you not take the Maqâm of Ibrâhim as a place of prayer?' Then the following was revealed: 'And take you (people) the Maqâm of Ibrâhim as a place of prayer.''"[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1009 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ الطَّوِيلِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ عُمَرُ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ «لَوِ اتَّخَذْتَ مِنْ مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مُصَلًّى؟» فَنَزَلَتْ: {وَاتَّخِذُوا مِنْ مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مُصَلًّى} [البقرة: 125]

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1009

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1009

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1010

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniMunkar
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1010. It was narrated that Barâ' said: "We prayed with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ facing towards Baitul-Maqdis (Jerusalem) for eighteen months, then the Qiblah was changed to the Ka'bah two months after the Prophet ﷺ entered Al-Madinah. When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed towards Baitul-Maqdis, he would often lift his face towards the heavens, and Allāh knew what was in the heart of His Prophet and how he longed to face the Ka'bah (during prayer). Jibril appeared (in the sky), and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ started watching him as he was descending between the heavens and the earth, waiting to see what he would bring. Then Allāh revealed the words: 'Verily, We have seen the turning of your face towards the heaven. Surely, We shall turn you to a Qiblah that shall please you, so turn your face in the direction of Al-Masjid Al-Harām (at Makkah). And wherever you people are, turn your faces (during prayer) in that direction.'[1] Then someone came to us and said: 'The Qiblah has been changed to the Ka'bah.' We had performed two Rak'ah facing towards Jerusalem. And we were bowing. So we turned around, and we continued our prayer. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'O Jibril! What about our prayer facing towards Baitul-Maqdis?' Then Allāh revealed the words: "And Allāh would never make your faith to be lost."[2] (Da'if)

Arabic text

1010 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلْقَمَةُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الدَّارِمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْبَرَاءِ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَ بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ ثَمَانِيَةَ عَشَرَ شَهْرًا، وَصُرِفَتِ الْقِبْلَةُ إِلَى الْكَعْبَةِ بَعْدَ دُخُولِهِ إِلَى الْمَدِينَةِ بِشَهْرَيْنِ، وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، إِذَا صَلَّى إِلَى بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ أَكْثَرَ تَقَلُّبَ وَجْهِهِ فِي السَّمَاءِ، وَعَلِمَ اللَّهُ مِنْ قَلْبِ نَبِيِّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ يَهْوَى الْكَعْبَةَ، فَصَعِدَ جِبْرِيلُ، فَجَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُتْبِعُهُ بَصَرَهُ وَهُوَ يَصْعَدُ بَيْنَ السَّمَاءِ وَالْأَرْضِ، يَنْظُرُ مَا يَأْتِيهِ بِهِ، فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ: {قَدْ نَرَى تَقَلُّبَ وَجْهِكَ فِي السَّمَاءِ} [البقرة: 144] الْآيَةَ، فَأَتَانَا آتٍ، فَقَالَ: إِنَّ الْقِبْلَةَ قَدْ صُرِفَتْ إِلَى الْكَعْبَةِ، وَقَدْ صَلَّيْنَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ إِلَى بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسٍ وَنَحْنُ رُكُوعٌ فَتَحَوَّلْنَا، فَبَنَيْنَا عَلَى مَا مَضَى مِنْ صَلَاتِنَا، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَا جِبْرِيلُ كَيْفَ حَالُنَا فِي صَلَاتِنَا إِلَى بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ؟» فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ: {وَمَا كَانَ اللَّهُ لِيُضِيعَ إِيمَانَكُمْ} [البقرة: 143]

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:125.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1010

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1010

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1011

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1011. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'What is between the east and the west is the Qiblah (prayer direction).'"[1]

Arabic text

1011 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى الْأَزْدِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هَاشِمُ بْنُ الْقَاسِمِ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى النَّيْسَابُورِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَعْشَرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَا بَيْنَ الْمَشْرِقِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ قِبْلَةٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1011

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1011

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 57

The One Who Enters The Mosque Should Not Sit Down Until He Performs Some Rak'ah

Hadith 1012

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1012. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "When anyone of you enters the mosque, let him not sit down until he performs two Rak'ah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1012 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ الْمُنْذِرِ الْحِزَامِيُّ، وَيَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، عَنْ كَثِيرِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنِ الْمُطَّلِبِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «إِذَا دَخَلَ أَحَدُكُمُ الْمَسْجِدَ فَلَا يَجْلِسْ حَتَّى يَرْكَعَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] This refers to the Qiblah for the inhabitants of Al-Madinah.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1012

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1012

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1013

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1013. It was narrated from Abu Qatadah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When one of you enters the mosque, let him perform two Rak'ah before he sits down." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1013 - حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «إِذَا دَخَلَ أَحَدُكُمُ الْمَسْجِدَ فَلْيُصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَجْلِسَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1013

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1013

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 58

'Whoever Eats Garlic, Let Him Not Come Near The Mosque'

Hadith 1014

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1014. It was narrated from Ma'dan bin Abu Talhah Al-Yamuri that 'Umar bin Khattab stood up one Friday to deliver a sermon, or, he delivered a sermon one Friday. He praised Allâh, then he said: "O people, you eat two plants that I find are nothing but obnoxious; this garlic and this onion. At the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, if a foul odor was detected from a man, I would see him seized by the arm and taken out to Al-Baqī'.[1] Whoever must eat them, let him cook them to death." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1014 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ أَبِي الْجَعْدِ الْغَطَفَانِيِّ، عَنْ مَعْدَانَ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ الْيَعْمُرِيِّ، أَنَّ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ، قَامَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ خَطِيبًا - أَوْ خَطَبَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ - فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ وَأَثْنَى عَلَيْهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ، إِنَّكُمْ تَأْكُلُونَ شَجَرَتَيْنِ لَا أُرَاهُمَا إِلَّا خَبِيثَتَيْنِ، هَذَا الثُّومُ وَهَذَا الْبَصَلُ، وَلَقَدْ كُنْتُ أَرَى الرَّجُلَ، عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يُوجَدُ رِيحُهُ مِنْهُ، فَيُؤْخَذُ بِيَدِهِ حَتَّى يُخْرَجَ إِلَى الْبَقِيعِ، فَمَنْ كَانَ آكِلَهَا لَا بُدَّ فَلْيُمِتْهَا طَبْخًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1014

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1014

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1015

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1015. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever eats from this plant; garlic, let him not annoy us with it in this mosque of ours.'" (Sahih) Ibrahim said: My father used to add to it, on the authority of the Prophet ﷺ: Leek (Allium) and onion; i.e. he would add to the Hadith of Abu Hurairah concerning garlic.

Arabic text

1015 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَرْوَانَ الْعُثْمَانِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ أَكَلَ مِنْ هَذِهِ الشَّجَرَةِ، الثُّومِ، فَلَا يُؤْذِينَا بِهَا فِي مَسْجِدِنَا هَذَا» قَالَ إِبْرَاهِيمُ: وَكَانَ أَبِي يَزِيدُ فِيهِ: الْكُرَّاثَ وَالْبَصَلَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَعْنِي أَنَّهُ يَزِيدُ عَلَى حَدِيثِ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ فِي الثُّومِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1015

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1015

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1016

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1016. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever eats anything from this plant, let him not come to the mosque.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1016 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ رَجَاءٍ الْمَكِّيُّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ أَكَلَ مِنْ هَذِهِ الشَّجَرَةِ شَيْئًا فَلَا يَأْتِيَنَّ الْمَسْجِدَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1016

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1016

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 59

If The Greeting Is Given To A Person Who Is Performing Prayer, How Should He Respond?

Hadith 1017

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1017. It was narrated that 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came to the mosque at Qubā' and performed prayer there. Some men of the Ansār came and greeted him. I asked Suhaib, who was with him: 'How did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ respond to them?' He said: 'He gestured with his hand.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1017 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الطَّنَافِسِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: أَتَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَسْجِدَ قُبَاءَ يُصَلِّي فِيهِ، فَجَاءَتْ رِجَالٌ مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ يُسَلِّمُونَ عَلَيْهِ، فَسَأَلْتُ صُهَيْبًا، وَكَانَ مَعَهُ: كَيْفَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرُدُّ عَلَيْهِمْ؟ قَالَ: «كَانَ يُشِيرُ بِيَدِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1017

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1017

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1018

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1018. It was narrated that Jābir said: "The Prophet ﷺ sent me on an errand, then I caught up with him while he was performing prayer, and I greeted him. He gestured to me, then when he finished, he called me and said: 'You greeted me before, but I was performing prayer.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1018 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ الْمِصْرِيُّ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: بَعَثَنِي النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِحَاجَةٍ، ثُمَّ أَدْرَكْتُهُ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي، فَسَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيَّ، فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ دَعَانِي، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّكَ سَلَّمْتَ عَلَيَّ آنِفًا وَأَنَا أُصَلِّي»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1018

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1018

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1019

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1019. It was narrated that Abdullāh said: "We would greet others during the prayer, and it was said to us: 'During the prayer one is preoccupied.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1019 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الدَّارِمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا النَّضْرُ بْنُ شُمَيْلٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: " كُنَّا نُسَلِّمُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَقِيلَ لَنَا: إِنَّ فِي الصَّلَاةِ لَشُغْلًا "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1019

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1019

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 60

Whoever Performs Prayer Facing A Direction Other Than The Qiblah Without Realizing

Hadith 1020

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1020. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin 'Âmir bin Rabî'ah that his father said: "We were with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ on a journey, and the sky was overcast so it was difficult for us to determine the Qiblah. So we performed prayer, and we marked the location.[1] Later, when the sun reappeared, we realized that we had prayed facing a direction other than the Qiblah. We mentioned that to the Prophet ﷺ, then the Words were revealed: 'So wherever you turn there is the Face of Allâh'".[2] (Da'if)

Arabic text

1020 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَشْعَثُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ أَبُو الرَّبِيعِ السَّمَّانُ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَامِرِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: كُنَّا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي سَفَرٍ، «فَتَغَيَّمَتِ السَّمَاءُ وَأَشْكَلَتْ عَلَيْنَا الْقِبْلَةُ، فَصَلَّيْنَا، وَأَعْلَمْنَا، فَلَمَّا طَلَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ إِذَا نَحْنُ قَدْ صَلَّيْنَا لِغَيْرِ الْقِبْلَةِ» ، فَذَكَرْنَا ذَلِكَ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ: {فَأَيْنَمَا تُوَلُّوا فَثَمَّ وَجْهُ اللَّهِ} [البقرة: 115] " بَابُ الْمُصَلِّي يَتَنَخَّمُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1020

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1020

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 61

The One Who Spits Performing Prayer

Hadith 1021

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1021. It was narrated that Târiq bin 'Abdullâh Al-Muhâribi said: "The Prophet ﷺ said: 'When you perform prayer, do not spit in front of you or to your right, but spit to your left or beneath your feet.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1021 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ رِبْعِيِّ بْنِ حِرَاشٍ، عَنْ طَارِقِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْمُحَارِبِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا صَلَّيْتَ فَلَا تَبْزُقَنَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْكَ، وَلَا عَنْ يَمِينِكَ، وَلَكِنِ ابْزُقْ عَنْ يَسَارِكَ، أَوْ تَحْتَ قَدَمِكَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] 'We made an indication of the direction toward which we performed the prayer so that we would know if we were correct or if we were mistaken.' Explanation by Sindi.

2 [2] Al-Baqarah 2:115.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1021

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1021

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1022

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1022. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saw some sputum in the direction of the Qiblah of the mosque. He turned to the people and said: "What is wrong with one of you that he stands facing Him (meaning his Lord) and spits in front of Him? Would anyone like to be faced by someone who spits in his face? If anyone of you needs to spit, then let him spit to his left, or let him do like this in his garment."[1] (Sahih) Then Ismā'īl[2] showed me how he spat in his garment then rubbed it.

Arabic text

1022 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مِهْرَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأَى نُخَامَةً فِي قِبْلَةِ الْمَسْجِدِ، فَأَقْبَلَ عَلَى النَّاسِ فَقَالَ: «مَا بَالُ أَحَدِكُمْ يَقُومُ مُسْتَقْبِلَهُ - يَعْنِي رَبَّهُ - فَيَتَنَخَّعُ أَمَامَهُ؟ أَيُحِبُّ أَحَدُكُمْ أَنْ يُسْتَقْبَلَ فَيُتَنَخَّعَ فِي وَجْهِهِ؟ إِذَا بَزَقَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَبْزُقَنَّ عَنْ شِمَالِهِ، أَوْ لِيَقُلْ هَكَذَا فِي ثَوْبِهِ» ، ثُمَّ أَرَانِي إِسْمَاعِيلَ يَبْزُقُ فِي ثَوْبِهِ ثُمَّ يَدْلُكُهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1022

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1022

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1023

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1023. It was narrated from Hudhaifah that he saw Shabath bin Rib'i spitting in front of him. He said: "O Shabath! Do not spit in front of you, for the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to forbid that, and he said: 'When a man stands up to perform prayer, Allāh turns His Face towards him until he turns away or he commits an evil Hadath.[1] (Hasan)

Arabic text

1023 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَامِرِ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى شَبَثَ بْنَ رِبْعِيٍّ بَزَقَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ، فَقَالَ: يَا شَبَثُ لَا تَبْزُقْ بَيْنَ يَدَيْكَ، فَإِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَنْهَى عَنْ ذَلِكَ، وَقَالَ: «إِنَّ الرَّجُلَ إِذَا قَامَ يُصَلِّي أَقْبَلَ اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ بِوَجْهِهِ، حَتَّى يَنْقَلِبَ أَوْ يُحْدِثَ حَدَثَ سُوءٍ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Similar preceded from Abu Hurairah under no. 761.

2 [2] This is the statement of Abu Bakr bin Abu Shaibah who narrated it to Ibn Mājah.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1023

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1023

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1024

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1024. It was narrated from Anas bin Mālik that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ spat on his garment while he was performing prayer, then he rubbed it. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1024 - حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ أَخْزَمَ، وَعَبْدَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الصَّمَدِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «بَزَقَ فِي ثَوْبِهِ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ ثُمَّ دَلَكَهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1024

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1024

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 62

Smoothing The Pebbles During Prayer

Hadith 1025

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1025. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “Whoever smoothes the pebbles, then he has engaged in Laghw.”[2] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1025 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ مَسَّ الْحَصَى فَقَدْ لَغَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1025

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1025

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1026

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1026. It was narrated that Mu'ayqib said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said, concerning smoothing the pebbles during prayer: 'If you must do that, then do it only once.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1026 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مُعَيْقِيبٌ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي مَسْحِ الْحَصَى فِي الصَّلَاةِ: «إِنْ كُنْتَ فَاعِلًا فَمَرَّةً وَاحِدَةً»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1026

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1026

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1027

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1027. It was narrated that Abu Dharr said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'When anyone of you gets up to perform prayer, then indeed mercy is facing him, so he should not smooth the pebbles.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1027 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ اللَّيْثِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا قَامَ أَحَدُكُمْ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ فَإِنَّ الرَّحْمَةَ تُوَاجِهُهُ، فَلَا يَمْسَحْ بِالْحَصَى»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1027

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1027

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 63

Performing Prayer Upon A Khumrah[1]

Hadith 1028

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1028. Maimunah the wife of the Prophet ﷺ said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to perform prayer on a Khumrah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1028 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ الْعَوَّامِّ، عَنِ الشَّيْبَانِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَدَّادٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَتْنِي مَيْمُونَةُ، زَوْجُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يُصَلِّي عَلَى الْخُمْرَةِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] A mat made of date-palm leaves.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1028

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1028

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1029

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1029. It was narrated that Abu Sa'eed said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed prayer on a reed mat." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1029 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: «صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى حَصِيرٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1029

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1029

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1030

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1030. It was narrated that 'Amr bin Dinār said: "When Ibn 'Abbās was in Basrah, he performed prayer on his rug, then he told his companions that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to perform prayer on his rug." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1030 - حَدَّثَنَا حَرْمَلَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي زَمْعَةُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ، وَهُوَ بِالْبَصْرَةِ عَلَى بِسَاطِهِ، ثُمَّ حَدَّثَ أَصْحَابَهُ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ «يُصَلِّي عَلَى بِسَاطٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1030

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1030

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 64

Prostrating On A Garment When It Is Hot Or Cold

Hadith 1031

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1031. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin 'Abdur-Rahmân said: "The Prophet ﷺ came to us and led us in prayer in the mosque of Banu 'Abdul-Ashhal, and I saw him putting his hands on his garment when he prostrated." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1031 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الدَّرَاوَرْدِيُّ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: جَاءَنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «فَصَلَّى بِنَا فِي مَسْجِدِ بَنِي عَبْدِ الْأَشْهَلِ، فَرَأَيْتُهُ وَاضِعًا يَدَيْهِ فِي ثَوْبِهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1031

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1031

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1032

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1032. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Thâbit bin Sâmit, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ performed prayer among Banu 'Abdul-Ashhal, wearing a cloak in which he was wrapped and putting his hands on it to protect them from the cold of the pebbles. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1032 - حَدَّثَنَا جَعْفَرُ بْنُ مُسَافِرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي أُوَيْسٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ الْأَشْهَلِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ ثَابِتِ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى فِي بَنِي عَبْدِ الْأَشْهَلِ وَعَلَيْهِ كِسَاءٌ مُتَلَفِّفٌ بِهِ، يَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ عَلَيْهِ، يَقِيهِ بَرْدَ الْحَصَى»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1032

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1032

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1033

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1033. It was narrated that Anas bin Mâlik said: "We used to perform prayer with the Prophet ﷺ when it was very hot. When one of us could not place his forehead firmly on the ground, he would spread his garment and prostrate on it." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1033 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ حَبِيبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، عَنْ غَالِبٍ الْقَطَّانِ، عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي شِدَّةِ الْحَرِّ، فَإِذَا لَمْ يَقْدِرْ أَحَدُنَا أَنْ يُمَكِّنَ جَبْهَتَهُ، بَسَطَ ثَوْبَهُ فَسَجَدَ عَلَيْهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1033

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1033

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 65

The Tasbih[1] Is For Men During The Prayer And Clapping Is For Women

Hadith 1034

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1034. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The Tasbih (saying Subhān-Allāh) is for men and clapping is for women." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1034 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «التَّسْبِيحُ لِلرِّجَالِ، وَالتَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1034

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1034

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1035

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1035. It was narrated from Sahl bin Sa'd As-Sā'idi that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The Tasbih is for men and clapping is for women." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1035 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَسَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «التَّسْبِيحُ لِلرِّجَالِ، وَالتَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Saying: Subhān Allāh when the Imām is mistaken.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1035

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1035

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1036

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1036. It was narrated that Nāfi' used to say: "Ibn 'Umar said: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ granted a concession for the women to clap, and for the men to say the Tasbih.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1036 - حَدَّثَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، وَعُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَقُولُ: قَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ: " رَخَّصَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِلنِّسَاءِ فِي التَّصْفِيقِ، وَلِلرِّجَالِ فِي التَّسْبِيحِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1036

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1036

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 66

Prayers In Sandals

Hadith 1037

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1037. It was narrated that Ibn Abu Aws said: "My grandfather, Aws, used to perform prayer, and sometimes he would make a gesture while praying, and I would give him his sandals. He said: 'I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performing prayer in his sandals.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1037 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا غُنْدَرٌ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنِ النُّعْمَانِ بْنِ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي أَوْسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ جَدِّي أَوْسٌ، أَحْيَانًا يُصَلِّي، فَيُشِيرُ إِلَيَّ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَأُعْطِيهِ نَعْلَيْهِ، وَيَقُولُ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي فِي نَعْلَيْهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1037

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1037

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1038

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1038. It was narrated from 'Amr bin Shu'aib, from his father, that his grandfather said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performing prayer both barefoot, and while wearing sandals." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1038 - حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ هِلَالٍ الصَّوَّافُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي حَافِيًا وَمُنْتَعِلًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1038

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1038

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1039

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1039. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh said: "We saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ performing prayer wearing sandals and leather slippers." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1039 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ لَقَدْ رَأَيْنَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي فِي النَّعْلَيْنِ وَالْخُفَّيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1039

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1039

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 67

Tucking Up The Hair And Garments During Prayer

Hadith 1040

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1040. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: The Prophet ﷺ said: "I was commanded not to tuck up my hair or my garment." *[1] * (Sahih)

Arabic text

1040 - حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ الضَّرِيرُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، وَأَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أُمِرْتُ أَنْ لَا أَكُفَّ شَعَرًا وَلَا ثَوْبًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1040

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1040

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1041

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1041. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh said: "We were ordered to not (tuck up our) hair (nor garment) and not to repeat ablution for what we stepped on." (Da'if) [1] Drawing together during prostration to protect it from the dirt. Explanation by Sindi. Similar was stated in An-Nihâyah.

Arabic text

1041 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «أُمِرْنَا أَلَّا نَكُفَّ شَعَرًا وَلَا ثَوْبًا وَلَا نَتَوَضَّأَ مِنْ مَوْطَأٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1041

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1041

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1042

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1042. Mukhawwal said: "I heard Abu Sa'd, a man from the people of Madinah, say: 'I saw Abu Raafi', the freed slave of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, when he saw Hasan bin 'Ali performing prayer, with his hair braided. He undid it, or told him not to do that, and said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade a man from performing prayer with his hair braided."(Hasan)

Arabic text

1042 - حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، أَخْبَرَنِي مُخَوَّلٌ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا سَعْدٍ، رَجُلًا مِنْ أَهْلِ الْمَدِينَةِ يَقُولُ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا رَافِعٍ مَوْلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأَى الْحَسَنَ بْنَ عَلِيٍّ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي وَقَدْ عَقَصَ شَعْرَهُ، فَأَطْلَقَهُ أَوْ نَهَى عَنْهُ، وَقَالَ: «نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ الرَّجُلُ وَهُوَ عَاقِصٌ شَعَرَهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1042

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1042

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 68

Humility During Prayer

Hadith 1043

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1043. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Do not lift your gaze to the heavens lest your sight be snatched away,'" meaning during prayer. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1043 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا طَلْحَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَرْفَعُوا أَبْصَارَكُمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ أَنْ تَلْتَمِعَ» يَعْنِي فِي الصَّلَاةِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1043

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1043

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1044

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1044. It was narrated that Anas bin Mâlik said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ led his Companions in prayer one day. When he had finished prayer he turned to face the people and said: 'What is wrong with some people that they lift their gaze to the heavens?' He spoke severely concerning that: 'They should certainly abstain from that or Allâh will snatch away their sight.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1044 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمًا بِأَصْحَابِهِ فَلَمَّا قَضَى الصَّلَاةَ أَقْبَلَ عَلَى الْقَوْمِ بِوَجْهِهِ فَقَالَ: «مَا بَالُ أَقْوَامٍ يَرْفَعُونَ أَبْصَارَهُمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ» ، حَتَّى اشْتَدَّ قَوْلُهُ فِي ذَلِكَ «لَيَنْتَهُنَّ عَنْ ذَلِكَ أَوْ لَيَخْطَفَنَّ اللَّهُ أَبْصَارَهُمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1044

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1044

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1045

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1045. It was narrated from Jâbir bin Samurah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Let those who lift their gaze to the heavens desist, or their sight will not come back." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1045 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ تَمِيمِ بْنِ طَرَفَةَ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «لَيَنْتَهِيَنَّ أَقْوَامٌ يَرْفَعُونَ أَبْصَارَهُمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ، أَوْ لَا تَرْجِعُ أَبْصَارُهُمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1045

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1045

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1046

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1046. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "A woman used to perform prayer behind the Prophet ﷺ, and she was one of the most beautiful of people. Some of the people used to go into the first row so that they would not see her, and some of them used to lag behind so that they would be in the last row, and when they bowed, they would do like this so that they could see her from beneath their armpits. Then Allāh revealed: "And indeed, We know the first generations of you who had passed away, and indeed, We know the present generations of you (mankind), and also those who will come afterwards."[1] concerning her matter. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1046 - حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، وَأَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا نُوحُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَوْزَاءِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَتِ امْرَأَةٌ تُصَلِّي خَلْفَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَسْنَاءُ مِنْ أَحْسَنِ النَّاسِ، فَكَانَ بَعْضُ الْقَوْمِ يَسْتَقْدِمُ فِي الصَّفِّ الْأَوَّلِ لِئَلَّا يَرَاهَا، وَيَسْتَأْخِرُ بَعْضُهُمْ حَتَّى يَكُونَ فِي الصَّفِّ الْمُؤَخَّرِ، فَإِذَا رَكَعَ قَالَ هَكَذَا، يَنْظُرُ مِنْ تَحْتِ إِبْطِهِ، فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ: " {وَلَقَدْ عَلِمْنَا الْمُسْتَقْدِمِينَ مِنْكُمْ وَلَقَدْ عَلِمْنَا الْمُسْتَأْخِرِينَ} [الحجر: 24] فِي شَأْنِهَا "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1046

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1046

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 69

Prayer In A Single Garment

Hadith 1047

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1047. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "A man came to the Prophet ﷺ and said: 'O Messenger of Allāh! One of us performs prayer in a single garment.' The Prophet ﷺ said: 'Does everyone have two garments?'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1047 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: أَتَى رَجُلٌ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَحَدُنَا يُصَلِّي فِي الثَّوْبِ الْوَاحِدِ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَوَكُلُّكُمْ يَجِدُ ثَوْبَيْنِ؟»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1047

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1047

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1048

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1048. Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri narrated that he entered upon the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ when he was performing prayer in a single garment, wrapping himself in it. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1048 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيُّ، أَنَّهُ دَخَلَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ «يُصَلِّي فِي ثَوْبٍ وَاحِدٍ، مُتَوَشِّحًا بِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1048

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1048

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1049

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1049. It was narrated that 'Umar bin Abu Salamah said: "I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ performing prayer in a single garment, wrapping himself in it and throwing the ends over his shoulders." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1049 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يُصَلِّي فِي ثَوْبٍ وَاحِدٍ، مُتَوَشِّحًا بِهِ، وَاضِعًا طَرَفَيْهِ عَلَى عَاتِقَيْهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1049

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1049

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1050

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1050. It was narrated from 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Kaisân that his father said: "I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ performing prayer at Bi'r 'Ulyâ, in a garment." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1050 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ الشَّافِعِيُّ إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْعَبَّاسِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حَنْظَلَةَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبَّادٍ الْمَخْزُومِيُّ، عَنْ مَعْرُوفِ بْنِ مُشْكَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي بِالْبِئْرِ الْعُلْيَا فِي ثَوْبٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1050

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1050

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1051

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1051. Ibn Kaisân narrated that his father said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ performing the Zuhr and the 'Asr in a single garment, wrapping it around his chest.' (Da'if)

Arabic text

1051 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ كَثِيرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يُصَلِّي الظُّهْرَ وَالْعَصْرَ فِي ثَوْبٍ وَاحِدٍ مُتَلَبِّبًا بِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1051

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1051

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 70

Prostrations For Reading The Qur'an

Hadith 1052

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1052. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'When the son of Ādam recites a Sajdah[1] and prostrates, Satan withdraws weeping, saying: 'Woe is me! The son of Ādam was commanded to prostrate and he prostrated, and Paradise will be his; I was commanded to prostrate and I refused, so I am doomed to Hell.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1052 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِذَا قَرَأَ ابْنُ آدَمَ السَّجْدَةَ فَسَجَدَ، اعْتَزَلَ الشَّيْطَانُ يَبْكِي، يَقُولُ: يَا وَيْلَهُ أُمِرَ ابْنُ آدَمَ بِالسُّجُودِ فَسَجَدَ فَلَهُ الْجَنَّةُ، وَأُمِرْتُ بِالسُّجُودِ فَأَبَيْتُ فَلِيَ النَّارُ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1052

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1052

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1053

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1053. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "I was with the Prophet ﷺ, and a man came to him and said: 'Last night while I was sleeping, I saw that I was praying towards the base of a tree. I recited (an Āyah of) prostration and prostrated, and the tree prostrated when I did, and I heard it saying: Allāhummah-tut anni biha wizran, waktub li bihā ajran, waj'al-hā li 'indaka dhukhran (O Allāh, reduce my burden of sin thereby, reward me for it and store it for me with You).’ Ibn ‘Abbās said: “I saw the Prophet ﷺ recite (an Āyah of) prostration and then prostrate, and I heard him saying in his prostration something like that which the man had told him the tree said.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1053 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ بْنِ خُنَيْسٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي يَزِيدَ، قَالَ: قَالَ لِي ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ: يَا حَسَنُ أَخْبَرَنِي جَدُّكَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهُ بْنُ أَبِي يَزِيدَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ عِنْدَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَتَاهُ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ: إِنِّي رَأَيْتُ الْبَارِحَةَ، فِيمَا يَرَى النَّائِمُ، كَأَنِّي أُصَلِّي إِلَى أَصْلِ شَجَرَةٍ، فَقَرَأْتُ السَّجْدَةَ فَسَجَدْتُ، فَسَجَدَتِ الشَّجَرَةُ لِسُجُودِي، فَسَمِعْتُهَا تَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ احْطُطْ عَنِّي بِهَا وِزْرًا، وَاكْتُبْ لِي بِهَا أَجْرًا، وَاجْعَلْهَا لِي عِنْدَكَ ذُخْرًا» ، قَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: «فَرَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَرَأَ السَّجْدَةَ فَسَجَدَ، فَسَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ فِي سُجُودِهِ مِثْلَ الَّذِي أَخْبَرَهُ الرَّجُلُ عَنْ قَوْلِ الشَّجَرَةِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] An Ayah indicating prostration.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1053

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1053

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1054

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1054. It was narrated from 'Ali that whenever the Prophet ﷺ prostrated he would say: "Allāhumma laka sajadtu, wa bika āmantu, wa laka aslamtu, Anta rabbi, sajada wajhi lilladhi shaqqa sam'ahu wa basarahu, tabārak Allāh ahsanul-khāliqin" (O Allāh, to You I have prostrated, and in You I have believed, and to You I have submitted. You are my Lord; my face has prostrated to the One Who gave it hearing and sight. Blessed is Allâh the best of creators.”[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1054 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الْأَنْصَارِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْأُمَوِيُّ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْفَضْلِ، عَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ سَجَدْتُ، وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ، وَلَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ، أَنْتَ رَبِّي، سَجَدَ وَجْهِي لِلَّذِي شَقَّ سَمْعَهُ وَبَصَرَهُ، تَبَارَكَ اللَّهُ أَحْسَنُ الْخَالِقِينَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1054

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1054

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 71

The Number Of Prostrations In The Qur'an

Hadith 1055

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1055. It was narrated that Umm Dardâ' said: "Abu Dardâ' told me that he did eleven prostrations[2] with the Prophet ﷺ, including An-Najm." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1055 - حَدَّثَنَا حَرْمَلَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى الْمِصْرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي هِلَالٍ، عَنْ عُمَرَ الدِّمَشْقِيِّ، عَنْ أُمِّ الدَّرْدَاءِ، قَالَتْ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو الدَّرْدَاءِ، أَنَّهُ «سَجَدَ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ سَجْدَةً، مِنْهُنَّ النَّجْمُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1055

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1055

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1056

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1056. It was narrated that Abu Dardâ' said: "I performed eleven prostrations with the Prophet ﷺ of which there were none in the Mufassal."[3] Al-A'râf, Ar-Ra'd, An-Nahl, Bani Isrâ'il, Maryam, Al-Hajj, the prostration in Al-Furqân, Surat An-Naml (mentioning) Sulaimân, As-Sajdah, Sâd, and the Hâ-Mim Surah." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1056 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ فَائِدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ رَجَاءِ بْنِ حَيْوَةَ، عَنِ الْمَهْدِيِّ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عُيَيْنَةَ بْنِ خَاطِرٍ، قَالَ حَدَّثَتْنِي عَمَّتِي أُمُّ الدَّرْدَاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي الدَّرْدَاءِ، قَالَ: " سَجَدْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ سَجْدَةً، لَيْسَ فِيهَا مِنَ الْمُفَصَّلِ شَيْءٌ: الْأَعْرَافُ، وَالرَّعْدُ، وَالنَّحْلُ، وَبَنِي إِسْرَائِيلَ، وَمَرْيَمُ، وَالْحَجُّ، وَسَجْدَةُ الْفُرْقَانِ، وَسُلَيْمَانُ سُورَةِ النَّمْلِ، وَالسَّجْدَةُ، وَفِي ص، وَسَجْدَةُ الْحَوَامِيمِ "

Footnotes

1 [1] Part of this narration preceded under no. 864.

2 [2] That is, eleven Âyât of prostration.

3 [3] At the beginning of his Tafsir of Surah Qâf (Vol. 9, p. 215, Darussalam) Ibn Kathir said: "This Surah is the first Surah in the Mufassal section of the Qur'an according to the correct view. It is said that the Mufassal starts with Surat Al-Hujurât (49). Some common people say that the Mufassal starts with Surah An-Nabâ' (78), however, this is not true because none of the respected scholars ever supported this opinion."

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1056

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1056

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1057

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1057. It was narrated from 'Amr bin 'Âs that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ taught him fifteen prostrations in the Qur'an, including three in the Mufassal and two in Al-Hajj. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1057 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، عَنْ نَافِعِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْحَارِثُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْعُتَقِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُنَيْنٍ، مِنْ بَنِي عَبْدِ كِلَالٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْعَاصِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَقْرَأَهُ خَمْسَ عَشْرَةَ سَجْدَةً فِي الْقُرْآنِ مِنْهَا ثَلَاثٌ فِي الْمُفَصَّلِ وَفِي الْحَجِّ سَجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1057

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1057

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1058

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1058. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "We prostrated with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ in "When the heaven is split asunder"[1] and "Read! In the Name of your Lord."[2] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1058 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ بْنِ مُوسَى، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ مِينَاءَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: «سَجَدْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي إِذَا السَّمَاءُ انْشَقَّتْ وَاقْرَأْ بِاسْمِ رَبِّكَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Inshiqâq 84:1.

2 [2] Al-'Alaq 96:1.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1058

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1058

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1059

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1059. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ prostrated in "When the heaven is split asunder."[1] (Sahih) Abu Bakr bin Abu Shaibah said: "This Hadith was narrated from Yahya bin Sa'eed; I did not hear it from anyone but him."

Arabic text

1059 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَزْمٍ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «سَجَدَ فِي إِذَا السَّمَاءُ انْشَقَّتْ» ، قَالَ أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ: هَذَا الْحَدِيثُ مِنْ حَدِيثِ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، مَا سَمِعْتُ أَحَدًا يَذْكُرُهُ غَيْرَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1059

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1059

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 72

Completing The Prayer

Hadith 1060

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1060. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that a man entered the mosque and performed prayer, and the Prophet ﷺ was in a corner of the mosque. The man came and greeted him, and he said: "And also upon you. Go back and repeat your prayer, for you have not prayed." So he went back and repeated his prayer, then he came and greeted the Prophet ﷺ. He said: "And also upon you. Go back and repeat your prayer, for you have not prayed." On the third occasion, the man said: "Teach me, O Messenger of Allāh!" He said: "When you stand up to offer the prayer, perform ablution properly, then stand to face the prayer direction and say Allāhu Akbar. Then recite whatever you can of Qur'ān, and then bow until you feel at ease bowing. Then stand up until you feel at ease standing, then prostrate until you feel at ease prostrating. Then raise your head until you are sitting up straight. Do that throughout your prayer." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1060 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ فَصَلَّى، وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي نَاحِيَةٍ مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ، فَجَاءَ فَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «وَعَلَيْكَ، فَارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ، فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ» فَرَجَعَ فَصَلَّى، ثُمَّ جَاءَ فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «وَعَلَيْكَ، فَارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ، فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ بَعْدُ» ، قَالَ فِي الثَّالِثَةِ: فَعَلِّمْنِي يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ قَالَ: «إِذَا قُمْتَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ فَأَسْبِغِ الْوُضُوءَ، ثُمَّ اسْتَقْبِلِ الْقِبْلَةَ فَكَبِّرْ، ثُمَّ اقْرَأْ مَا تَيَسَّرَ مَعَكَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ، ثُمَّ ارْكَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ رَاكِعًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ رَأْسَكَ حَتَّى تَسْتَوِيَ قَاعِدًا، ثُمَّ افْعَلْ ذَلِكَ فِي صَلَاتِكَ كُلِّهَا»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Inshiqāq 84:1.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1060

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1060

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1061

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1061. Muhammad bin 'Amr bin 'Atā' said: 'While he was among ten of the Companions of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ including Abu Qatādah: "I heard Abu Humaid As-Sā'idi say: 'I am the most knowledgeable of you concerning the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.' They said: 'Why? By Allāh, you did not follow him more than we did, and you did not accompany him for longer.' He said: 'Yes I am.' They said: 'Show us.' He said: 'When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up for prayer, he would say the Takbir, then he would raise his hands parallel to his shoulders, and every part of his body would settle in place. Then he would recite, then he would raise his hands parallel to his shoulders and bow, placing his palms on his knees and supporting his weight on them. He neither lowered his head, nor raised it up, it was evenly balanced (between either extreme). Then he would say: "Sami' Allāhu liman hamidah (Allāh hears those who praise Him); and he would raise his hands parallel with his shoulders, until every bone returned to its place. Then he would prostrate himself on the ground, keeping his arms away from his sides. Then he would raise his head and tuck his left foot under him and sit on it, and he would spread his toes when he prostrated.[1] Then he would prostrate, then say the Takbir and sit on his left foot, until every bone returned to its place. Then he would stand up and do the same in the next Rak'ah. Then when he stood up after two Rak'ah, he would raise his hands level with his shoulders as he did at the beginning of the prayer. Then he would offer the rest of his prayer in like manner until, when he did the prostration after which the Taslim comes, he would push one of his feet back and sit with his weight on his left side, Mutawarrikan.[1] They said: 'You have spoken the truth; this is how the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to perform the prayer.'[2] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1061 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيَّ، فِي عَشَرَةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فِيهِمْ أَبُو قَتَادَةَ، فَقَالَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ: أَنَا أَعْلَمُكُمْ بِصَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالُوا: لِمَ؟ فَوَاللَّهِ مَا كُنْتَ بِأَكْثَرِنَا لَهُ تَبَعَةً، وَلَا أَقْدَمَنَا لَهُ صُحْبَةً، قَالَ: بَلَى، قَالُوا: فَاعْرِضْ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ كَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ، وَيَقِرَّ كُلُّ عُضْوٍ مِنْهُ فِي مَوْضِعِهِ، ثُمَّ يَقْرَأُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ، وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ، ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ وَيَضَعُ رَاحَتَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ مُعْتَمِدًا، لَا يَصُبُّ رَأْسَهُ وَلَا يُقْنِعُ مُعْتَدِلًا، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ، حَتَّى يَقِرَّ كُلُّ عَظْمٍ إِلَى مَوْضِعِهِ، ثُمَّ يَهْوِي إِلَى الْأَرْضِ وَيُجَافِي بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ عَنْ جَنْبَيْهِ، ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ وَيَثْنِي رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى فَيَقْعُدُ عَلَيْهَا وَيَفْتَخُ أَصَابِعَ رِجْلَيْهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ، ثُمَّ يَسْجُدُ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ وَيَجْلِسُ عَلَى رِجْلِهِ الْيُسْرَى حَتَّى يَرْجِعَ كُلُّ عَظْمٍ مِنْهُ إِلَى مَوْضِعِهِ، ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيَصْنَعُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأُخْرَى مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، ثُمَّ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ، كَمَا صَنَعَ عِنْدَ افْتِتَاحِ الصَّلَاةِ، ثُمَّ يُصَلِّي بَقِيَّةَ صَلَاتِهِ هَكَذَا، حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَتِ السَّجْدَةُ الَّتِي يَنْقَضِي فِيهَا التَّسْلِيمُ أَخَّرَ إِحْدَى رِجْلَيْهِ وَجَلَسَ عَلَى شِقِّهِ الْأَيْسَرِ، مُتَوَرِّكًا " قَالُوا: صَدَقْتَ، هَكَذَا كَانَ يُصَلِّي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning that he would plant them in such a way that they were facing the Qiblah.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1061

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1061

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1062

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1062. It was narrated that 'Amrah said: "I asked 'Aishah: 'How did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ perform prayer?' She said: 'When the Prophet ﷺ performed ablution, he would put his hand in the vessel and say Bismillāh, and he would perform ablution properly. Then he would stand and face the Qiblah. He would say the Takbir raising his hands parallel to his shoulders. Then he would bow, putting his hands on his knees and keeping his arms away from his sides. Then he would raise his head and straighten his back, and he would stand a little longer than your standing. Then he would prostrate, pointing his hands towards the Qiblah, keeping his arms away (from his sides) as much as possible, according to what I have seen. Then he would raise his head and sit on his left foot with his right foot held upright, and he disliked leaning towards his left side.'") (Da'if)

Arabic text

1062 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ حَارِثَةَ بْنِ أَبِي الرِّجَالِ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، قَالَتْ: سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ، كَيْفَ كَانَتْ صَلَاةُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَتْ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ فَوَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ فِي الْإِنَاءِ سَمَّى اللَّهَ، وَيُسْبِغُ الْوُضُوءَ، ثُمَّ يَقُومُ مُسْتَقْبِلَ الْقِبْلَةِ، فَيُكَبِّرُ وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حِذَاءَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ، ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ فَيَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ، وَيُجَافِي بِعَضُدَيْهِ، ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ فَيُقِيمُ صُلْبَهُ، وَيَقُومُ قِيَامًا هُوَ أَطْوَلُ مِنْ قِيَامِكُمْ قَلِيلًا، ثُمَّ يَسْجُدُ فَيَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ تُجَاهَ الْقِبْلَةِ، وَيُجَافِي بِعَضُدَيْهِ مَا اسْتَطَاعَ فِيمَا رَأَيْتُ، ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ فَيَجْلِسُ عَلَى قَدَمِهِ الْيُسْرَى، وَيَنْصِبُ الْيُمْنَى، وَيَكْرَهُ أَنْ يَسْقُطَ عَلَى شِقِّهِ الْأَيْسَرِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Mutawarrikan: i.e., sitting with the left foot brought forward so that one's buttocks are in direct contact with the ground.

2 [2] Similar preceded under no. 862.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1062

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1062

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 73

Shortening The Prayer While Traveling[1]

Hadith 1063

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1063. It was narrated that 'Umar said: "The prayer while traveling is two Rak'ah, and Friday is two Rak'ah, and 'Eid is two Rak'ah. They are complete and are not shortened, as told by Muhammad ﷺ." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1063 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ زُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «صَلَاةُ السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَانِ، وَالْجُمُعَةُ رَكْعَتَانِ، وَالْعِيدُ رَكْعَتَانِ، تَمَامٌ غَيْرُ قَصْرٍ» عَلَى لِسَانِ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1063

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1063

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1064

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1064. 'Umar said: "The prayer when traveling is two Rak'ah, and Friday is two Rak'ah, and Al-Fitr and Al-Adha are two Rak'ah, complete, not shortened, as told by Muhammad ﷺ." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1064 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زِيَادِ بْنِ أَبِي الْجَعْدِ، عَنْ زُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، عَنْ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «صَلَاةُ السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَانِ، وَصَلَاةُ الْجُمُعَةِ رَكْعَتَانِ، وَالْفِطْرُ وَالْأَضْحَى رَكْعَتَانِ، تَمَامٌ غَيْرُ قَصْرٍ» عَلَى لِسَانِ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1064

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1064

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1065

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1065. It was narrated that Ya'la bin Umayyah said: "I asked 'Umar bin Khattāb: 'Allāh says: "And when you travel in the land, there is no sin on you if you shorten the prayer if you fear that the disbelievers may put you in trial (attack you), verily, the disbelievers are ever to you open enemies,"[1] but now there is security and people are safe.' He said: 'I found it strange just as you do, so I asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ about that, and he said: "It is a charity that Allāh has bestowed upon you, so accept His charity." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1065 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي عَمَّارٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بَابَيْهِ، عَنْ يَعْلَى بْنِ أُمَيَّةَ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ قُلْتُ: {فَلَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ} [النساء: 101] أَنْ تَقْصُرُوا مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ إِنْ خِفْتُمْ أَنْ يَفْتِنَكُمُ الَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا، وَقَدْ أَمِنَ النَّاسُ؟ فَقَالَ: عَجِبْتُ مِمَّا عَجِبْتَ مِنْهُ، فَسَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ: «صَدَقَةٌ تَصَدَّقَ اللَّهُ بِهَا عَلَيْكُمْ، فَاقْبَلُوا صَدَقَتَهُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] An-Nisā' 4:101.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1065

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1065

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1066

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1066. It was narrated from Umayyah bin 'Abdullāh bin Khālid that he said to 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar: "We find (mention of) the prayer of the resident and the prayer in a state of fear in the Qur'ān, but we do not find any mention of the prayer of the traveler. 'Abdullāh said to him: "Allāh sent Muhammad ﷺ to us, and we did not know anything, rather we do what we saw Muhammad ﷺ doing." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1066 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أُمَيَّةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ لِعَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ: إِنَّا نَجِدُ صَلَاةَ الْحَضَرِ وَصَلَاةَ الْخَوْفِ فِي الْقُرْآنِ، وَلَا نَجِدُ صَلَاةَ السَّفَرِ؟ فَقَالَ لَهُ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ بَعَثَ إِلَيْنَا مُحَمَّدًا صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَلَا نَعْلَمُ شَيْئًا، فَإِنَّمَا نَفْعَلُ كَمَا رَأَيْنَا مُحَمَّدًا صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1066

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1066

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1067

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1067. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ went out from this city (Al-Madinah) he did not perform more than two Rak'ah for prayer until he returned." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1067 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ بِشْرِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا خَرَجَ مِنْ هَذِهِ الْمَدِينَةِ لَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ حَتَّى يَرْجِعَ إِلَيْهَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1067

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1067

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1068

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1068. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "Allâh enjoined the prayer upon the tongue of your Prophet ﷺ: Four Rak'ah while a resident and two Rak'ah when traveling." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1068 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّوَارِبِ، وَجُبَارَةُ بْنُ الْمُغَلِّسِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ بُكَيْرِ بْنِ الْأَخْنَسِ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «افْتَرَضَ اللَّهُ الصَّلَاةَ عَلَى لِسَانِ نَبِيِّكُمْ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الْحَضَرِ أَرْبَعًا وَفِي السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1068

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1068

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 74

Combining Prayer While Traveling

Hadith 1069

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1069. It was narrated from Mujâhid, Sa'eed bin Jubair, 'Atâ' bin Abi Rabâh and Tawus that Ibn 'Abbâs told them that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to combine the Maghrib and Ishâ when traveling, although there was nothing to make him hurry and no enemy pursuing him, and he was not afraid of anything. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1069 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحْرِزُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْعَدَنِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْكَرِيمِ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، وَسَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، وَعَطَاءِ بْنِ أَبِي رَبَاحٍ، وَطَاوُسٍ، أَخْبَرُوهُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّهُ أَخْبَرَهُمْ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ «يَجْمَعُ بَيْنَ الْمَغْرِبِ وَالْعِشَاءِ فِي السَّفَرِ، مِنْ غَيْرِ أَنْ يُعْجِلَهُ شَيْءٌ، وَلَا يَطْلُبَهُ عَدُوُّ، وَلَا يَخَافَ شَيْئًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1069

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1069

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1070

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1070. It was narrated from Mu'âdh bin Jabal that the Prophet ﷺ combined the Zuhr and 'Asr, and the Maghrib and 'Ishâ' when traveling during the campaign of Tabuk. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1070 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ أَبِي الطُّفَيْلِ، عَنْ مُعَاذِ بْنِ جَبَلٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «جَمَعَ بَيْنَ الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ وَالْعِشَاءِ فِي غَزْوَةِ تَبُوكَ فِي السَّفَرِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1070

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1070

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 75

Voluntary Prayer While Traveling

Hadith 1071

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1071. It was narrated from 'Īsa bin Hafs bin 'Āsim bin 'Umar bin Khattâb that his father told him: "We were with Ibn 'Umar on a journey, and he led us in prayer. Then we finished with him and he finished turning around, and saw some people praying. He said: 'What are these people doing?' I said: 'Glorifying Allâh.'[1] He said: 'If I wanted to glorify Allâh (perform voluntary prayer) I would have completed my prayer. O son of my brother! I accompanied the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and he never prayed more than two Rak'ah when he was traveling, until Allāh took his soul. Then I accompanied Abu Bakr and he never prayed more than two Rak'ah (when he was traveling), until Allāh took his soul. Then I accompanied 'Umar and he never prayed more than two Rak'ah, until Allāh took his soul. Then I accompanied 'Uthmān and he never prayed more than two Rak'ah, until Allāh took his soul. Allāh says: 'Indeed in the Messenger of Allāh (Muhammad ﷺ) you have a good example to follow.'"[1]

Arabic text

1071 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَامِرٍ، عَنْ عِيسَى بْنِ حَفْصِ بْنِ عَاصِمِ بْنِ عُمَرَ بْنِ الْخَطَّابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، قَالَ: كُنَّا مَعَ ابْنِ عُمَرَ فِي سَفَرٍ فَصَلَّى بِنَا، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفْنَا مَعَهُ وَانْصَرَفَ، قَالَ: فَالْتَفَتَ فَرَأَى أُنَاسًا يُصَلُّونَ، فَقَالَ: مَا يَصْنَعُ هَؤُلَاءِ؟ قُلْتُ يُسَبِّحُونَ، قَالَ: لَوْ كُنْتُ مُسَبِّحًا لَأَتْمَمْتُ صَلَاتِي، يَا ابْنَ أَخِي «إِنِّي صَحِبْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ فِي السَّفَرِ حَتَّى قَبَضَهُ اللَّهُ» ، ثُمَّ صَحِبْتُ أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ صَحِبْتُ عُمَرَ فَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ صَحِبْتُ عُثْمَانَ فَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، حَتَّى قَبَضَهُمُ اللَّهُ، وَاللَّهُ يَقُولُ: {لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ} [الأحزاب: 21]

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, they were offering voluntary prayer.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1071

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1071

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1072

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniMunkar
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1072. Usāmah bin Zaid said: "I asked Tawus about performing voluntary prayer while traveling. Al-Hasan bin Muslim bin Yannāq was sitting with him and he said: 'Tawus told me that he heard Ibn 'Abbās say: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ enjoined prayer while a resident and prayer when one is traveling. We used to pray when we were residents both before and after (the obligatory prayer), and we used to pray both before and after (the obligatory prayer) when we were traveling.'"(Hasan)

Arabic text

1072 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أُسَامَةُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ طَاوُسًا عَنِ السُّبْحَةِ فِي السَّفَرِ، وَالْحَسَنُ بْنُ مُسْلِمِ بْنِ يَنَّاقٍ جَالِسٌ عِنْدَهُ، فَقَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي طَاوُسٌ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، يَقُولُ: «فَرَضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاةَ الْحَضَرِ وَصَلَاةَ السَّفَرِ، فَكُنَّا نُصَلِّي فِي الْحَضَرِ قَبْلَهَا وَبَعْدَهَا، وَكُنَّا نُصَلِّي فِي السَّفَرِ قَبْلَهَا وَبَعْدَهَا»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Ahzāb 33:21.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1072

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1072

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 76

For How Long May A Traveler Shorten His Prayer If He Stays In A Town?

Hadith 1073

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1073. It was narrated that 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Humaid Az-Zuhri said: "I asked Sâ'ib bin Yazid: 'What have you heard about staying in Makkah?' He said: 'I heard 'Ala' bin Hadrami say: "The Prophet ﷺ said: 'Three (days) for the Muhâjir after departing (from Mina).'"[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1073 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ حُمَيْدٍ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ السَّائِبَ بْنَ يَزِيدَ مَاذَا سَمِعْتَ فِي سُكْنَى مَكَّةَ؟ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ الْعَلَاءَ بْنَ الْحَضْرَمِيِّ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «ثَلَاثًا لِلْمُهَاجِرِ بَعْدَ الصَّدَرِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1073

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1073

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1074

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1074. 'Atâ' narrated: "Jâbir bin 'Abdullâh, who was among the people with me, told me that the Prophet ﷺ arrived in Makkah in the morning of the fourth day of Dhul-Hijjah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1074 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ وَقَرَأْتُهُ عَلَيْهِ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَطَاءٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي جَابِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، فِي أُنَاسٍ مَعِي، قَالَ: «قَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَكَّةَ صُبْحَ رَابِعَةٍ مَضَتْ مِنْ شَهْرِ ذِي الْحِجَّةِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] The meaning of it is: being finished from the rites (of Hajj)

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1074

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1074

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1075

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1075. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stayed for nineteen days in which he shortened his prayer to two Rak'ah. So, whenever we stayed for nineteen days we would shorten our prayer to two Rak'ah, but if we stayed more than that we would pray four Rak'ah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1075 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّوَارِبِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ الْأَحْوَلُ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «أَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تِسْعَةَ عَشَرَ يَوْمًا يُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ» ، فَنَحْنُ إِذَا أَقَمْنَا تِسْعَةَ عَشَرَ يَوْمًا، نُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَإِذَا أَقَمْنَا أَكْثَرَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، صَلَّيْنَا أَرْبَعًا

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1075

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1075

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1076

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1076. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbās that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stayed in Makkah for fifteen nights during the year of the Conquest, (during which time) he shortened his prayer. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1076 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو يُوسُفَ الصَّيْدَلَانِيُّ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ الرَّقِّيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُتْبَةَ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَقَامَ بِمَكَّةَ عَامَ الْفَتْحِ خَمْسَ عَشْرَةَ لَيْلَةً يَقْصُرُ الصَّلَاةَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1076

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1076

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1077

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1077. Yahya bin Abu I s h i q narrated that Anas said: "We went out with the Messenger of Makkah, during which time we shortened our prayer to two R a m , until we came back." I asked: "How long did he stay in Makkah?" He said: "Ten (days)." (Sahih) Comments In a situation of uncertainty, the nde limiting the duration of stay is not applicable. The person concerned can he stays.

Arabic text

1077 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، وَعَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ: «خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنَ الْمَدِينَةِ إِلَى مَكَّةَ، فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، حَتَّى رَجَعْنَا» ، قُلْتُ: كَمْ أَقَامَ بِمَكَّةَ؟ قَالَ: «عَشْرًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1077

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1077

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 77

Concerning One Who Does Not Perform Prayer (المعجم ٧٧) - بَابُ مَا جَاءَ فِي مَنْ تَرَكَ الصَّلَاةَ (التحفة ١١٦)

Hadith 1078

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1078. It was narrated that Jibir bin 'Abdullsh said: "The MessenEer All* #g said: ' ~ e t w e e n a person and Kufr (disbelief) is abandoning t h e prayer.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1078 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «بَيْنَ الْعَبْدِ وَبَيْنَ الْكُفْرِ تَرْكُ الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1078

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1078

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1079

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1079. 'Abdullâh bin Buraidah narrated that his father said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'The covenant that distinguishes between us and them is prayer; so whoever leaves it, he has committed Kufr.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1079 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الْبَالِسِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنُ بْنُ وَاقِدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «الْعَهْدُ الَّذِي بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُمُ الصَّلَاةُ، فَمَنْ تَرَكَهَا فَقَدْ كَفَرَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1079

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1079

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1080

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1080. It was narrated from Anas bin Mâlik that the Prophet ﷺ said: "There is nothing standing between a person and Shirk (polytheism) except leaving the prayer, so if he leaves it he has committed Shirk." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1080 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ الرَّقَاشِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَيْسَ بَيْنَ الْعَبْدِ وَالشِّرْكِ إِلَّا تَرْكُ الصَّلَاةِ، فَإِذَا تَرَكَهَا فَقَدْ أَشْرَكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1080

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1080

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 78

The Obligation Of Friday

Hadith 1081

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1081. It was narrated that Jâbir: bin 'Abdullâh said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ delivered a sermon to us and said: 'O people! Repent to Allâh before you die. Hasten to do good deeds before you become preoccupied (because of sickness and old age). Uphold the relationship that exists between you and your Lord by remembering Him a great deal and by giving a great deal of charity in secret and openly. (Then) you will be granted provision and Divine support, and your condition will improve. Know that Allâh has enjoined Friday upon you in this place of mine, on this day, in this month, in this year, until the Day of Resurrection. Whoever abandons it, whether during my lifetime or after I am gone, whether he has a just or an unjust ruler, whether he takes it lightly or denies (that it is obligatory), may Allâh cause him to lose all sense of tranquility and contentment, and may He not bless him in his affairs. Indeed, his prayer will not be valid, his Zakât will not be valid, his Hajj will not be valid, his fasting will not be valid, and his righteous deeds will not be accepted, until he repents. Whoever repents, Allâh will accept his repentance. No woman should be appointed as Imâm over a man, no Bedouin should be appointed as Imâm over a Muhâjir, no immoral person should be appointed as Imâm over a (true) believer, unless that is forced upon him and he fears his sword or whip.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1081 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ أَبُو خَبَّابٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الْعَدَوِيُّ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: خَطَبَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ تُوبُوا إِلَى اللَّهِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تَمُوتُوا، وَبَادِرُوا بِالْأَعْمَالِ الصَّالِحَةِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تُشْغَلُوا، وَصِلُوا الَّذِي بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَ رَبِّكُمْ بِكَثْرَةِ ذِكْرِكُمْ لَهُ، وَكَثْرَةِ الصَّدَقَةِ فِي السِّرِّ وَالْعَلَانِيَةِ، تُرْزَقُوا وَتُنْصَرُوا وَتُجْبَرُوا، وَاعْلَمُوا أَنَّ اللَّهَ قَدِ افْتَرَضَ عَلَيْكُمُ الْجُمُعَةَ فِي مَقَامِي هَذَا، فِي يَوْمِي هَذَا، فِي شَهْرِي هَذَا، مِنْ عَامِي هَذَا إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ، فَمَنْ تَرَكَهَا فِي حَيَاتِي أَوْ بَعْدِي، وَلَهُ إِمَامٌ عَادِلٌ أَوْ جَائِرٌ، اسْتِخْفَافًا بِهَا، أَوْ جُحُودًا لَهَا، فَلَا جَمَعَ اللَّهُ لَهُ شَمْلَهُ، وَلَا بَارَكَ لَهُ فِي أَمْرِهِ، أَلَا وَلَا صَلَاةَ لَهُ، وَلَا زَكَاةَ لَهُ، وَلَا حَجَّ لَهُ، وَلَا صَوْمَ لَهُ، وَلَا بِرَّ لَهُ حَتَّى يَتُوبَ، فَمَنْ تَابَ تَابَ اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ، أَلَا لَا تَؤُمَّنَّ امْرَأَةٌ رَجُلًا، وَلَا يَؤُمَّ أَعْرَابِيٌّ مُهَاجِرًا، وَلَا يَؤُمَّ فَاجِرٌ مُؤْمِنًا، إِلَّا أَنْ يَقْهَرَهُ بِسُلْطَانٍ، يَخَافُ سَيْفَهُ وَسَوْطَهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1081

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1081

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1082

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1082. It was narrated that 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Ka'b bin Mâlik said: "I used to guide my father after he lost his sight, and when I took him out for the Friday (prayer), when he heard the Adhân he would pray for forgiveness for Abu Umâmah As'ad bin Zurârah, and supplicate for him. I heard that from him for a while, then I said to myself: 'By Allâh! What is this weakness? Every time he hears the Adhân for Friday (prayer) I hear him praying for forgiveness for Abu Umâmah and supplicate for him, and I do not ask him about why he does that.' Then I took him out for Friday (prayer), as I used to take him out, and when he heard the Adhân he prayed for forgiveness as he used to do. I said to him: 'O my father! I see you supplicating for As'ad bin Zurârah every time you hear the call for Friday; why is that?' He said: 'O my son, he was the first one who led us for the Friday prayer before the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came from Makkah, in Naqî' Al-Khadamât (a place near Al-Madinah), in the plain of Harrah Banu Bayâdah.' I asked: 'How many of you were there at that time?' He said: 'Forty men.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1082 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو سَلَمَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي أُمَامَةَ بْنِ سَهْلِ بْنِ حُنَيْفٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ أَبِي أُمَامَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ كَعْبِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ قَائِدَ أَبِي حِينَ ذَهَبَ بَصَرُهُ، فَكُنْتُ إِذَا خَرَجْتُ بِهِ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ فَسَمِعَ الْأَذَانَ اسْتَغْفَرَ لِأَبِي أُمَامَةَ أَسْعَدَ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ، وَدَعَا لَهُ، فَمَكَثْتُ حِينًا أَسْمَعُ ذَلِكَ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ قُلْتُ فِي نَفْسِي: وَاللَّهِ إِنَّ ذَا لَعَجْزٌ، إِنِّي أَسْمَعُهُ كُلَّمَا سَمِعَ أَذَانَ الْجُمُعَةِ يَسْتَغْفِرُ لِأَبِي أُمَامَةَ وَيُصَلِّي عَلَيْهِ، وَلَا أَسْأَلُهُ عَنْ ذَلِكَ لِمَ هُوَ؟ فَخَرَجْتُ بِهِ كَمَا كُنْتُ أَخْرُجُ بِهِ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ، فَلَمَّا سَمِعَ الْأَذَانَ اسْتَغْفَرَ كَمَا كَانَ يَفْعَلُ، فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: يَا أَبَتَاهُ، أَرَأَيْتَكَ صَلَاتَكَ عَلَى أَسْعَدَ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ كُلَّمَا سَمِعْتَ النِّدَاءَ بِالْجُمُعَةِ لِمَ هُوَ؟ قَالَ: " أَيْ بُنَيَّ، كَانَ أَوَّلَ مَنْ صَلَّى بِنَا صَلَاةَ الْجُمُعَةِ قَبْلَ مَقْدَمِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ مَكَّةَ، فِي نَقِيعِ الْخَضَمَاتِ، فِي هَزْمٍ مِنْ حَرَّةِ بَنِي بَيَاضَةَ، قُلْتُ: كَمْ كُنْتُمْ يَوْمَئِذٍ؟ قَالَ: أَرْبَعِينَ رَجُلًا "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1082

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1082

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1083

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1083. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Allāh led those who came before us astray from Friday. Saturday was for the Jews and Sunday was for the Christians. And they will lag behind us until the Day of Resurrection. We are the last of the people of this world but we will be the first to be judged among all of creation.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1083 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْمُنْذِرِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ فُضَيْلٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَالِكٍ الْأَشْجَعِيُّ، عَنْ رِبْعِيِّ بْنِ حِرَاشٍ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، وَعَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَضَلَّ اللَّهُ عَنِ الْجُمُعَةِ مَنْ كَانَ قَبْلَنَا، كَانَ لِلْيَهُودِ يَوْمُ السَّبْتِ، وَالْأَحَدُ لِلنَّصَارَى، فَهُمْ لَنَا تَبَعٌ إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ، نَحْنُ الْآخِرُونَ مِنْ أَهْلِ الدُّنْيَا، وَالْأَوَّلُونَ الْمَقْضِيُّ لَهُمْ قَبْلَ الْخَلَائِقِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1083

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1083

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 79

The Virtues Of Friday

Hadith 1084

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1084. It was narrated that Abu Lubābah bin 'Abdul-Mundhir said: "The Prophet ﷺ said: 'Friday is the chief of days, the greatest day before Allāh. It is greater before Allāh than the Day of Adha and the Day of Fitr. It has five characteristics: On it Allāh created Âdam; on it Allāh sent Âdam down to this earth; on it Allāh caused Âdam to die; on it there is a time during which a person does not ask Allāh for anything but He will give it to him, so long as he does not ask for anything that is forbidden; and on it the Hour will begin. There is no angel who is close to Allāh, no heaven, no earth, no wind, no mountain and no sea that does not fear Friday.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1084 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي بُكَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي لُبَابَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُنْذِرِ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ سَيِّدُ الْأَيَّامِ، وَأَعْظَمُهَا عِنْدَ اللَّهِ، وَهُوَ أَعْظَمُ عِنْدَ اللَّهِ مِنْ يَوْمِ الْأَضْحَى وَيَوْمِ الْفِطْرِ، فِيهِ خَمْسُ خِلَالٍ، خَلَقَ اللَّهُ فِيهِ آدَمَ، وَأَهْبَطَ اللَّهُ فِيهِ آدَمَ إِلَى الْأَرْضِ، وَفِيهِ تَوَفَّى اللَّهُ آدَمَ، وَفِيهِ سَاعَةٌ لَا يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا الْعَبْدُ شَيْئًا إِلَّا أَعْطَاهُ، مَا لَمْ يَسْأَلْ حَرَامًا، وَفِيهِ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ، مَا مِنْ مَلَكٍ مُقَرَّبٍ، وَلَا سَمَاءٍ، وَلَا أَرْضٍ، وَلَا رِيَاحٍ، وَلَا جِبَالٍ، وَلَا بَحْرٍ، إِلَّا وَهُنَّ يُشْفِقْنَ مِنْ يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1084

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1084

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1085

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1085. It was narrated that Shaddād bin Aws said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'The best of your days is Friday. On it Ādam was created, on it the Trumpet will be blown, on it all creatures will swoon. So send a great deal of peace and blessings upon me on that day, for your peace and blessings will be presented to me.' A man said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, how will our peace and blessings be shown to you when you will have disintegrated?' He said: 'Allāh has forbidden the earth to consume the bodies of the Prophets.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1085 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ بْنِ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَشْعَثِ الصَّنْعَانِيِّ، عَنْ أَوْسِ بْنِ أَوْسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ مِنْ أَفْضَلِ أَيَّامِكُمْ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، فِيهِ خُلِقَ آدَمُ، وَفِيهِ النَّفْخَةُ، وَفِيهِ الصَّعْقَةُ، فَأَكْثِرُوا عَلَيَّ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ فِيهِ، فَإِنَّ صَلَاتَكُمْ مَعْرُوضَةٌ عَلَيَّ» فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ كَيْفَ تُعْرَضُ صَلَاتُنَا عَلَيْكَ وَقَدْ أَرَمْتَ؟ - يَعْنِي بَلِيتَ - فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ قَدْ حَرَّمَ عَلَى الْأَرْضِ أَنْ تَأْكُلَ أَجْسَادَ الْأَنْبِيَاءِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1085

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1085

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1086

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1086. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "From one Friday to the next is an expiation for whatever was committed in between, so long as one does not commit any major sin." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1086 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحْرِزُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْعَدَنِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنِ الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «الْجُمُعَةُ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ كَفَّارَةُ مَا بَيْنَهُمَا مَا لَمْ تُغْشَ الْكَبَائِرُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1086

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1086

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 80

What Was Narrated Concerning Bath On Friday

Hadith 1087

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1087. Aws bin Aws Ath-Thaqafi said: "I heard the Prophet ﷺ say: 'Whoever takes a bath on Friday, and bathes completely, and goes early, arriving early,[1] and walks and does not ride (to the mosque), and sits close to the Imâm and listens to him, and does not engage in idle talk; for every step he takes he will have the reward of one year, the reward of a year's fasting and praying (at night)."(Sahih)

Arabic text

1087 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنِ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَسَّانُ بْنُ عَطِيَّةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو الْأَشْعَثِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَوْسُ بْنُ أَوْسٍ الثَّقَفِيُّ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَقُولُ: «مَنْ غَسَّلَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ وَاغْتَسَلَ، وَبَكَّرَ وَابْتَكَرَ، وَمَشَى وَلَمْ يَرْكَبْ، وَدَنَا مِنَ الْإِمَامِ، فَاسْتَمَعَ وَلَمْ يَلْغُ، كَانَ لَهُ بِكُلِّ خَطْوَةٍ عَمَلُ سَنَةٍ، أَجْرُ صِيَامِهَا وَقِيَامِهَا»

Footnotes

1 [1] It has been translated in its most general form, and the commentaries differ over the meaning. After the narration, Tirmidhi said (no. 496): "Regarding this Hadith, Mahmud (one of the narrators) told that Waki' said: 'Whoever takes a bath' refers to him, 'and bathes completely' refers to his wife." It has been reported that 'Abdullah bin Al-Mubârak said about this Hadith: "Whoever bathes completely" and 'Whoever performs Ghusl' means washes his head and performs Ghusl." And Ibn Mubârak is one of the narrators in this chain of Ibn Mâjah, whereas Waki' narrated the chain with Tirmidhi. These two views reported by At-Tirmidhi are the most popular. In Tuhfatul-Ahwadhi, Mubârakpuri preferred the second view, that of Ibn Mubârak, while in his notes on Ibn Mâjah, Sindi quoted Suyuti's view, which elaborated on the first view, that of Waki'. Most of them say that 'Goes early, arriving early' means at the early time for the prayer, and is early for the sermon.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1087

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1087

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1088

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1088. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "I heard the Prophet ﷺ say from the pulpit: 'Whoever comes to Friday, let him take a bath.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1088 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَقُولُ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ: «مَنْ أَتَى الْجُمُعَةَ فَلْيَغْتَسِلْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1088

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1088

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1089

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1089. It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Bath on Fridays is obligatory for every male who has reached the age of puberty." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1089 - حَدَّثَنَا سَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «غُسْلُ يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ وَاجِبٌ عَلَى كُلِّ مُحْتَلِمٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1089

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1089

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 81

What Was Narrated Concerning The Concession For That

Hadith 1090

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1090. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Whoever performs ablution and performs ablution well, then comes to Friday (prayer) and sits near (the Imâm), and keeps quiet and listens, he will be forgiven for what was between that and the previous Friday (of sins), and three days more. And whoever touches the pebbles then he has engaged in Laghw (idle talk or behavior)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1090 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ فَأَحْسَنَ الْوُضُوءَ، ثُمَّ أَتَى الْجُمُعَةَ، فَدَنَا وَأَنْصَتَ وَاسْتَمَعَ، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْجُمُعَةِ الْأُخْرَى، وَزِيَادَةُ ثَلَاثَةِ أَيَّامٍ، وَمَنْ مَسَّ الْحَصَى فَقَدْ لَغَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1090

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1090

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1091

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1091. It was narrated from Anas bin Mâlik that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever performs ablution on Friday, it is well and good for him, and he has done what is obligatory for him. But whoever takes a bath, bath is better." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1091 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ الْمَكِّيُّ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ الرَّقَاشِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَبِهَا وَنِعْمَتْ، يُجْزِئُ عَنْهُ الْفَرِيضَةُ، وَمَنِ اغْتَسَلَ فَالْغُسْلُ أَفْضَلُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1091

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1091

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 82

What Was Narrated About Setting Out Early For Friday

Hadith 1092

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1092. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "When Friday comes, angels stand at every door of the mosque and record the names of the people who come, in order of arrival. When the Imām comes out, they close their records and listen to the sermon. The first one who comes to the prayer is like one who sacrifices a camel; the one who comes after him is like one who sacrifices a cow; the one who comes after him is like one who sacrifices a ram," (and so on) until he made mention of a hen and an egg. Saḥī added in his Hadīth: "And whoever comes after that comes only to do his duty with regard to the prayer." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1092 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَسَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا كَانَ يَوْمُ الْجُمُعَةِ، كَانَ عَلَى كُلِّ بَابٍ مِنْ أَبْوَابِ الْمَسْجِدِ مَلَائِكَةٌ يَكْتُبُونَ النَّاسَ عَلَى قَدْرِ مَنَازِلِهِمْ، الْأَوَّلَ فَالْأَوَّلَ، فَإِذَا خَرَجَ الْإِمَامُ طَوَوُا الصُّحُفَ، وَاسْتَمَعُوا الْخُطْبَةَ، فَالْمُهَجِّرُ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ كَالْمُهْدِي بَدَنَةً، ثُمَّ الَّذِي يَلِيهِ كَمُهْدِي بَقَرَةٍ، ثُمَّ الَّذِي يَلِيهِ كَمُهْدِي كَبْشٍ، - حَتَّى ذَكَرَ الدَّجَاجَةَ وَالْبَيْضَةَ، زَادَ سَهْلٌ فِي حَدِيثِهِ - فَمَنْ جَاءَ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ فَإِنَّمَا يَجِيءُ بِحَقٍّ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1092

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1092

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1093

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1093. It was narrated from Samurah bin Jundab that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ described the likeness of Friday, saying that those who come earliest are like the one who sacrifices a camel, then like one who sacrifices a cow, then like one who sacrifices a sheep, until he made mention of a chicken. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1093 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ بَشِيرٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدَبٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «ضَرَبَ مَثَلَ الْجُمُعَةِ، ثُمَّ التَّبْكِيرِ كَنَاحِرِ الْبَدَنَةِ، كَنَاحِرِ الْبَقَرَةِ، كَنَاحِرِ الشَّاةِ، حَتَّى ذَكَرَ الدَّجَاجَةَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1093

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1093

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1094

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1094. It was narrated that 'Alqamah said: "I went out with 'Abdullâh to Friday (prayer), and he found three men who arrived before him. He said: 'The fourth of four, and the fourth of four is not far away. I heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ say: "On the Day of Resurrection people will gather near Allâh according to how early they came to Friday (prayer), the first, second, and third.'" Then he said: 'The fourth of four, and the fourth of four is not far away.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1094 - حَدَّثَنَا كَثِيرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ الْحِمْصِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَجِيدِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، قَالَ: خَرَجْتُ مَعَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ فَوَجَدَ ثَلَاثَةً وَقَدْ سَبَقُوهُ، فَقَالَ: رَابِعُ أَرْبَعَةٍ وَمَا رَابِعُ أَرْبَعَةٍ بِبَعِيدٍ، إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَقُولُ: «إِنَّ النَّاسَ يَجْلِسُونَ مِنَ اللَّهِ يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ عَلَى قَدْرِ رَوَاحِهِمْ إِلَى الْجُمُعَاتِ، الْأَوَّلَ وَالثَّانِيَ وَالثَّالِثَ» ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «رَابِعُ أَرْبَعَةٍ، وَمَا رَابِعُ أَرْبَعَةٍ بِبَعِيدٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1094

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1094

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 83

What Was Narrated About Adornment On Fridays

Hadith 1095

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1095. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Salâm that he heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ saying on the pulpit one Friday: "There is nothing wrong with anyone of you buying two garments for Friday (prayer), other than his daily work clothes." (Hasan) (Another chain) from Yusuf bin 'Abdullâh bin Salâm that his father said: "The Prophet ﷺ delivered a sermon to us" and he mentioned that.

Arabic text

1095 - حَدَّثَنَا حَرْمَلَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَلَامٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَقُولُ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ فِي يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ: «مَا عَلَى أَحَدِكُمْ لَوِ اشْتَرَى ثَوْبَيْنِ لِيَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ، سِوَى ثَوْبِ مِهْنَتِهِ» حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَيْخٌ لَنَا، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنْ يُوسُفَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَلَامٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: خَطَبَنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1095

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1095

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1096

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1096. It was narrated from 'Aishah that the Prophet ﷺ delivered a sermon to the people one Friday, and he saw them wearing woolen clothes. The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "There is nothing wrong with any one of you, if he can afford it, buying two garments for Friday, other than his daily work clothes." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1096 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ زُهَيْرٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَطَبَ النَّاسَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، فَرَأَى عَلَيْهِمْ ثِيَابَ النِّمَارِ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَا عَلَى أَحَدِكُمْ إِنْ وَجَدَ سَعَةً أَنْ يَتَّخِذَ ثَوْبَيْنِ لِجُمُعَتِهِ سِوَى ثَوْبَيْ مِهْنَتِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1096

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1096

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1097

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1097. It was narrated from Abu Dharr that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever takes a bath on a Friday and does it well, and purifies himself and does it well, and puts on his best clothes, and puts on whatever Allāh decrees for him of the perfume of his family, then comes to the mosque and does not engage in idle talk or separate (pushing between) two people; he will be forgiven for (his sins) between that day and the previous Friday." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1097 - حَدَّثَنَا سَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ، وَحَوْثَرَةُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ وَدِيعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «مَنِ اغْتَسَلَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَأَحْسَنَ غُسْلَهُ، وَتَطَهَّرَ فَأَحْسَنَ طُهُورَهُ، وَلَبِسَ مِنْ أَحْسَنِ ثِيَابِهِ، وَمَسَّ مَا كَتَبَ اللَّهُ لَهُ مِنْ طِيبِ أَهْلِهِ، ثُمَّ أَتَى الْجُمُعَةَ وَلَمْ يَلْغُ وَلَمْ يُفَرِّقْ بَيْنَ اثْنَيْنِ، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْجُمُعَةِ الْأُخْرَى»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1097

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1097

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1098

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1098. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'This day is an 'Eid (festival) which Allāh has ordained for the Muslims. Whoever comes to Friday (prayer), let him take a bath and if he has perfume then let him put some on. And upon you (I urge to use) is the tooth stick.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1098 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمَّارُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الْوَاسِطِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ غُرَابٍ، عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ أَبِي الْأَخْضَرِ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ السَّبَّاقِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ هَذَا يَوْمُ عِيدٍ، جَعَلَهُ اللَّهُ لِلْمُسْلِمِينَ، فَمَنْ جَاءَ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ فَلْيَغْتَسِلْ، وَإِنْ كَانَ طِيبٌ فَلْيَمَسَّ مِنْهُ، وَعَلَيْكُمْ بِالسِّوَاكِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1098

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1098

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 84

What Was Narrated Concerning The Time Of Friday (prayer)

Hadith 1099

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1099. It was narrated that Sahl bin Sa'd said: "We did not take a Qailulah nor eat Ghadā' until after Friday (prayer)."[1]

Arabic text

1099 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: «مَا كُنَّا نَقِيلُ وَلَا نَتَغَدَّى إِلَّا بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1099

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1099

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1100

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1100. Iyâs bin Salamah bin Akwa' narrated that his father said: "We used to perform Friday (prayer) with the Prophet ﷺ, then we would return, and we would not see any shadow from the walls in which we could seek shade."

Arabic text

1100 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَعْلَى بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ إِيَاسَ بْنَ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ الْأَكْوَعِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْجُمُعَةَ، ثُمَّ نَرْجِعُ فَلَا نَرَى لِلْحِيطَانِ فَيْئًا نَسْتَظِلُّ بِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1100

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1100

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1101

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1101. 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Sa'd bin 'Ammâr bin Sa'd, the Mu'adh-dhin of the Prophet ﷺ, said: "My father told me, narrating from his father, from his grandfather, that during the time of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, he used to call the Adhân on Fridays when the shadow was like a sandal strap." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1101 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ عَمَّارِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، مُؤَذِّنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ «يُؤَذِّنُ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا كَانَ الْفَيْءُ مِثْلَ الشِّرَاكِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1101

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1101

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1102

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1102. It was narrated that Anas said: "We used to perform the Friday (prayer), then we would return for a nap (Qailulah)."[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1102 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعْتَمِرُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدٌ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نُجَمِّعُ ثُمَّ نَرْجِعُ فَنَقِيلُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1102

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1102

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 85

What Was Narrated Concerning The Sermon On Friday

Hadith 1103

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1103. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar that the Prophet ﷺ used to deliver two sermons, and he would sit briefly between the two. (One of the narrators) Bishr added: "While he was standing." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1103 - حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو سَلَمَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ «يَخْطُبُ خُطْبَتَيْنِ، يَجْلِسُ بَيْنَهُمَا جَلْسَةً» زَادَ بِشْرٌ «وَهُوَ قَائِمٌ»

Footnotes

1 [1] See the note for no. 1099.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1103

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1103

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1104

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1104. It was narrated from Ja'far bin 'Amr bin Huraith that his father said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ delivering the sermon on the pulpit, wearing a black turban."(Sahih)

Arabic text

1104 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ مُسَاوِرٍ الْوَرَّاقِ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حُرَيْثٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَخْطُبُ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ، وَعَلَيْهِ عِمَامَةٌ سَوْدَاءُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1104

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1104

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1105

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1105. It was narrated that Simâk bin Harb said: "I heard Jâbir bin Samurah say: 'The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to deliver the sermon standing, but he used to sit down briefly, then stand up.'"(Sahih)

Arabic text

1105 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ سَمُرَةَ، يَقُولُ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَخْطُبُ قَائِمًا غَيْرَ أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَقْعُدُ قَعْدَةً ثُمَّ يَقُومُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1105

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1105

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1106

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1106. It was narrated that Jâbir bin Samurah said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to deliver the sermon standing, then he would sit down, then he would stand up and recite some Verses and remember Allâh. His sermon was moderate and his prayer was moderate (i.e., neither too long nor too short)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1106 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ سِمَاكٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَخْطُبُ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ يَجْلِسُ، ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيَقْرَأُ آيَاتٍ، وَيَذْكُرُ اللَّهَ، وَكَانَتْ خُطْبَتُهُ قَصْدًا، وَصَلَاتُهُ قَصْدًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1106

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1106

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1107

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1107. 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Sa'd bin 'Ammâr bin Sa'd narrated that his father told him, from his father, from his grandfather, that when the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ delivered a speech on the battlefield he would do so leaning on a bow, and when he delivered a sermon on Friday, he would do so leaning on his staff. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1107 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ عَمَّارِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ «إِذَا خَطَبَ فِي الْحَرْبِ خَطَبَ عَلَى قَوْسٍ، وَإِذَا خَطَبَ فِي الْجُمُعَةِ خَطَبَ عَلَى عَصًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1107

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1107

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1108

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1108. 'Alqamah narrated that 'Abdullâh was asked whether the Prophet ﷺ used to deliver the sermon standing or sitting. He said: "Have you not read the Verse: '...and leave you (Muhammad) standing (while delivering the Friday sermon)?"[1] (Da'if) Abu 'Abdullâh (Ibn Mâjah) said: (This Hadith is) Gharib (Unfamiliar); it was not narrated by anyone except Ibn Abu Shaibah.

Arabic text

1108 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي غَنِيَّةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّهُ سُئِلَ: " أَكَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ قَائِمًا أَوْ قَاعِدًا؟ قَالَ: أَوَمَا تَقْرَأُ: {وَتَرَكُوكَ قَائِمًا} [الجمعة: 11] ؟ " قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: غَرِيبٌ، لَا يُحَدِّثُ بِهِ إِلَّا ابْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ وَحْدَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1108

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1108

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1109

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1109. It was narrated from Jâbir that whenever the Prophet ﷺ ascended the pulpit he would greet (the people with Salâm). (Da'if)

Arabic text

1109 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ خَالِدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ زَيْدِ بْنِ مُهَاجِرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْكَدِرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ «إِذَا صَعِدَ الْمِنْبَرَ سَلَّمَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-jumu'ah 62:11.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1109

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1109

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 86

What Was Narrated Concerning Listening To The Sermon And Remaining Silent

Hadith 1110

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1110. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "If you say to your companions: 'Be quiet' on a Friday while the Imâm is delivering the sermon, you have engaged in Laghw idle talk or behavior)." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1110 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ بْنُ سَوَّارٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: " إِذَا قُلْتَ لِصَاحِبِكَ: أَنْصِتْ، يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ وَالْإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ، فَقَدْ لَغَوْتَ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1110

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1110

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1111

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1111. 'Atâ' bin Yasâr narrated from Ubayy bin Ka'b: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ recited Tabârak [Al-Mulk (67)] one Friday, while he was standing and reminding us of the Days of Allâh (i.e., preaching to us). Abu Dardâ' or Abu Dharr raised an eyebrow at me and said: 'When was this Surah revealed? For I have not heard it before now.' He (Ubayy) gestured to him that he should remain silent. When they finished, he said: 'I asked you when this Surah was revealed and you did not answer me.' Ubayy said: 'You have gained nothing from your prayer today except the idle talk that you engaged in.' He went to the Prophet ﷺ and told him about that, and what Ubayy had said to him. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Ubayy spoke the truth.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1111 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحْرِزُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْعَدَنِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الدَّرَاوَرْدِيُّ، عَنْ شَرِيكِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي نَمِرٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «قَرَأَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ تَبَارَكَ، وَهُوَ قَائِمٌ، فَذَكَّرَنَا بِأَيَّامِ اللَّهِ» ، وَأَبُو الدَّرْدَاءِ أَوْ أَبُو ذَرٍّ يَغْمِزُنِي، فَقَالَ: مَتَى أُنْزِلَتْ هَذِهِ السُّورَةُ؟ إِنِّي لَمْ أَسْمَعْهَا إِلَّا الْآنَ، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ، أَنِ اسْكُتْ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفُوا، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُكَ مَتَى أُنْزِلَتْ هَذِهِ السُّورَةُ فَلَمْ تُخْبِرْنِي؟ فَقَالَ أُبَيٌّ: لَيْسَ لَكَ مِنْ صَلَاتِكَ الْيَوْمَ إِلَّا مَا لَغَوْتَ، فَذَهَبَ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ لَهُ، وَأَخْبَرَهُ بِالَّذِي قَالَ أُبَيٌّ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «صَدَقَ أُبَيٌّ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1111

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1111

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 87

Concerning One Who Enters The Mosque While The Imām Is Delivering The Sermon

Hadith 1112

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1112. It was narrated that Jâbir bin 'Abdullâh said: "Sulaik Ghatafâni entered the mosque when the Prophet ﷺ was delivering the sermon. He said: 'Have you prayed?' He said, 'No.' He said: 'Then perform two Rak'ah.'" (Sahih) As for 'Amr (one of the narrator's of the Hadith), he did not mention Sulaik.

Arabic text

1112 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، سَمِعَ جَابِرًا، وَأَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، سَمِعَ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: دَخَلَ سُلَيْكٌ الْغَطَفَانِيُّ الْمَسْجِدَ وَالنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ، فَقَالَ: «أَصَلَّيْتَ» قَالَ: لَا، قَالَ «فَصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ» ، وَأَمَّا عَمْرٌو فَلَمْ يَذْكُرْ سُلَيْكًا

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1112

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1112

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1113

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1113. It was narrated that Abu Sa'eed said: "A man entered the mosque when the Prophet ﷺ was delivering the sermon. He said: 'Have you prayed?' He said: 'No.' He said: 'Then pray two Rak'ah.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1113 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عِيَاضِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: جَاءَ رَجُلٌ وَالنَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ، فَقَالَ: «أَصَلَّيْتَ؟» قَالَ: لَا، قَالَ «فَصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1113

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1113

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1114

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1114. It was narrated that Jâbir said: "Sulaik Al-Ghatafâni came while the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ was delivering the sermon. The Prophet ﷺ said to him: 'Did you perform two Rak'ah before you came?' He said: 'No.' He said: 'Then perform two Rak'ah, but make them brief.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1114 - حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ رُشَيْدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَعَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَا: جَاءَ سُلَيْكٌ الْغَطَفَانِيُّ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ، فَقَالَ لَهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَصَلَّيْتَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تَجِيءَ؟» قَالَ: لَا، قَالَ: «فَصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ وَتَجَوَّزْ فِيهِمَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1114

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1114

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 88

Concerning The Prohibition Of Stepping Over The People's Shoulders On Friday

Hadith 1115

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1115. It was narrated from Jâbir bin 'Abdullâh that a man entered the mosque one Friday when the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ was delivering the sermon. He started stepping over the people's shoulders, and the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Sit down, for you have annoyed (people) and you are late.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1115 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ الْمُحَارِبِيُّ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ، وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ، فَجَعَلَ يَتَخَطَّى النَّاسَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اجْلِسْ، فَقَدْ آذَيْتَ وَآنَيْتَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1115

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1115

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1116

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1116. It was narrated from Sahl bin Mu'âdh bin Anas that his father said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Whoever steps over the people's necks on Friday has built a bridge to Hell.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1116 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا رِشْدِينُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ زَبَّانَ بْنِ فَائِدٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ مُعَاذِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ تَخَطَّى رِقَابَ النَّاسِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ اتُّخِذَ جِسْرًا إِلَى جَهَنَّمَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1116

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1116

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 89

Concerning Speaking After The Imâm Comes Down From The Pulpit

Hadith 1117

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniShadh
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1117. It was narrated from Anas bin Mâlik that the people used to speak to the Prophet ﷺ about their needs when he came down from the pulpit on a Friday. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1117 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرُ بْنُ حَازِمٍ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُكَلَّمُ فِي الْحَاجَةِ إِذَا نَزَلَ عَنِ الْمِنْبَرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1117

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1117

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 90

What Was Narrated Concerning The Recitation In The Prayer On Friday

Hadith 1118

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1118. It was narrated that 'Ubaidullâh bin Abu Râfi' said: "Marwân appointed Abu Hurairah in charge of Al-Madinah, and set out for Makkah. Abu Hurairah led us in prayer on Friday, and he recited Surat Al-Jumu'ah in the first Rak'ah, and in the second, 'When the hypocrites come to you.'"[1] 'Ubaidullâh said: "I caught up with Abu Hurairah when he finished and said to him: 'You recited two Surah that 'Ali used to recite in Kufah.' Abu Hurairah said: 'I heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ reciting them.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1118 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ الْمَدَنِيُّ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: اسْتَخْلَفَ مَرْوَانُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ عَلَى الْمَدِينَةِ فَخَرَجَ إِلَى مَكَّةَ «فَصَلَّى بِنَا أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَقَرَأَ بِسُورَةِ الْجُمُعَةِ فِي السَّجْدَةِ الْأُولَى، وَفِي الْآخِرَةِ إِذَا جَاءَكَ الْمُنَافِقُونَ» ، قَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ فَأَدْرَكْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ حِينَ انْصَرَفَ فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: إِنَّكَ قَرَأْتَ بِسُورَتَيْنِ كَانَ عَلِيٌّ يَقْرَأُ بِهِمَا بِالْكُوفَةِ، فَقَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ بِهِمَا

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1118

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1118

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1119

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1119. It was narrated that 'Ubaidullâh bin 'Abdullâh said: "Dahhâk bin Qais wrote to Nû'mân bin Bashîr, saying: 'Tell us what the Messenger of Allâh used to recite on Friday along with Surah Al-Jumu'ah. He said: 'He used to recite: "Has there come to you the narration of the overwhelming (i.e., the Day of Resurrection)?"'[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1119 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ضَمْرَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: كَتَبَ الضَّحَّاكُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ إِلَى النُّعْمَانِ بْنِ بَشِيرٍ: أَخْبِرْنَا بِأَيِّ شَيْءٍ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ مَعَ سُورَةِ الْجُمُعَةِ؟ قَالَ: «كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِيهَا هَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Munâfiqun (63).

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1119

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1119

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1120

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1120. It was narrated from Abu 'Inabah Al-Khawlānī that the Prophet ﷺ used to recite "Glorify the Name of your Lord the Most High" and "Has there come to you the narration of the overwhelming (i.e., the Day of Resurrection)?"[2] on Friday. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1120 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزَّاهِرِيَّةِ، عَنْ أَبِي عِنَبَةَ الْخَوْلَانِيِّ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْجُمُعَةِ بِسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى وَهَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1120

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1120

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 91

What Was Narrated Concerning One Who Catches One Rak'ah Of Friday Prayer

Hadith 1121

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1121. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever catches one Rak'ah of Friday, let him add another Rak'ah to it." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1121 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ حَبِيبٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، وَسَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ أَدْرَكَ مِنَ الْجُمُعَةِ رَكْعَةً فَلْيَصِلْ إِلَيْهَا أُخْرَى»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Ghāshiyah (88). [2] Al-A'la (87) and Al-Ghāshiyah (88).

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1121

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1121

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1122

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1122. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Whoever catches one Rak'ah of prayer, he has caught it.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1122 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ أَدْرَكَ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ رَكْعَةً فَقَدْ أَدْرَكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1122

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1122

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1123

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1123. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Whoever catches one Rak'ah of Friday prayer or other than it, then he has caught the prayer.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1123 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ سَعِيدِ بْنِ كَثِيرِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ الْحِمْصِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ الْأَيْلِيُّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ أَدْرَكَ رَكْعَةً مِنْ صَلَاةِ الْجُمُعَةِ أَوْ غَيْرِهَا، فَقَدْ أَدْرَكَ الصَّلَاةَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1123

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1123

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 92

What Was Narrated Concerning From Where You Should Come To Friday (Prayer)

Hadith 1124

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1124. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The people of Qubâ' used to pray with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ on Fridays." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1124 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «إِنَّ أَهْلَ قُبَاءَ كَانُوا يُجَمِّعُونَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1124

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1124

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 93

Those Who Do Not Attend Friday Prayer Without An Excuse

Hadith 1125

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1125. It was narrated that Abu Ja'd Ad-Damri who was a Companion said that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever abandons Friday (prayer) three times, neglecting it, a seal will be placed over his heart." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1125 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، وَيَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عُبَيْدَةُ بْنُ سُفْيَانَ الْحَضْرَمِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْجَعْدِ الضَّمْرِيِّ وَكَانَ لَهُ صُحْبَةٌ قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ تَرَكَ الْجُمُعَةَ ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ تَهَاوُنًا بِهَا طُبِعَ عَلَى قَلْبِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1125

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1125

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1126

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1126. It was narrated that Jābir bin 'Abdullāh said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever abandons Friday (prayer) three times, for no necessary reason, Allāh will place a seal over his heart.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1126 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَامِرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، عَنْ أَسِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي أَسِيدٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عِيسَى الْمِصْرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنْ أَسِيدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ تَرَكَ الْجُمُعَةَ، ثَلَاثًا، مِنْ غَيْرِ ضَرُورَةٍ، طَبَعَ اللَّهُ عَلَى قَلْبِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1126

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1126

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1127

DarussalamDai'fAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1127. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "What if one of you were to take a flock of sheep and look for grass for them one or two miles away, but he cannot find any at that distance, so he goes further away? Then (the time for) Friday comes but he does not attend it, then (another) Friday comes but he does not attend it, and (another) Friday comes but he does not attend it, until Allāh places a seal on his heart." (Dai'f)

Arabic text

1127 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَعْدِيُّ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَلَا هَلْ عَسَى أَحَدُكُمْ أَنْ يَتَّخِذَ الصُّبَّةَ مِنَ الْغَنَمِ عَلَى رَأْسِ مِيلٍ أَوْ مِيلَيْنِ، فَيَتَعَذَّرَ عَلَيْهِ الْكَلَأُ، فَيَرْتَفِعَ، ثُمَّ تَجِيءُ الْجُمُعَةُ فَلَا يَجِيءُ وَلَا يَشْهَدُهَا، وَتَجِيءُ الْجُمُعَةُ فَلَا يَشْهَدُهَا، وَتَجِيءُ الْجُمُعَةُ فَلَا يَشْهَدُهَا، حَتَّى يُطْبَعَ عَلَى قَلْبِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1127

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1127

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1128

DarussalamDai'fAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1128. It was narrated from Samurah bin Jundab that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever abandons Friday deliberately, let him give a Dinâr in charity, and if he cannot afford that, then (let him give) half a Dinâr." (Dai'f)

Arabic text

1128 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا نُوحُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ أَخِيهِ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدَبٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «مَنْ تَرَكَ الْجُمُعَةَ مُتَعَمِّدًا، فَلْيَتَصَدَّقْ بِدِينَارٍ، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ، فَبِنِصْفِ دِينَارٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1128

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1128

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 94

What Was Narrated Concerning Prayer Before Friday (Prayer)

Hadith 1129

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1129. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to perform four Rak'ah before Friday (prayer), and he did not separate any of them." (Maudu')

Arabic text

1129 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ رَبِّهِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، عَنْ مُبَشِّرِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ حَجَّاجِ بْنِ أَرْطَاةَ، عَنْ عَطِيَّةَ الْعُوفِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَرْكَعُ قَبْلَ الْجُمُعَةِ أَرْبَعًا، لَا يَفْصِلُ فِي شَيْءٍ مِنْهُنَّ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1129

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1129

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 95

What Was Narrated Concerning Prayer after Friday

Hadith 1130

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1130. It was narrated that when 'Abdullâh bin 'Umar had prayed Friday, he went and prayed two Rak'ah in his house. Then he said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to do that." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1130 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّهُ كَانَ «إِذَا صَلَّى الْجُمُعَةَ انْصَرَفَ فَصَلَّى سَجْدَتَيْنِ فِي بَيْتِهِ» ثُمَّ قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْنَعُ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1130

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1130

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1131

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1131. It was narrated from Sālim, from his father, that the Prophet ﷺ used to pray two Rak'ah after Jumu'ah. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1131 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُصَلِّي بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1131

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1131

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1132

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1132. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'If you pray after Friday, then pray four (Rak'ah).'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1132 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَأَبُو السَّائِبِ سَلْمُ بْنُ جُنَادَةَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ سُهَيْلِ بْنِ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمْ بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَصَلُّوا أَرْبَعًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1132

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1132

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 96

What WasNarrated Concerning SittingIn Circles On Fridays BeforeThe Prayer, And Ihtibâ'[1]When The Imâm IsDelivering The Sermon

Hadith 1133

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1133. It was narrated from 'Amr bin Shu'aib, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ forbade sitting in circles in the mosque on Fridays before the prayer. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1133 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، جَمِيعًا عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «نَهَى أَنْ يُحَلَّقَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ قَبْلَ الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1133

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1133

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1134

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1134. It was narrated from 'Amr bin Shu'aib, from his father, that his grandfather said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ forbade Ihtibâ' on Fridays, meaning, when the Imâm is delivering the sermon." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1134 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُصَفَّى الْحِمْصِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ وَاقِدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ: «نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ الِاحْتِبَاءِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ» يَعْنِي وَالْإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1134

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1134

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 97

What Was Narrated Concerning The Adhân On Fridays

Hadith 1135

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1135. It was narrated that Sâ'ib bin Yazid said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ had only one Mu'adh-dhin. When he came out he would give the Adhân and when he came down (from the pulpit) he would give the Iqâmah. Abu Bakr and 'Umar did likewise, but when 'Uthmân (became caliph) the numbers of people had increased, he added the third call from atop a house in the marketplace that was called Zawrâ'. When he came out (the Mu'adh-dhin) would call the Adhân, and when he came down from the pulpit, he would call the Iqâmah. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1135 - حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْقَطَّانُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ الْأَحْمَرُ، جَمِيعًا عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنِ السَّائِبِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، قَالَ: «مَا كَانَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَّا مُؤَذِّنٌ وَاحِدٌ، إِذَا خَرَجَ أَذَّنَ، وَإِذَا نَزَلَ أَقَامَ» ، وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ كَذَلِكَ، فَلَمَّا كَانَ عُثْمَانُ وَكَثُرَ النَّاسُ، زَادَ النِّدَاءَ الثَّالِثَ عَلَى دَارٍ فِي السُّوقِ، يُقَالُ لَهَا: الزَّوْرَاءُ، فَإِذَا خَرَجَ أَذَّنَ، وَإِذَا نَزَلَ أَقَامَ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1135

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1135

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 98

What Was Narrated Concerning Facing The Imâm When He Is Delivering The Sermon

Hadith 1136

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1136. It was narrated from 'Adi bin Thâbit that his father said: "When the Prophet ﷺ stood on the pulpit, his Companions would turn to face him." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1136 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْهَيْثَمُ بْنُ جَمِيلٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ أَبَانَ بْنِ تَغْلِبَ، عَنْ عَدِيِّ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا قَامَ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ، اسْتَقْبَلَهُ أَصْحَابُهُ بِوُجُوهِهِمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1136

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1136

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 99

What Was Narrated Concerning The Hour That is Hoped For[1] On Friday

Hadith 1137

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1137. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'On Friday there is a time when no Muslim man happens to stand in prayer at that time, asking Allâh for good things, but He will give that to him.'" And he gestured with his hand to indicate how short that time is. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1137 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ فِي الْجُمُعَةِ سَاعَةً، لَا يُوَافِقُهَا رَجُلٌ مُسْلِمٌ، قَائِمٌ يُصَلِّي، يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا خَيْرًا، إِلَّا أَعْطَاهُ» ، وَقَلَّلَهَا بِيَدِهِ

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, it is hoped that the supplication will be answered. (Tuhfatul-Ahwâdhi).

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1137

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1137

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1138

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1138. Kathîr bin 'Abdullâh bin 'Amr bin 'Awf Al-Muzani narrated from his father, that his grandfather said: "I heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ say: 'On Friday there is a time of the day during which no person asks Allâh for something but He will give him what he asks for.''" It was said: 'When is that time?' He said: 'When the Iqâmah for prayer (is called), until the prayer ends.'"(Hasan)

Arabic text

1138 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا كَثِيرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَوْفٍ الْمُزَنِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُول اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَقُولُ: «فِي يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ سَاعَةٌ مِنَ النَّهَارِ، لَا يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا الْعَبْدُ شَيْئًا إِلَّا أُعْطِيَ سُؤْلَهُ» قِيلَ: أَيُّ سَاعَةٍ؟ قَالَ: «حِينَ تُقَامُ الصَّلَاةُ إِلَى الِانْصِرَافِ مِنْهَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1138

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1138

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1139

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1139. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Salâm said: "I said, when the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ was sitting: 'We find in the Book of Allâh that on Friday there is an hour when no believing slave performs prayer and asks Allâh for anything at that time, but Allâh will fulfill his need.''" 'Abdullâh said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ pointed to me, saying: 'Or some part of an hour.' I said: 'You are right, or some part of an hour.' I said: 'What time is that?' He said: 'It is the last hours of the day.' I said: 'It is not the time of the prayer?' He said: 'Yes. (it is so), when a believing slave performs prayer and then sits with nothing but the prayer keeping him, he is still in a state of prayer.''" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1139 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، عَنِ الضَّحَّاكِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَلَامٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَالِسٌ: إِنَّا لَنَجِدُ فِي كِتَابِ اللَّهِ: «فِي يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ سَاعَةً لَا يُوَافِقُهَا عَبْدٌ مُؤْمِنٌ يُصَلِّي يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا شَيْئًا إِلَّا قَضَى لَهُ حَاجَتَهُ» . قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: فَأَشَارَ إِلَيَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَوْ بَعْضُ سَاعَةٍ» ، فَقُلْتُ: صَدَقْتَ، أَوْ بَعْضُ سَاعَةٍ. قُلْتُ: أَيُّ سَاعَةٍ هِيَ؟ قَالَ: «هِيَ آخِرُ سَاعَاتِ النَّهَارِ» . قُلْتُ: إِنَّهَا لَيْسَتْ سَاعَةَ صَلَاةٍ، قَالَ: «بَلَى. إِنَّ الْعَبْدَ الْمُؤْمِنَ إِذَا صَلَّى ثُمَّ جَلَسَ، لَا يَحْبِسُهُ إِلَّا الصَّلَاةُ، فَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1139

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1139

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 100

What Was Narrated Concerning Twelve Rak'ah From The Sunnah

Hadith 1140

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1140. It was narrated that 'Āishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever persists in performing twelve Rak'ah from the Sunnah, a house will be built for him in Paradise: four before the Zuhr, two Rak'ah after Zuhr, two Rak'ah after Maghrib, two Rak'ah after the 'Ishā' and two Rak'ah before Farj.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1140 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الرَّازِيُّ، عَنْ مُغِيرَةَ بْنِ زِيَادٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ ثَابَرَ عَلَى ثِنْتَيْ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً مِنَ السُّنَّةِ، بُنِيَ لَهُ بَيْتٌ فِي الْجَنَّةِ، أَرْبَعٍ قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الظُّهْرِ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْمَغْرِبِ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْعِشَاءِ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1140

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1140

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1141

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1141. It was narrated from Umm Habibah bint Abi Sufyân that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever performs twelve Rak'ah (of Sunnah) during the day and night, a house will be built for him in Paradise." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1141 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَنْبَسَةَ بْنِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ أُمِّ حَبِيبَةَ بِنْتِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «مَنْ صَلَّى فِي يَوْمٍ وَلَيْلَةٍ ثِنْتَيْ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً، بُنِيَ لَهُ بَيْتٌ فِي الْجَنَّةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1141

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1141

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1142

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1142. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Whoever performs twelve Rak'ah (of Sunnah) each day, a house will be built for him in Paradise: two Rak'ah before Fajr, two Rak'ah before the Zuhr, two Rak'ah after Zuhr, two Rak'ah, I think he said, before Asr, two Rak'ah after Maghrib, and I think he said two Rak'ah after the 'Ishâ'." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1142 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ الْأَصْبَهَانِيِّ، عَنْ سُهَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " مَنْ صَلَّى فِي يَوْمٍ ثِنْتَيْ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً، بُنِيَ لَهُ بَيْتٌ فِي الْجَنَّةِ، رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الظُّهْرِ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ - أَظُنُّهُ قَالَ: قَبْلَ الْعَصْرِ - وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْمَغْرِبِ - أَظُنُّهُ قَالَ: وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْعِشَاءِ الْآخِرَةِ - "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1142

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1142

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 101

What Was Narrated Concerning two Rak'ah Before Fajr

Hadith 1143

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1143. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar that when the dawn illuminated, the Prophet ﷺ would pray two Rak'ah. (Sahih) ابن عُمَرَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ كَانَ إِذَا أَضَاءَ لَهُ الْفَجْرُ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ.

Arabic text

1143 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «كَانَ إِذَا أَضَاءَ لَهُ الْفَجْرُ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1143

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1143

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1144

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1144. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to pray two Rak'ah before the morning (prayer), as if the Adhān were in his ears. (i.e., he would pray them briefly). (Sahih) ۱۱۴۴ - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ أَبَانَ حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي الرُّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْعَدَاةِ، كَانَ الْأَذَانُ بِأُذُنَيْهِ.

Arabic text

1144 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «يُصَلِّي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْغَدَاةِ، كَأَنَّ الْأَذَانَ بِأُذُنَيْهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1144

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1144

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1145

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1145. It was narrated from Hafsah bint 'Umar that when the call for the Subh prayer was given, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would pray two short Rak'ah before going to the prayer. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1145 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ حَفْصَةَ بِنْتِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «كَانَ إِذَا نُودِيَ لِصَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ، رَكَعَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ خَفِيفَتَيْنِ، قَبْلَ أَنْ يَقُومَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1145

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1145

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1146

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1146. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "When he performed ablution the Prophet ﷺ would pray two (short) Rak'ah and then go out for the prayer." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1146 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ خَرَجَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1146

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1146

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1147

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1147. It was narrated that 'Ali said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to perform two Rak'ah at the time of the Iqâmah." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1147 - حَدَّثَنَا الْخَلِيلُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو أَبُو عَمْرٍو قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ عِنْدَ الْإِقَامَةِ» بَابُ مَا جَاءَ فِيمَا يُقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1147

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1147

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 102

What Was Narrated Concerning What Is To Be Recited In The Two Rak'ah Before Fajr

Hadith 1148

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1148. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that in the two Rak'ah before the Fajr, the Prophet ﷺ used to recite: "Say: 'O you disbelievers!'"[1] and: "Say: Allâh is One."[2] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1148 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ، وَيَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ بْنُ مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «قَرَأَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ، وَقُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1148

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1148

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1149

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1149. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "I watched the Prophet ﷺ for a month, and in the two Rak'ah before Fajr he used to recite "Say: O you disbelievers!"[1] and: "Say: Allāh is One."[2] (Hasan)

Arabic text

1149 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سِنَانٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَادَةَ الْوَاسِطِيَّانِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أَحْمَدَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: رَمَقْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ شَهْرًا، «فَكَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ وَقُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1149

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1149

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1150

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1150. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to perform two Rak'ah before Fajr, and he used to say: 'The best two Surah to recite in the two Rak'ah of Fajr are: "Say: Allāh is one"[3] and "Say: O you disbelievers."[4] (Da'if)

Arabic text

1150 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْجُرَيْرِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ، وَكَانَ يَقُولُ: «نِعْمَ السُّورَتَانِ هُمَا، يُقْرَأُ بِهِمَا فِي رَكْعَتَيِ الْفَجْرِ، قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ، وَقُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Kāfirun (109).

2 [2] Al-Ikhlas (112).

3 [3] Al-Kāfirun (109).

4 [4] Al-Ikhlas (112).

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1150

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1150

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 103

What Has Been Narrated Concerning: Once The Iqâmah Has Been Called, There Should Be No Prayer Except The Obligatory One

Hadith 1151

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1151. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Once the Iqâmah has been called, there should be no prayer but the obligatory one." (Sahih) Another chain with similar wording.

Arabic text

1151 - حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَزْهَرُ بْنُ الْقَاسِمِ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو بِشْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا رَوْحُ بْنُ عُبَادَةَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا زَكَرِيَّا بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، فَلَا صَلَاةَ إِلَّا الْمَكْتُوبَةُ» ، حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمِثْلِهِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1151

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1151

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1152

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1152. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Sarjis that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ saw a man performing the two Rak'ah before the morning prayer while he himself was performing prayer. When he had finished praying he said to him: "Which of your two prayers did you intend to be counted (i.e. accepted)?" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1152 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَرْجِسَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، رَأَى رَجُلًا يُصَلِّي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ صَلَاةِ الْغَدَاةِ، وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَلَمَّا صَلَّى قَالَ لَهُ: «بِأَيِّ صَلَاتَيْكَ اعْتَدَدْتَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1152

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1152

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1153

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1153. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Mâlik bin Buhainah said: "The Prophet ﷺ passed by a man who was praying when the Iqâmah for Subh prayer had been called, and he said something to him, I do not know what he said. When he finished, we surrounded the man and asked him: 'What did the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ say to you?' He said: 'He said to me: "Soon one of you will pray Fajr with four Rak'ah.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1153 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَرْوَانَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الْعُثْمَانِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ حَفْصِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَالِكِ بْنِ بُحَيْنَةَ، قَالَ: مَرَّ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِرَجُلٍ وَقَدْ أُقِيمَتْ صَلَاةُ الصُّبْحِ، وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي، فَكَلَّمَهُ بِشَيْءٍ لَا أَدْرِي مَا هُوَ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ أَحَطْنَا بِهِ نَقُولُ لَهُ: مَاذَا قَالَ لَكَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَ: قَالَ لِي: «يُوشِكُ أَحَدُكُمْ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ الْفَجْرَ أَرْبَعًا» بَابُ مَا جَاءَ فِيمَنْ فَاتَتْهُ الرَّكْعَتَانِ قَبْلَ صَلَاةِ الْفَجْرِ مَتَى يَقْضِيهِمَا

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1153

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1153

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 104

What Was Narrated Concerning The One Who Misses The Two Rak'ah Before Fajr Prayer When Should He Make Them Up?

Hadith 1154

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1154. It was narrated that Qais bin 'Amr said: "The Prophet ﷺ saw a man praying two Rak'ah after the Subh prayer and said, 'Is the Subh prayer to be offered twice?' The man said to him: 'I did not pray the two Rak'ah before it, so I prayed them (now).The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ remained silent." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1154 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: رَأَى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَجُلًا يُصَلِّي بَعْدَ صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَصَلَاةَ الصُّبْحِ مَرَّتَيْنِ؟» فَقَالَ لَهُ الرَّجُلُ: إِنِّي لَمْ أَكُنْ صَلَّيْتُ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اللَّتَيْنِ قَبْلَهَا، فَصَلَّيْتُهُمَا. قَالَ: فَسَكَتَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1154

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1154

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1155

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1155. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ slept and missed the two Rak'ah before Fajr, so he made them up after the sun had risen. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1155 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَيَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا مَرْوَانُ بْنُ مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ _ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ _ «نَامَ عَنْ رَكْعَتَيِ الْفَجْرِ، فَقَضَاهُمَا بَعْدَ مَا طَلَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ» بَابُ مَا جَاءَ فِي الْأَرْبَعِ الرَّكَعَاتِ قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1155

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1155

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 105

Four Rak'ah Before The Zuhr

Hadith 1156

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1156. It was narrated from Qâbus that his father said: "My father sent word to 'Aîshah, asking which prayer the Prophet ﷺ most liked to perform regularly. She said: 'He used to perform four Rak'ah before the Zuhr, in which he would stand for a long time and bow and prostrate perfectly.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1156 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ قَابُوسَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: أَرْسَلَ أَبِي إِلَى عَائِشَةَ: أَيُّ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ أَحَبَّ إِلَيْهِ أَنْ يُوَاظِبَ عَلَيْهَا؟ قَالَتْ: «كَانَ يُصَلِّي أَرْبَعًا قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ، يُطِيلُ فِيهِنَّ الْقِيَامَ، وَيُحْسِنُ فِيهِنَّ الرُّكُوعَ وَالسُّجُودَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1156

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1156

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1157

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1157. It was narrated from Abu Ayyub that the Prophet ﷺ used to perform four Rak'ah before the Zuhr when the sun had passed its zenith, and he did not separate them with a Taslim. He said, "The gates of heaven are opened when the sun passes its zenith." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1157 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ عُبَيْدَةَ بْنِ مُعَتِّبٍ الضَّبِّيِّ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ سَهْمِ بْنِ مِنْجَابٍ، عَنْ قَزَعَةَ، عَنْ قَرْثَعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُصَلِّي قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ أَرْبَعًا إِذَا زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ، لَا يَفْصِلُ بَيْنَهُنَّ بِتَسْلِيمٍ، وَقَالَ: «إِنَّ أَبْوَابَ السَّمَاءِ تُفْتَحُ إِذَا زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1157

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1157

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 106

One Who Misses The Four Rak'ah Before The Zuhr

Hadith 1158

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1158. It was narrated that 'Aîshah said: "If the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ missed the four Rak'ah before the Zuhr, he would perform them after the two Rak'ah which come after the Zuhr." (Da'if) Abu Abdullah (Ibn Mâjah): No one narrated it except Qais on the authority of Shu'bāh.

Arabic text

1158 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، وَزَيْدُ بْنُ أَخْزَمَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَعْمَرٍ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ دَاوُدَ الْكُوفِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا قَيْسُ بْنُ الرَّبِيعِ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا فَاتَتْهُ الْأَرْبَعُ قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ، صَلَّاهَا بَعْدَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الظُّهْرِ» قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: لَمْ يُحَدِّثْ بِهِ إِلَّا قَيْسٌ عَنْ شُعْبَةَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1158

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1158

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 107

One Who Misses The Two Rak'ah After The Zuhr

Hadith 1159

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniMunkar
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1159. It was narrated that 'Abdullāh bin Hārith said: "Mu'āwiyah sent word to Umm Salamah, and I went with his envoy who put the question to Umm Salamah. She said: 'While the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was performing ablution for the Zuhr in my house and he had sent a Sā'i,[1] the Muhājirin gathered around him in large numbers, and he was busy dealing with them. When a knock on the door came, he went out and performed the Zuhr, then he sat and distributed what had been brought to him.' She said: 'He continued doing that until the 'Asr. Then he came into my house and performed two Rak'ah. Then he said: "The matter of the Sā'i kept me from praying them after Zuhr, so I prayed them after 'Asr.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1159 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، قَالَ: أَرْسَلَ مُعَاوِيَةُ إِلَى أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، فَانْطَلَقْتُ مَعَ الرَّسُولِ فَسَأَلَ أُمَّ سَلَمَةَ، فَقَالَتْ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَيْنَمَا هُوَ يَتَوَضَّأُ فِي بَيْتِي لِلظُّهْرِ، وَكَانَ قَدْ بَعَثَ سَاعِيًا، وَكَثُرَ عِنْدَهُ الْمُهَاجِرُونَ وَقَدْ أَهَمَّهُ شَأْنُهُمْ، إِذْ ضُرِبَ الْبَابُ، فَخَرَجَ إِلَيْهِ، فَصَلَّى الظُّهْرَ، ثُمَّ جَلَسَ يَقْسِمُ مَا جَاءَ بِهِ، قَالَتْ: فَلَمْ يَزَلْ كَذَلِكَ حَتَّى الْعَصْرِ، ثُمَّ دَخَلَ مَنْزِلِي فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «شَغَلَنِي أَمْرُ السَّاعِي أَنْ أُصَلِّيَهُمَا بَعْدَ الظُّهْرِ، فَصَلَّيْتُهُمَا بَعْدَ الْعَصْرِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] The person responsible for collecting the Zakāt is sometimes called: As-Sā'i.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1159

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1159

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 108

What Was Narrated Concerning One Who Performs Four Rak'ah Before The Zuhr And Four Rak'ah Afterwards

Hadith 1160

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1160. It was narrated from Umm Habibah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever prays four Rak'ah before the Zuhr and four afterwards, Allāh will forbid him to the Fire." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1160 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الشُّعَيْثِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَنْبَسَةَ بْنِ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ أُمِّ حَبِيبَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ صَلَّى قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ أَرْبَعًا، وَبَعْدَهَا أَرْبَعًا، حَرَّمَهُ اللَّهُ عَلَى النَّارِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1160

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1160

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 109

What Was Narrated About What Is Recommended Of Voluntary (Prayer) During The Daytime

Hadith 1161

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1161. It was narrated that 'Āsim bin Damrah As-Saluli said: "We asked 'Ali about the voluntary (prayer) of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ during the day. He said: 'You will not be able.' We said: 'Inform us of it, we will do what we can of it?' So he said: 'When he prayed the Fajr he would delay praying any more. When the sun appeared over there (west) – like it appears here, meaning in the direction of the east, about the amount for the 'Asr prayer from there, meaning in the direction of the west, meaning before the Maghrib – he would stand and perform two Rak'ah[1] then he would delay praying until the sun appeared over there (west), meaning in the direction of the east, about the amount of the Zuhr prayer from there, then he would stand and perform four. And, four before the Zuhr when the sun passed the zenith, and two Rak'ah after it, and, four before the 'Asr, separating between every two Rak'ah with Taslim[2] upon the angels that are close (to Allāh), the Prophets, and those who follow them among the Muslims and the believers." 'Ali said: "That is sixteen Rak'ah of voluntary prayer which Allāh's Messenger ﷺ performed during the day. And there are very few who offer them regularly." (Hasan) Waki' said: "My father added: Habib bin Abu Thâbit said: 'O Abu Ishâq, this mosque filled with gold would not be dearer to me than this Hadith of yours.'"

Arabic text

1161 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، وَأَبِي، وَإِسْرَائِيلُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ ضَمْرَةَ السَّلُولِيِّ، قَالَ: سَأَلْنَا عَلِيًّا، عَنْ تَطَوُّعِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالنَّهَارِ فَقَالَ: إِنَّكُمْ لَا تُطِيقُونَهُ، فَقُلْنَا: أَخْبِرْنَا بِهِ نَأْخُذْ مِنْهُ مَا اسْتَطَعْنَا، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «إِذَا صَلَّى الْفَجْرَ يُمْهِلُ، حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَتِ الشَّمْسُ مِنْ هَاهُنَا - يَعْنِي مِنْ قِبَلِ الْمَشْرِقِ - بِمِقْدَارِهَا مِنْ صَلَاةِ الْعَصْرِ مِنْ هَاهُنَا - يَعْنِي مِنْ قِبَلِ الْمَغْرِبِ - قَامَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ يُمْهِلُ حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَتِ الشَّمْسُ مِنْ هَاهُنَا، - يَعْنِي مِنْ قِبَلِ الْمَشْرِقِ - مِقْدَارَهَا مِنْ صَلَاةِ الظُّهْرِ مِنْ هَاهُنَا قَامَ فَصَلَّى أَرْبَعًا، وَأَرْبَعًا قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ إِذَا زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَهَا، وَأَرْبَعًا قَبْلَ الْعَصْرِ، يَفْصِلُ بَيْنَ كُلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ بِالتَّسْلِيمِ عَلَى الْمَلَائِكَةِ الْمُقَرَّبِينَ وَالنَّبِيِّينَ، وَمَنْ تَبِعَهُمْ مِنَ الْمُسْلِمِينَ وَالْمُؤْمِنِينَ» قَالَ عَلِيٌّ: فَتِلْكَ سِتَّ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً، تَطَوُّعُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالنَّهَارِ، وَقَلَّ مَنْ يُدَاوِمُ عَلَيْهَا، قَالَ وَكِيعٌ: زَادَ فِيهِ أَبِي: فَقَالَ حَبِيبُ بْنُ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ يَا أَبَا إِسْحَاقَ مَا أُحِبُّ أَنَّ لِي بِحَدِيثِكَ هَذَا مِلْءَ مَسْجِدِكَ هَذَا ذَهَبًا

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, when the sun was low above the eastern horizon. That is the time of the Duha.

2 [2] Meaning the Tashah-hud as indicated in Injâh Al-Hijâh and explanation by Sindi. See no. 429 according to Tirmidhi and his discussion after it.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1161

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1161

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 110

What Was Narrated Concerning The Two Rak'ah Before The Maghrib

Hadith 1162

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1162. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Mughaffal said: "The Prophet of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Between every two Adhâns there is a prayer.' He said it three times, and on the third time he said, 'For those who wish.'"[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1162 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، وَوَكِيعٌ، عَنْ كَهْمَسٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُغَفَّلٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «بَيْنَ كُلِّ أَذَانَيْنِ صَلَاةٌ» قَالَهَا ثَلَاثًا. قَالَ فِي الثَّالِثَةِ: «لِمَنْ شَاءَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1162

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1162

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1163

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1163. 'Ali bin Zaid bin Jud'ân said: "I heard Anas bin Mâlik say: 'The Mu'adh-dhin would call the Adhân during the time of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, and one would think that it was the Iqâmah because there were so many people who stood and performed the two Rak'ah before the Maghrib.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1163 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَلِيَّ بْنَ زَيْدِ بْنِ جُدْعَانَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، يَقُولُ: «إِنْ كَانَ الْمُؤَذِّنُ لَيُؤَذِّنُ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَيُرَى أَنَّهَا الْإِقَامَةُ، مِنْ كَثْرَةِ مَنْ يَقُومُ فَيُصَلِّي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْمَغْرِبِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning Adhân and Iqâmah, see the explanation of Sindi.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1163

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1163

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 111

Concerning The Two Rak'ah After The Maghrib

Hadith 1164

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1164. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to pray the Maghrib, then he would come back to my house and pray two Rak'ah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1164 - حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدَّوْرَقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي الْمَغْرِبَ، ثُمَّ يَرْجِعُ إِلَى بَيْتِي فَيُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1164

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1164

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1165

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1165. It was narrated that Râfi' bin Khadij said: "We came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ with Banu 'Abdul-Ashhal, and he led us in praying the Maghrib in our mosque. Then he said: 'Pray these two Rak'ah in your houses.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1165 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ بْنُ الضَّحَّاكِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ عُمَرَ بْنِ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ مَحْمُودِ بْنِ لَبِيدٍ، عَنْ رَافِعِ بْنِ خَدِيجٍ، قَالَ: أَتَانَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي بَنِي عَبْدِ الْأَشْهَلِ، فَصَلَّى بِنَا الْمَغْرِبَ فِي مَسْجِدِنَا، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «ارْكَعُوا هَاتَيْنِ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ فِي بُيُوتِكُمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1165

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1165

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 112

What Is To Be Recited In The Two Rak'ah After the Maghrib

Hadith 1166

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1166. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ud that for the two Rak'ah after Maghrib, the Prophet ﷺ used to recite: "Say: O you disbelievers!"[1] and "Say: He is Allāh the One."[2] (Da'if) [1] Al-Kāfirun (109). [2] Al-Ikhlas (112).

Arabic text

1166 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ الْأَزْهَرِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ وَاقِدٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُؤَمَّلِ بْنِ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَدَلُ بْنُ الْمُحَبَّرِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ بَهْدَلَةَ، عَنْ زِرٍّ، وَأَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ صَلَاةِ الْمَغْرِبِ قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ وَقُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1166

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1166

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 113

What Was Narrated Concerning The Six Rak'ah After The Maghrib

Hadith 1167

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1167. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever prays six Rak'ah after the Maghrib and does not say anything bad in between them, will have a reward equal to the worship of twelve years." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1167 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْحُسَيْنِ الْعُكْلِيُّ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عُمَرُ بْنُ أَبِي خَثْعَمٍ الْيَمَامِيُّ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَوْفٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «مَنْ صَلَّى بَعْدَ الْمَغْرِبِ سِتَّ رَكَعَاتٍ لَمْ يَتَكَلَّمْ بَيْنَهُنَّ بِسُوءٍ، عُدِلْنَ لَهُ بِعِبَادَةِ ثِنْتَيْ عَشْرَةَ سَنَةً»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1167

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1167

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 114

What Was Narrated Concerning Witr

Hadith 1168

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1168. It was narrated that Kharijah bin Hudhafah Al-Adawi said: "The Prophet ﷺ came out to us and said: 'Allâh has increased a prayer for you which is better for you than red camels. (It is) Witr, which Allâh has enjoined on you between the 'Ishâ' prayer and the onset of dawn.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1168 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ الْمِصْرِيُّ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ رَاشِدٍ الزَّوْفِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي مُرَّةَ الزَّوْفِيِّ، عَنْ خَارِجَةَ بْنِ حُذَافَةَ الْعَدَوِيِّ، قَالَ: خَرَجَ عَلَيْنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ قَدْ أَمَدَّكُمْ بِصَلَاةٍ، لَهِيَ خَيْرٌ لَكُمْ مِنْ حُمُرِ النَّعَمِ، الْوِتْرُ، جَعَلَهُ اللَّهُ لَكُمْ فِيمَا بَيْنَ صَلَاةِ الْعِشَاءِ إِلَى أَنْ يَطْلُعَ الْفَجْرُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1168

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1168

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1169

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1169. 'Ali bin Abu Tālib said: "Witr is not definite (obligatory) nor is it like your prescribed prayers. But the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed Witr, then he said: 'O people of the Qur'ān! Perform Witr, for Allāh is Witr[1] and He loves the odd (numbered).'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1169 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ ضَمْرَةَ السَّلُولِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَلِيُّ بْنُ أَبِي طَالِبٍ: إِنَّ الْوِتْرَ لَيْسَ بِحَتْمٍ وَلَا كَصَلَاتِكُمُ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ، وَلَكِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَوْتَرَ ثُمَّ قَالَ: «يَا أَهْلَ الْقُرْآنِ أَوْتِرُوا؛ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ وِتْرٌ يُحِبُّ الْوِتْرَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1169

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1169

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1170

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1170. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin Mas'ud that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Allāh is Witr and He loves the odd (numbered), so perform Witr, O people of the Qur'ān." A Bedouin said: 'What is the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ saying?' He said: 'That is not for you or your companions.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1170 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو حَفْصٍ الْأَبَّارُ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ وِتْرٌ يُحِبُّ الْوِتْرَ. أَوْتِرُوا يَا أَهْلَ الْقُرْآنِ» فَقَالَ أَعْرَابِيٌّ: مَا يَقُولُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَ: لَيْسَ لَكَ وَلَا لِأَصْحَابِكَ

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning 'one' which is the first of the odd numbers; He is unique, and there is nothing like Him, similar or equal.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1170

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1170

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 115

What Was Narrated Concerning What Is To Be Recited In Witr

Hadith 1171

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1171. It was narrated that Ubayy bin Ka'b said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to perform Witr and recite: 'Glorify the Name of your Lord the Most High.'[1] 'Say: O you disbelievers!'[2] and 'Say: Allâh is One.'"[3] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1171 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو حَفْصٍ الْأَبَّارُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ طَلْحَةَ، وَزُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ ذَرٍّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبْزَى، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوتِرُ بِسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى، وَقُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ، وَقُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1171

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1171

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1172

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1172. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbâs that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to perform Witr and recite: "Glorify the Name of [1] Al-A'la (87). [2] Al-Kâfirun (109). [3] Al-Ikhlas (112). your Lord the Most High,"[1]"Say: O you disbelievers!"[2] and'Say: Allāh is One.'"[3] (Sahih) Another chain with similarwording.

Arabic text

1172 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أَحْمَدَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُوتِرُ بِسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى، وَقُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ، وَقُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ» ، حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ أَبُو بَكْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1172

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1172

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1173

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1173. It was narrated that 'Abdul-'Aziz bin Juraij said: "We asked'Aishah what the Messenger of Allāhﷺ used to recite in Witr. She said:'He used to recite: "Glorify theName of your Lord the MostHigh,"[4] in the first Rak'ah, 'Say: "Oyou disbelievers!"'[5] in the secondRak'ah, and 'Say: Allāh is One' in thethird and the Mu'awwidhatain(Chapter 113, 114).'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1173 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، وَأَبُو يُوسُفَ الرَّقِّيُّ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ الصَّيْدَلَانِيُّ قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ خُصَيْفٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْنَا عَائِشَةَ، بِأَيِّ شَيْءٍ كَانَ يُوتِرُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَتْ: «كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأُولَى بِسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى، وَفِي الثَّانِيَةِ قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ، وَفِي الثَّالِثَةِ قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ وَالْمُعَوِّذَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1173

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1173

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 116

What WasNarrated Concerning PrayingOne Rak'ah For Witr

Hadith 1174

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1174. It was narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to pray (voluntary prayers) at night two by two, and he would pray one Rak’ah of Witr.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1174 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ مَثْنَى مَثْنَى، وَيُوتِرُ بِرَكْعَةٍ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-A'la (87).

2 [2] Al-Kāfirun (109).

3 [3] Al-Ikhlas (112).

4 [4] Al-A'la (87).

5 [5] Al-Kāfirun (109).

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1174

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1174

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1175

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1175. Abu Mijlaz narrated that Ibn ‘Umar said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘Night prayers are to be offered two by two, and Witr is one Rak’ah.’ I said: ‘What do you think if I become drowsy and I want to sleep?’ He said: ‘Put “what do you think” up there with that star? (i.e., don’t think about it at all).’ I raised my head and saw As-Simāk.[1] He repeated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said, ‘Night prayers are to be offered two by two, and Witr is one Rak’ah, before dawn.’” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1175 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّوَارِبِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَاحِدِ بْنُ زِيَادٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمٌ، عَنْ أَبِي مِجْلَزٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «صَلَاةُ اللَّيْلِ مَثْنَى مَثْنَى، وَالْوِتْرُ رَكْعَةٌ» ، قُلْتُ: أَرَأَيْتَ إِنْ غَلَبَتْنِي عَيْنِي، أَرَأَيْتَ إِنْ نِمْتُ؟ قَالَ: اجْعَلْ - أَرَأَيْتَ - عِنْدَ ذَلِكَ النَّجْمِ، فَرَفَعْتُ رَأْسِي، فَإِذَا السِّمَاكُ، ثُمَّ أَعَادَ فَقَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «صَلَاةُ اللَّيْلِ مَثْنَى مَثْنَى، وَالْوِتْرُ رَكْعَةٌ قَبْلَ الصُّبْحِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1175

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1175

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1176

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1176. A man asked Ibn 'Umar: "How should I perform Witr?" He said: "Pray Witr with one Rak'ah." He said: "I am afraid that the people will say that I am cutting the prayer short." He said: "The Sunnah of Allāh and His Messenger." meaning "This is the Sunnah of Allāh and His Messenger." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1176 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمُطَّلِبُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: سَأَلَ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ: كَيْفَ أُوْتِرُ؟ قَالَ: «أَوْتِرْ بِوَاحِدَةٍ» ، قَالَ: إِنِّي أَخْشَى أَنْ يَقُولَ النَّاسُ الْبُتَيْرَاءُ، فَقَالَ: «سُنَّةُ اللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِ» ، يُرِيدُ: هَذِهِ سُنَّةُ اللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1176

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1176

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1177

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1177. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say Taslim after every two Rak'ah, and he would perform Witr with one Rak'ah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1177 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُسَلِّمُ فِي كُلِّ ثِنْتَيْنِ، وَيُوتِرُ بِوَاحِدَةٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1177

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1177

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 117

What Was Narrated Concerning The Qunut In Witr

Hadith 1178

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1178. It was narrated that Al-Hasan bin 'Ali said: "My grandfather, the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, taught me some words to say in Qunut of Witr: Allāhumma 'afini fiman 'afait, wa tawallani fiman tawallait, wahdini fiman hadait, wa qini sharra mā qadait, wa bārik li fima a'tait. Innaka taqdi wa lā yuqda 'alaik, innahu lā yudhillu man wālait. Subhānaka rabbanā tabārakta wa ta'ālait (O Allāh, pardon me along with those whom You have pardoned, be an ally to me along with those whom You are an ally to, guide me along with those whom You have guided, protect me from the evil that You have decreed, and bless for me that which You have bestowed. For verily You decree and none can decree over You. He whom You support can never be humiliated. Glory is to You, our Lord, You are Blessed and Exalted.)" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1178 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ بُرَيْدِ بْنِ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْحَوْرَاءِ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: عَلَّمَنِي جَدِّي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَلِمَاتٍ أَقُولُهُنَّ فِي قُنُوتِ الْوِتْرِ: «اللَّهُمَّ عَافِنِي فِيمَنْ عَافَيْتَ، وَتَوَلَّنِي فِيمَنْ تَوَلَّيْتَ، وَاهْدِنِي فِيمَنْ هَدَيْتَ، وَقِنِي شَرَّ مَا قَضَيْتَ، وَبَارِكْ لِي فِيمَا أَعْطَيْتَ، إِنَّكَ تَقْضِي وَلَا يُقْضَى عَلَيْكَ، إِنَّهُ لَا يَذِلُّ مَنْ وَالَيْتَ، سُبْحَانَكَ رَبَّنَا تَبَارَكْتَ وَتَعَالَيْتَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1178

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1178

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1179

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1179. It was narrated from 'Ali bin Abi Tālib that the Prophet ﷺ used to say at the end of Witr: "Allāhumma inni a'udhu bika biridāka min sakhatika, wa a'udhu bimu'āfātika min 'uqubatika, wa a'udhu bika minka, lā uhsi thanā'an 'alaika, Anta kamā athnaita 'ala nafsika (O Allāh, I seek refuge in Your pleasure from Your wrath, and I seek refuge in Your forgiveness from Your punishment, and I seek refuge in You from You. I cannot enumerate Your praise, You are as You have praised Yourself.”(Sahih)

Arabic text

1179 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَمْرٍو حَفْصُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَهْزُ بْنُ أَسَدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الْفَزَارِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ بْنِ هِشَامٍ الْمَخْزُومِيِّ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ: فِي آخِرِ الْوِتْرِ «اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِرِضَاكَ مِنْ سَخَطِكَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِمُعَافَاتِكَ مِنْ عُقُوبَتِكَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْكَ، لَا أُحْصِي ثَنَاءً عَلَيْكَ، أَنْتَ كَمَا أَثْنَيْتَ عَلَى نَفْسِكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1179

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1179

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 118

One Who Does Not Raise His Hands In Qunut

Hadith 1180

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1180. It was narrated from Anas bin Mâlik that the Prophet ﷺ did not raise his hands in any of his supplications except when praying for rain (Istisqâ), when he raised his hands so high that the whiteness of his armpits could be seen. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1180 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ لَا يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ فِي شَيْءٍ مِنْ دُعَائِهِ إِلَّا عِنْدَ الِاسْتِسْقَاءِ، فَإِنَّهُ كَانَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ إِبْطَيْهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1180

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1180

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 119

Raising The Hands In Supplication And Wiping The Face With Them

Hadith 1181

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1181. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'When you call upon Allâh, then do so with the palms of your hands (upwards). Do not do so with the back of your hands (upwards). And when you finish, then wipe your face with them.''" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1181 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَائِذُ بْنُ حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ حَسَّانَ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ كَعْبٍ الْقُرَظِيِّ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا دَعَوْتَ اللَّهَ فَادْعُ بِبَاطِنِ كَفَّيْكَ، وَلَا تَدْعُ بِظُهُورِهِمَا، فَإِذَا فَرَغْتَ فَامْسَحْ بِهِمَا وَجْهَكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1181

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1181

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 120

What Was Narrated Concerning Reciting Qunut Before Ruku' Or Afterwards

Hadith 1182

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1182. It was narrated from Ubayy bin Ka'b that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to pray Witr and he would recite Qunut before Ruku'. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1182 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مَيْمُونٍ الرَّقِّيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَخْلَدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ زُبَيْدٍ الْيَامِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبْزَى، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «كَانَ يُوتِرُ فَيَقْنُتُ قَبْلَ الرُّكُوعِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1182

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1182

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1183

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1183. It was narrated that Anas bin Mâlik said: He was asked about Qunut in the Subh prayer, and he said: "We used to recite Qunut before Ruku' and afterwards." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1183 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَهْلُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدٌ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: سُئِلَ عَنِ الْقُنُوتِ فِي صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ، فَقَالَ: «كُنَّا نَقْنُتُ قَبْلَ الرُّكُوعِ وَبَعْدَهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1183

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1183

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1184

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1184. It was narrated that Muhammad said: "I asked Anas bin Mālik about Qunut, and he said: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ recited Qunut after Ruku'.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1184 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ عَنِ الْقُنُوتِ، فَقَالَ: «قَنَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَعْدَ الرُّكُوعِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1184

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1184

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 121

What Was Narrated Concerning Witr At The End Of The Night

Hadith 1185

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1185. It was narrated that Masruq said: "I asked 'Aishah about the Witr of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. She said: 'He prayed Witr at every part of the night, at the beginning, in the middle and at the end, when he died (he would perform it) just before dawn.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1185 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حُصَيْنٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ عَنْ وِتْرِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَتْ: «مِنْ كُلِّ اللَّيْلِ قَدْ أَوْتَرَ، مِنْ أَوَّلِهِ وَأَوْسَطِهِ، وَانْتَهَى وِتْرُهُ حِينَ مَاتَ فِي السَّحَرِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1185

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1185

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1186

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1186. It was narrated that ‘Ali said: “At every part of the night the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prayed Witr, at the beginning and in the middle, and finally his Witr was just before dawn.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1186 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ ضَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: «مِنْ كُلِّ اللَّيْلِ قَدْ أَوْتَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، مِنْ أَوَّلِهِ وَأَوْسَطِهِ، وَانْتَهَى وِتْرُهُ إِلَى السَّحَرِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1186

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1186

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1187

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1187. It was narrated from Jâbir that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: “Whoever among you fears that he will not wake up at the end of the night, let him pray Witr at the beginning of the night, then go to sleep. Whoever hopes that he will wake up at the end of the night, let him pray Witr at the end of the night, for recitation (of the Qur’ân) at the end of the night is attended (by the angels), and that is better.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1187 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي غَنِيَّةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «مَنْ خَافَ مِنْكُمْ أَنْ لَا يَسْتَيْقِظَ مِنْ آخِرِ اللَّيْلِ، فَلْيُوتِرْ مِنْ أَوَّلِ اللَّيْلِ ثُمَّ لِيَرْقُدْ، وَمَنْ طَمِعَ مِنْكُمْ أَنْ يَسْتَيْقِظَ مِنْ آخِرِ اللَّيْلِ، فَلْيُوتِرْ مِنْ آخِرِ اللَّيْلِ، فَإِنَّ قِرَاءَةَ آخِرِ اللَّيْلِ مَحْضُورَةٌ، وَذَلِكَ أَفْضَلُ» بَابُ مَنْ نَامَ عَنِ الْوِتْرِ أَوْ نَسِيَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1187

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1187

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 122

One Who Sleeps And Misses Witr, Or Forgets It

Hadith 1188

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1188. It was narrated that Abu Sa'eed said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever sleeps and misses Witr, or forgets it, let him pray it when morning comes, or when he remembers.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1188 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُصْعَبٍ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ الْمَدِينِيُّ، وَسُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ نَامَ عَنِ الْوِتْرِ أَوْ نَسِيَهُ، فَلْيُصَلِّ إِذَا أَصْبَحَ، أَوْ ذَكَرَهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1188

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1188

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1189

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1189. It was narrated that Abu Sa'eed said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Pray Witr before morning comes.'" (Sahih) Muhammad bin Yahya said: "This Hadith indicates that the narration of 'Abdur-Rahmān (no. 1188) is feeble (weak)."

Arabic text

1189 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ الْأَزْهَرِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَوْتِرُوا قَبْلَ أَنْ تُصْبِحُوا» ، قَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى: فِي هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ دَلِيلٌ عَلَى أَنَّ حَدِيثَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ وَاهٍ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1189

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1189

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 123

What Was Narrated Concerning Witr With Three, Five, Seven Or Nine Rak'ah

Hadith 1190

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1190. It was narrated from Abu Ayyub Al-Ansâri that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Witr is Haqq."[1] Whoever wishes let him pray Witr with five (Rak'ah), and whoever wishes let him pray Witr with three (Rak'ah), and whoever wishes let him pray Witr with one (Rak'ah)."(Sahih)

Arabic text

1190 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْفِرْيَابِيُّ، عَنِ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ اللَّيْثِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي أَيُّوبَ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «الْوِتْرُ حَقٌّ، فَمَنْ شَاءَ فَلْيُوتِرْ بِخَمْسٍ، وَمَنْ شَاءَ فَلْيُوتِرْ بِثَلَاثٍ، وَمَنْ شَاءَ فَلْيُوتِرْ بِوَاحِدَةٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1190

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1190

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1191

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1191. It was narrated that Sa'd bin Hishâm said: "I asked 'Aishah: 'O Mother of the Believers! Tell me about the Witr of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ.' She said: 'We used to keep his tooth stick and water for ablution ready for him. Allâh would wake him as He willed to during the night, and he would use the tooth stick and perform ablution, then he would pray nine Rak'ah, during which he would not sit until the eighth Rak'ah. Then he would call upon his Lord and remember Allâh and praise Him and supplicate to Him. Then he would get up without saying the Salâm. Then he would stand up and pray the ninth Rak'ah. Then he would sit and remember Allāh and praise Him, and supplicate to his Lord and send blessing upon His Prophet. Then he would say Salām that we could hear. Then he would pray two Rak'ah after the Salām, while he was sitting down. That was eleven Rak'ah. When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ grew older and had gained weight, he would pray Witr with seven Rak'ah and then pray two more Rak'ah after he had said the Salām.'' (Sahih)

Arabic text

1191 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ زُرَارَةَ بْنِ أَوْفَى، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ هِشَامٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ، قُلْتُ: يَا أُمَّ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ أَفْتِينِي عَنْ وِتْرِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَتْ: «كُنَّا نُعِدُّ لَهُ سِوَاكَهُ وَطَهُورَهُ، فَيَبْعَثُهُ اللَّهُ فِيمَا شَاءَ أَنْ يَبْعَثَهُ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ، فَيَتَسَوَّكُ وَيَتَوَضَّأُ، ثُمَّ يُصَلِّي تِسْعَ رَكَعَاتٍ. لَا يَجْلِسُ فِيهَا إِلَّا عِنْدَ الثَّامِنَةِ فَيَدْعُو رَبَّهُ، فَيَذْكُرُ اللَّهَ وَيَحْمَدُهُ وَيَدْعُوهُ، ثُمَّ يَنْهَضُ وَلَا يُسَلِّمُ، ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيُصَلِّي التَّاسِعَةَ، ثُمَّ يَقْعُدُ فَيَذْكُرُ اللَّهَ، وَيَحْمَدُهُ وَيَدْعُو رَبَّهُ وَيُصَلِّي عَلَى نَبِيِّهِ، ثُمَّ يُسَلِّمُ تَسْلِيمًا يُسْمِعُنَا، ثُمَّ يُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ مَا يُسَلِّمُ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ، فَتِلْكَ إِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً، فَلَمَّا أَسَنَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَأَخَذَ اللَّحْمَ، أَوْتَرَ بِسَبْعٍ وَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ مَا سَلَّمَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] They differ over whether it means 'a requirement' or 'true,' meaning that it is an established Sunnah, based upon the different views about its status. Haqq is sometimes used to mean 'a duty' like in the case of the 'right' of Allâh upon the worshipers, and, the 'right' of the Muslim upon the Muslim.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1191

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1191

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1192

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1192. It was narrated that Umm Salamah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to pray Witr with seven or five Rak'ah, and he would not say Salām or speak in between them." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1192 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ زُهَيْرٍ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنِ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ مِقْسَمٍ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «يُوتِرُ بِسَبْعٍ أَوْ بِخَمْسٍ، لَا يَفْصِلُ بَيْنَهُنَّ بِتَسْلِيمٍ وَلَا كَلَامٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1192

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1192

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 124

What Was Narrated Concerning Witr When Traveling

Hadith 1193

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1193. It was narrated from Sālim that his father said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to pray two Rak'ah while traveling, and he did not do more than that. And he used to pray Tahajjud at night." I asked: "Did he pray Witr?" He said: "Yes." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1193 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سِنَانٍ، وَإِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُصَلِّي فِي السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، لَا يَزِيدُ عَلَيْهِمَا، وَكَانَ يَتَهَجَّدُ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ» . قُلْتُ: وَكَانَ يُوتِرُ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1193

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1193

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1194

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1194. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās and Ibn 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prescribed two Rak'ah of prayer when traveling; they are complete and are not shortened. And Witr when traveling is Sunnah." [1] (Da'if)

Arabic text

1194 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُوسَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ عَامِرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَابْنِ عُمَرَ قَالَا: «سَنَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاةَ السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَهُمَا تَمَامٌ غَيْرُ قَصْرٍ، وَالْوِتْرُ فِي السَّفَرِ سُنَّةٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1194

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1194

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 125

What Was Narrated Concerning The Two Rak'ah Sitting Down After Witr

Hadith 1195

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1195. It was narrated from Umm Salamah that the Prophet ﷺ used to pray two short Rak'ah after Witr, sitting down. (Sahih) الخ.

Arabic text

1195 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَيْمُونُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْمَرَئِيُّ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ أُمِّهِ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُصَلِّي بَعْدَ الْوِتْرِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ خَفِيفَتَيْنِ، وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ»

Footnotes

1 [1] See nos. 1063 and 1064.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1195

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1195

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1196

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1196. It was narrated that Abu Salamah said: "Āishah narrated to me that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed Witr with one Rak'ah, then he prayed two Rak'ah in which he recited while sitting, then when he wanted to bow, he stood up and bowed." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1196 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَاحِدِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَتْنِي عَائِشَةُ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُوتِرُ بِوَاحِدَةٍ، ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ رَكْعَتَيْنِ يَقْرَأُ فِيهِمَا وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ، فَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ، قَامَ فَرَكَعَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1196

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1196

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 126

What Was Narrated Concerning Lying Down After Witr And After The Two Rak'ah Of Fajr

Hadith 1197

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1197. It was narrated that Āishah said: "I never used to see the Prophet ﷺ at the end of the night, except that he was sleeping near me." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1197 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، وَسُفْيَانَ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «مَا كُنْتُ أُلْفِي - أَوْ أَلْقَى - النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ آخِرِ اللَّيْلِ إِلَّا وَهُوَ نَائِمٌ عِنْدِي» ، قَالَ وَكِيعٌ: تَعْنِي بَعْدَ الْوِتْرِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1197

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1197

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1198

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1198. It was narrated that Āishah said: "When the Prophet ☼ prayed the two (Sunnah) Rak'ah of Fajr, he would lie down on his right side." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1198 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيِ الْفَجْرِ اضْطَجَعَ عَلَى شِقِّهِ الْأَيْمَنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1198

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1198

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1199

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1199. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prayed the two (Sunnah) Rak'ah of Fajr, he would lie down." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1199 - حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا النَّضْرُ بْنُ شُمَيْلٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا شُعْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي سُهَيْلُ بْنُ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيِ الْفَجْرِ اضْطَجَعَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1199

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1199

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 127

What Was Narrated Concerning Witr While Riding

Hadith 1200

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1200. It was narrated that Sa'eed bin Yasâr said: "I was with Ibn 'Umar and I lagged behind and prayed Witr. He said: 'What kept you?' I said: 'I was praying Witr.' He said: 'Do you not have the best of examples in the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ?' I said: 'Of course.' He said: 'The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to pray Witr while riding his camel.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1200 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سِنَانٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عُمَرَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ بْنِ الْخَطَّابِ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ مَعَ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، فَتَخَلَّفْتُ فَأَوْتَرْتُ، فَقَالَ: مَا خَلَفَكَ؟ قُلْتُ: أَوْتَرْتُ، فَقَالَ: أَمَا لَكَ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ؟ قُلْتُ: بَلَى، قَالَ: «فَإِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُوتِرُ عَلَى بَعِيرِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1200

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1200

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1201

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1201. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbâs that the Prophet ﷺ used to pray Witr while riding his mount. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1201 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ الْأَسْفَاطِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبَّادُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُوتِرُ عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1201

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1201

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 128

What Was Narrated Concerning Witr At The Beginning Of The Night

Hadith 1202

DarussalamHasanAl-Albani(حديث جابر) حسن صحيح، (حديث ابن عمر) صحيح، الروض النضير (١٠٢٥) ، صحيح أبي داود (١٢٠٠ و ١٢٨٨)
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1202. It was narrated that Jâbir bin 'Abdullâh said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said to Abu Bakr: 'When do you pray Witr?' He said: 'At the beginning of the night, after Ishâ.' He said: 'And you, O 'Umar?' He said: 'At the end of the night.' The Prophet ﷺ said: 'As for you, O Abu Bakr, you have seized the trustworthy handhold (i.e., you want to be on the safe side), and as for you, O 'Umar, you have seized strength (i.e., you are confident that you have the resolve to get up and pray Witr).'" (Hasan) Another chain with similar meaning.

Arabic text

1202 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ تَوْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي بُكَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زَائِدَةُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِأَبِي بَكْرٍ «أَيَّ حِينٍ تُوتِرُ؟» قَالَ: أَوَّلَ اللَّيْلِ، بَعْدَ الْعَتَمَةِ، قَالَ «فَأَنَتَ يَا عُمَرُ؟» فَقَالَ: آخِرَ اللَّيْلِ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «أَمَّا أَنْتَ يَا أَبَا بَكْرٍ، فَأَخَذْتَ بِالْوُثْقَى، وَأَمَّا أَنْتَ يَا عُمَرُ، فَأَخَذْتَ بِالْقُوَّةِ» ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ تَوْبَةَ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبَّادٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَلِيمٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ لِأَبِي بَكْرٍ، فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1202

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1202

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 129

Forgetfulness During Prayer

Hadith 1203

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1203. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prayed, and he added or omitted something." (One of the narrators) Ibrâhim said: "The confusion stems from me (i.e., he was not sure which it was)." "It was said to him: 'O Messenger of Allâh! Has something been added to the prayer?' He said: 'I am only human, I forget just as you forget. If anyone of you forgets, let him perform two prostrations when he is sitting (at the end).' Then the Prophet ﷺ turned and prostrated twice." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1203 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَامِرِ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُسْهِرٍ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَزَادَ أَوْ نَقَصَ - قَالَ إِبْرَاهِيمُ: وَالْوَهْمُ مِنِّي - فَقِيلَ لَهُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَزِيدَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ شَيْءٌ؟ قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا أَنَا بَشَرٌ، أَنْسَى كَمَا تَنْسَوْنَ، فَإِذَا نَسِيَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ» ثُمَّ تَحَوَّلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1203

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1203

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1204

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1204. 'Iyâd narrated that he asked Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri: "One of us prays and he does not know how many (Rak'ah) he has prayed." He said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'When anyone of you prays and does not know how many he has prayed, let him perform two prostrations while he is sitting.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1204 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ رَافِعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عِيَاضٌ، أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ أَبَا سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيَّ، فَقَالَ: أَحَدُنَا يُصَلِّي فَلَا يَدْرِي كَمْ صَلَّى، فَقَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَلَمْ يَدْرِ كَمْ صَلَّى، فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1204

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1204

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 130

Whoever Performed The Zuhṛ With Five Rak'ah Because He Forgot

Hadith 1205

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1205. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh said: "(Once) the Prophet ﷺ prayed Zuhṛ with five Rak'ah, and it was said to him: 'Has something been added to the prayer?' He said: 'What is that?' They told him, and he turned back towards the Qiblah and performed two prostrations." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1205 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، وَأَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي الْحَكَمُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: " صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ خَمْسًا، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: أَزِيدَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ؟ قَالَ: «وَمَا ذَاكَ؟» فَقِيلَ لَهُ، «فَثَنَى رِجْلَهُ، فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1205

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1205

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 131

What Was Narrated Concerning One Who Stands Up After Two Rak'ah By Mistake

Hadith 1206

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1206. It was narrated from Ibn Buhainah: "The Prophet ﷺ offered prayer, I think it was the 'Asr, and in the second Rak'ah he stood up before he sat. Before he said the Salâm, he prostrated twice." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1206 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ، وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ ابْنَا أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَهِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنِ ابْنِ بُحَيْنَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى صَلَاةً، أَظُنُّ أَنَّهَا الظُّهْرُ - الْعَصْرُ - فَلَمَّا كَانَ فِي الثَّانِيَةِ قَامَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَجْلِسَ، فَلَمَّا كَانَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1206

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1206

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1207

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1207. It was narrated from 'Abdur-Rahmân Al-A'râj that Ibn Buhainah told him that the Prophet ﷺ stood up in the second Rak'ah of Zuhr and forgot to sit. When he had finished his prayer, and before he said the Salâm, he performed the two prostrations for forgetfulness (Sahw) and said the Salām. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1207 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، وَابْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، وَيَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ الْأَحْمَرُ، وَيَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، وَأَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، كُلُّهُمْ عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، أَنَّ ابْنَ بُحَيْنَةَ، أَخْبَرَهُ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «قَامَ فِي ثِنْتَيْنِ مِنَ الظُّهْرِ نَسِيَ الْجُلُوسَ، حَتَّى إِذَا فَرَغَ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ إِلَّا أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ، سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1207

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1207

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1208

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1208. It was narrated that Mughirah bin Shu'bah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'If anyone of you stands after two Rak'ah, if he has not yet stood up fully, let him sit down again, but if he has stood up fully, then let him not sit down, and let him perform two prostrations for forgetfulness (Sahw).'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1208 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُبَيْلٍ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا قَامَ أَحَدُكُمْ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ فَلَمْ يَسْتَتِمَّ قَائِمًا فَلْيَجْلِسْ، فَإِذَا اسْتَتَمَّ قَائِمًا فَلَا يَجْلِسْ وَيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1208

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1208

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 132

What WasNarrated Concerning OneWho Is Uncertain About HisPrayer; Let Him Refer ToWhat Is More Certain

Hadith 1209

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1209. It was narrated that 'Abdur-Rahmân bin 'Awf said: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: 'If anyone of you is uncertain as to whether he has prayed one or two Rak'ah, let him assume it is one. If he is uncertain as to whether he has prayed two or three, let him assume it is two. If he is uncertain as to whether he has prayed three or four, let him assume it is three. Then let him complete what is left of his prayer, so that the doubt will be about what is more. Then let him prostrate twice while he is sitting, before the Taslim (saying the Salām).'' (Hasan)

Arabic text

1209 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو يُوسُفَ الرَّقِّيُّ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ الصَّيْدَلَانِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مَكْحُولٍ، عَنْ كُرَيْبٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَوْفٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُول اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي الثِّنْتَيْنِ وَالْوَاحِدَةِ، فَلْيَجْعَلْهَا وَاحِدَةً، وَإِذَا شَكَّ فِي الثِّنْتَيْنِ وَالثَّلَاثِ فَلْيَجْعَلْهَا ثِنْتَيْنِ، وَإِذَا شَكَّ فِي الثَّلَاثِ وَالْأَرْبَعِ فَلْيَجْعَلْهَا ثَلَاثًا، ثُمَّ لِيُتِمَّ مَا بَقِيَ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الْوَهْمُ فِي الزِّيَادَةِ، ثُمَّ يَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1209

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1209

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1210

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1210. It was narrated that Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'If anyone of you is uncertain about his prayer, let him put aside uncertainty and act upon that which is certain. When he has made sure that his prayer is complete, then let him prostrate twice. Then if his prayer was complete, that (extra) Rak'ah will be counted as voluntary, and if his prayer was lacking, that Rak'ah will complete his prayer, and the two prostrations will rub the Satan's nose in the dust.'"(Sahih)

Arabic text

1210 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ الْأَحْمَرُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيُلْغِ الشَّكَّ وَلْيَبْنِ عَلَى الْيَقِينِ، فَإِذَا اسْتَيْقَنَ التَّمَامَ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، فَإِنْ كَانَتْ صَلَاتُهُ تَامَّةً، كَانَتِ الرَّكْعَةُ نَافِلَةً، وَإِنْ كَانَتْ نَاقِصَةً، كَانَتِ الرَّكْعَةُ لِتَمَامِ صَلَاتِهِ، وَكَانَتِ السَّجْدَتَانِ رَغْمَ أَنْفِ الشَّيْطَانِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1210

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1210

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 133

What Was Narrated Concerning One Who Is Uncertain About His Prayer, So He Should Try To Do What Is Correct

Hadith 1211

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1211. It was narrated that 'Abdullāh said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ offered prayer, and I am not sure whether he did something extra or omitted something. He asked, and we told him, so he turned to face the Qiblah and prostrated twice, then he said the Salām. Then he turned to face us and said: 'If any new command had been revealed concerning the prayer, I would certainly have told you. But I am only human and I forget and you forget. If I forget, then remind me. And if anyone of you is uncertain about the prayer, let him do what is closest to what is correct, then complete the prayer, say the Salām and prostrate twice."

Arabic text

1211 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ شُعْبَةُ كَتَبَ إِلَيَّ وَقَرَأْتُهُ عَلَيْهِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي إِبْرَاهِيمُ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاةً لَا نَدْرِي أَزَادَ أَوْ نَقَصَ فَسَأَلَ، فَحَدَّثْنَاهُ فَثَنَى رِجْلَهُ، وَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ، وَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْنَا بِوَجْهِهِ، فَقَالَ: «لَوْ حَدَثَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ شَيْءٌ لَأَنْبَأْتُكُمُوهُ، وَإِنَّمَا أَنَا بَشَرٌ أَنْسَى كَمَا تَنْسَوْنَ، فَإِذَا نَسِيتُ فَذَكِّرُونِي، وَأَيُّكُمْ مَا شَكَّ فِي الصَّلَاةِ فَلْيَتَحَرَّ أَقْرَبَ ذَلِكَ مِنَ الصَّوَابِ، فَيُتِمَّ عَلَيْهِ وَيُسَلِّمَ وَيَسْجُدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1211

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1211

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1212

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1212. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'If anyone of you is uncertain about his prayer, let him try to do what is correct then let him prostate twice.'" (Sahih) Tanâfisi said: "This is the basic rule, and no one is able to reject it."

Arabic text

1212 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَلْيَتَحَرَّ الصَّوَابَ، ثُمَّ يَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ» ، قَالَ الطَّنَافِسِيُّ: هَذَا الْأَصْلُ وَلَا يَقْدِرُ أَحَدٌ يَرُدُّهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1212

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1212

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 134

One Who Says The Salâm After Two Or Three Rak'ah By Mistake

Hadith 1213

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1213. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ forgot and said the Taslim after two Rak'ah. A man who was called Dhul-Yadain said to him: 'O Messenger of Allâh, has the prayer been shortened or did you forget?' He said: 'It has not been shortened and I did not forget.' He said: 'But you prayed two Rak'ah.' He said: 'Is what Dhul-Yadain says true?' They said: 'Yes.' So he went forward and performed two Rak'ah and said the Salâm, then he prostrated twice for prostrations of forgetfulness. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1213 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَأَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ سِنَانٍ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «سَهَا فَسَلَّمَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ» ، فَقَالَ لَهُ رَجُلٌ يُقَالُ لَهُ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَقَصُرَتْ أَوْ نَسِيتَ؟ قَالَ: «مَا قَصُرَتْ وَمَا نَسِيتُ» قَالَ: إِذًا، فَصَلَّيْتَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، قَالَ: «أَكَمَا يَقُولُ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ؟» قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، «فَتَقَدَّمَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1213

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1213

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1214

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

214. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ led us in one of the afternoon prayers, and he prayed two Rak'ah, then he said the Salām. Then he stood up and went to a piece of wood in the mosque, and leaned against it. Those who were in a hurry left the mosque, saying that the prayer had been shortened. Among the people were Abu Bakr and 'Umar, but they dared not say anything. Among the people there was also a man with long hands who was called Dhul-Yadain. He said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, has the prayer been shortened or did you forget?' He said: 'It has not been shortened and I did not forget.' He said: 'But you prayed two Rak'ah.' He said: 'Is what Dhul-Yadain says true?' They said: 'Yes.' So he went forward and performed two Rak'ah and said the Salām, then he prostrated twice, and then he said the Salām again." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1214 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَوْنٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِحْدَى صَلَاتَيِ الْعَشِيِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ إِلَى خَشَبَةٍ كَانَتْ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ يَسْتَنِدُ إِلَيْهَا، فَخَرَجَ سَرَعَانُ النَّاسِ يَقُولُونَ: قَصُرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، وَفِي الْقَوْمِ أَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ، فَهَابَاهُ أَنْ يَقُولَا لَهُ شَيْئًا وَفِي الْقَوْمِ رَجُلٌ طَوِيلُ الْيَدَيْنِ، يُسَمَّى ذَا الْيَدَيْنِ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَقَصُرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ أَمْ نَسِيتَ، فَقَالَ: «لَمْ تَقْصُرْ وَلَمْ أَنْسَ» قَالَ: فَإِنَّمَا صَلَّيْتَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَقَالَ: «أَكَمَا يَقُولُ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ» قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، «فَقَامَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1214

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1214

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1215

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1215. It was narrated that 'Imrân bin Husain said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said the Salâm after three Rak'ah for 'Asr, then he stood up and went into the apartment. Khirbâq, a man with big hands, stood up and called out: 'O Messenger of Allâh! Has the prayer been shortened?' He came out angrily, dragging his lower garment, and asked about it, and was told (what had happened). So he performed the Rak'ah that he had omitted, then he said the Salâm, then he prostrated twice and said the Salâm again." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1215 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ الْجَحْدَرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ الْحَذَّاءُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُهَلَّبِ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ الْحُصَيْنِ، قَالَ: «سَلَّمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي ثَلَاثِ رَكَعَاتٍ مِنَ الْعَصْرِ، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَدَخَلَ الْحُجْرَةَ» فَقَامَ الْخِرْبَاقُ، رَجُلٌ بَسِيطُ الْيَدَيْنِ، فَنَادَى: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَقَصُرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ؟ فَخَرَجَ مُغْضَبًا يَجُرُّ إِزَارَهُ فَسَأَلَ، فَأُخْبِرَ، «فَصَلَّى تِلْكَ الرَّكْعَةَ الَّتِي كَانَ تَرَكَ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1215

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1215

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 135

Concerning The Two Prostrations Of Forgetfulness Before The Salâm

Hadith 1216

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1216. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The Satan comes to any one of you while he is praying and comes between him and his soul, until he does not know whether he has added something or omitted something. If that happens, then he should prostrate twice before he says the Salâm, then he should say the Salâm." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1216 - حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ وَكِيعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ بَكِيرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ إِسْحَاقَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي الزُّهْرِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ الشَّيْطَانَ يَأْتِي أَحَدَكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ، فَيَدْخُلُ بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ نَفْسِهِ حَتَّى لَا يَدْرِيَ زَادَ أَوْ نَقَصَ، فَإِذَا كَانَ ذَلِكَ، فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ، ثُمَّ يُسَلِّمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1216

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1216

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1217

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1217. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The Satan comes between the son of Adam and his soul, and he does not know how many Rak'ah he has prayed. If a person notices that, then let him prostrate twice before he says the Salâm." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1217 - حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ وَكِيعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ بَكِيرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ إِسْحَاقَ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي سَلَمَةُ بْنُ صَفْوَانَ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ الشَّيْطَانَ يَدْخُلُ بَيْنَ ابْنِ آدَمَ وَبَيْنَ نَفْسِهِ فَلَا يَدْرِي كَمْ صَلَّى فَإِذَا وَجَدَ ذَلِكَ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ» بَابُ مَا جَاءَ فِيمَنْ سَجَدَهُمَا بَعْدَ السَّلَامِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1217

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1217

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 136

What Was Narrated Concerning One Who Does The Prostrations After The Salâm

Hadith 1218

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1218. It was narrated from 'Alqamah that Ibn Mas'ud prostrated twice for prostrations of forgetfulness after the Salâm, and he mentioned that the Prophet ﷺ did that." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1218 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، أَنَّ ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ، «سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ بَعْدَ السَّلَامِ» ، وَذَكَرَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1218

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1218

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1219

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1219. It was narrated that Thawbân said: "I heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ say: 'For every mistake there are two prostrations, after saying the Salâm.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1219 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ زُهَيْرِ بْنِ سَالِمٍ الْعَنْسِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ نُفَيْرٍ، عَنْ ثَوْبَانَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُول اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَقُولُ: «فِي كُلِّ سَهْوٍ سَجْدَتَانِ بَعْدَ مَا يُسَلِّمُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1219

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1219

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 137

What Was Narrated Concerning Resuming The Prayer

Hadith 1220

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1220. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Prophet ﷺ came out to pray and said the Takbir, then he gestured to them to wait. He went and took a bath, and his head was dripping with water while he led them in prayer. When he finished he said: 'I came out to you in a state of sexual impurity, and I forgot until I had started to pray.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1220 - حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُوسَى التَّيْمِيُّ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، مَوْلَى الْأَسْوَدِ بْنِ سُفْيَانَ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ ثَوْبَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: خَرَجَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ وَكَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ أَشَارَ إِلَيْهِمْ، فَمَكَثُوا، ثُمَّ انْطَلَقَ فَاغْتَسَلَ، وَكَانَ رَأْسُهُ يَقْطُرُ مَاءً، فَصَلَّى بِهِمْ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ قَالَ: «إِنِّي خَرَجْتُ إِلَيْكُمْ جُنُبًا، وَإِنِّي نَسِيتُ حَتَّى قُمْتُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1220

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1220

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1221

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1221. It was narrated that ‘Aishah said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: ‘Whoever vomits, has a nosebleed, belches, or emits prostatic fluid, should stop praying; perform ablution, then resume his prayer, and while he is in that state he should not speak.’” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1221 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْهَيْثَمُ بْنُ خَارِجَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ أَصَابَهُ قَيْءٌ أَوْ رُعَافٌ أَوْ قَلَسٌ أَوْ مَذْيٌ، فَلْيَنْصَرِفْ، فَلْيَتَوَضَّأْ ثُمَّ لِيَبْنِ عَلَى صَلَاتِهِ، وَهُوَ فِي ذَلِكَ لَا يَتَكَلَّمُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1221

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1221

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 138

What Was Narrated Concerning How To Leave The Prayer If One Commits Hadath [1]

Hadith 1222

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1222. It was narrated from ‘Aishah that the Prophet ﷺ said: “When anyone of you performs prayer and commits Hadath, (passing of wind) let him take hold of his nose, then leave.” (Sahih) Another chain with similar wording.

Arabic text

1222 - حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ شَبَّةَ بْنِ عَبِيدَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْمُقَدَّمِيُّ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَأَحْدَثَ، فَلْيُمْسِكْ عَلَى أَنْفِهِ، ثُمَّ لِيَنْصَرِفْ» ، حَدَّثَنَا حَرْمَلَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ

Footnotes

1 [1] Hadath: That which invalidates the state of purification.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1222

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1222

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 139

What Was Narrated Concerning The Prayer Of A Sick Person

Hadith 1223

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1223. It was narrated that 'Imrân bin Husain said: "I suffered from Nâsur[1] and I asked the Prophet ﷺ about prayer. He said: 'Perform prayer standing; if you cannot, then sitting; and if you cannot then while lying on your side.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1223 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ طَهْمَانَ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنِ ابْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ بِيَ النَّاصُورُ، فَسَأَلْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنِ الصَّلَاةِ، فَقَالَ: «صَلِّ قَائِمًا، فَإِنْ لَمْ تَسْتَطِعْ فَقَاعِدًا، فَإِنْ لَمْ تَسْتَطِعْ، فَعَلَى جَنْبٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1223

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1223

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1224

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1224. It was narrated that Wâ'il bin Hujr said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ performing prayer while sitting on his right side when he was sick." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1224 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ بَيَانٍ الْوَاسِطِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ الْأَزْرَقُ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حَرِيزٍ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى جَالِسًا عَلَى يَمِينِهِ، وَهُوَ وَجِعٌ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Nâsur: fistula. That is, an abnormal tubular growth resulting from injury or disease, sometimes it may emit a secretion. Other narrations mention a different ailment.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1224

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1224

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 140

Voluntary Prayer While Sitting

Hadith 1225

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1225. It was narrated that Umm Salamah said: "By the One Who took his s o d (i.e., the soul of the Prophet &), he did not die until he offered most of his prayers sitting down. And the dearest of the actions to him was the righteous action that the person does regularly, even if it were a httle." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1225 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَتْ: «وَالَّذِي ذَهَبَ بِنَفْسِهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَا مَاتَ حَتَّى كَانَ أَكْثَرُ صَلَاتِهِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ، وَكَانَ أَحَبُّ الْأَعْمَالِ إِلَيْهِ الْعَمَلَ الصَّالِحَ الَّذِي يَدُومُ عَلَيْهِ الْعَبْدُ، وَإِنْ كَانَ يَسِيرًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1225

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1225

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1226

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1226. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to recite Qur'an sitting down, then when he wanted to bow he would stand up for as long as it takes a person to recite forty Verses." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1226 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنِ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي هِشَامٍ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «يَقْرَأُ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ، فَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ قَامَ قَدْرَ مَا يَقْرَأُ إِنْسَانٌ أَرْبَعِينَ آيَةً»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1226

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1226

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1227

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1227. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "I did not see the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ offer any of the night prayers in any way other than standing, until he became old. Then he started to pray sitting down until, when there were thirty or forty Verses left of his recitation, he would stand up and recite them, and prostrate." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1227 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَرْوَانَ الْعُثْمَانِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «مَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي فِي شَيْءٍ مِنْ صَلَاةِ اللَّيْلِ إِلَّا قَائِمًا، حَتَّى دَخَلَ فِي السِّنِّ، فَجَعَلَ يُصَلِّي جَالِسًا، حَتَّى إِذَا بَقِيَ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ قِرَاءَتِهِ أَرْبَعُونَ آيَةً، أَوْ ثَلَاثُونَ آيَةً، قَامَ فَقَرَأَهَا وَسَجَدَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1227

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1227

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1228

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1228. It was narrated that 'Abdullāh bin Shaqiq Al-'Uqaili said: "I asked 'Aishah about the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ at night. She said: 'He used to pray for a long time at night standing up, and for a long time at night sitting down. If he prayed standing, he would bow standing, and if he prayed sitting, he would bow sitting.'"' (Sahih)

Arabic text

1228 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ الْعُقَيْلِيِّ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ، عَنْ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِاللَّيْلِ، فَقَالَتْ: «كَانَ يُصَلِّي لَيْلًا طَوِيلًا قَائِمًا، وَلَيْلًا طَوِيلًا قَاعِدًا، فَإِذَا قَرَأَ قَائِمًا رَكَعَ قَائِمًا، وَإِذَا قَرَأَ قَاعِدًا رَكَعَ قَاعِدًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1228

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1228

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 141

The Prayer Of One Who Sits Is Equivalent To Half Of The Prayer Of One Who Stands

Hadith 1229

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1229. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr that the Prophet ﷺ passed by him when he was praying sitting down. He said: "The prayer of one who sits down is equivalent to half of the prayer of one who stands." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1229 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا قُطْبَةُ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ حَبِيبِ بْنِ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بَابَاهُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَّ بِهِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي جَالِسًا، فَقَالَ: «صَلَاةُ الْجَالِسِ عَلَى النِّصْفِ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الْقَائِمِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1229

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1229

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1230

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1230. It was narrated from Anas bin Mālik that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ went out and saw some people praying while sitting down. He said: "The prayer of one who sits down is equivalent to half of the prayer of one who stands." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1230 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ عُمَرَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَرَجَ فَرَأَى أُنَاسًا يُصَلُّونَ قُعُودًا، فَقَالَ: «صَلَاةُ الْقَاعِدِ عَلَى النِّصْفِ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الْقَائِمِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1230

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1230

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1231

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1231. It was narrated from 'Imrān bin Husain that he asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ about a man who prays sitting down. He said, "Whoever performs prayer standing up, that is better. Whoever performs prayer sitting down will have half the reward of one who prays standing. And whoever performs prayer lying down will have half the reward of one who prays sitting." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1231 - حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ هِلَالٍ الصَّوَّافُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنْ حُسَيْنٍ الْمُعَلِّمِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنِ الرَّجُلِ يُصَلِّي قَاعِدًا، قَالَ: «مَنْ صَلَّى قَائِمًا فَهُوَ أَفْضَلُ، وَمَنْ صَلَّى قَاعِدًا فَلَهُ نِصْفُ أَجْرِ الْقَائِمِ، وَمَنْ صَلَّى نَائِمًا فَلَهُ نِصْفُ أَجْرِ الْقَاعِدِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1231

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1231

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 142

What Was Narrated Concerning The Prayer Of The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ During His Sickness

Hadith 1232

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1232. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ fell ill with the sickness that would be his last" — (one of the narrators) Abu Mu'awiyah said: "When he was overcome by sickness" — "Bilâl came to tell him that it was time for prayer. He said, 'Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer.'" We said: 'O Messenger of Allâh! Abu Bakr is a tenderhearted man, and when he takes your place he will weep and will not be able to do it. Why do you not tell 'Umar to lead the people in prayer?' He said: 'Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer; you are (like) the female companions of Yusuf.'" She said: "So we sent word to Abu Bakr, and he led the people in prayer. Then the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ began to feel a little better, so he came out to the prayer, supported by two men and with his feet making lines along the ground. When Abu Bakr realized that he was there, he wanted to step back, but the Prophet ﷺ gestured to him to stay where he was. Then (the two men) brought him to sit beside Abu Bakr, and Abu Bakr was following the lead of the Prophet ﷺ and the people were following Abu Bakr." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1232 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، وَوَكِيعٌ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: " لَمَّا مَرِضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَضَهُ الَّذِي مَاتَ فِيهِ - وَقَالَ أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ: لَمَّا ثَقُلَ - جَاءَ بِلَالٌ يُؤْذِنُهُ بِالصَّلَاةِ، فَقَالَ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ» قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ رَجُلٌ أَسِيفٌ - تَعْنِي رَقِيقٌ - وَمَتَى مَا يَقُومُ مَقَامَكَ يَبْكِي فَلَا يَسْتَطِيعُ، فَلَوْ أَمَرْتَ عُمَرَ فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ، فَقَالَ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ، فَإِنَّكُنَّ صَوَاحِبَاتُ يُوسُفَ» ، قَالَتْ: فَأَرْسَلْنَا إِلَى أَبِي بَكْرٍ فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ، فَوَجَدَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ نَفْسِهِ خِفَّةً، فَخَرَجَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ يُهَادَى بَيْنَ رَجُلَيْنِ، وَرِجْلَاهُ تَخُطَّانِ فِي الْأَرْضِ، فَلَمَّا أَحَسَّ بِهِ أَبُو بَكْرٍ ذَهَبَ لِيَتَأَخَّرَ، فَأَوْمَى إِلَيْهِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ مَكَانَكَ، قَالَ: فَجَاءَ حَتَّى أَجْلَسَاهُ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، فَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَأْتَمُّ بِالنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَالنَّاسُ يَأْتَمُّونَ بِأَبِي بَكْرٍ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1232

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1232

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1233

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1233. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ told Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer when he was sick, and Abu Bakr used to lead them in prayer. Then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ began to feel a little better, so he came out, and saw Abu Bakr leading the people in prayer. When Abu Bakr saw him, he stepped back, but the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ gestured to him to stay where he was. Then the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sat beside Abu Bākr. Abu Bākr was following the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and the people were following the prayer of Abu Bākr." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1233 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «أَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَبَا بَكْرٍ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ بِالنَّاسِ فِي مَرَضِهِ» ، فَكَانَ يُصَلِّي بِهِمْ فَوَجَدَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خِفَّةً، فَخَرَجَ، وَإِذَا أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَؤُمُّ النَّاسَ فَلَمَّا رَآهُ أَبُو بَكْرٍ اسْتَأْخَرَ، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَيْ كَمَا أَنْتَ، فَجَلَسَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِذَاءَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، إِلَى جَنْبِهِ، فَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يُصَلِّي بِصَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَالنَّاسُ يُصَلُّونَ بِصَلَاةِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1233

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1233

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1234

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1234. It was narrated that Sālim bin 'Ubaid said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ fainted when he was sick, then he woke up and said: 'Has the time for prayer come?' They said: 'Yes.' He said: 'Tell Bilāl to call the Adhān, and tell Abu Bākr to lead the people in prayer.' Then he fainted, then he woke up and said: 'Has the time for prayer come?' They said: 'Yes.' He said: 'Tell Bilāl to call the Adhān, and tell Abu Bākr to lead the people in prayer.' Then he fainted, then he woke up and said: 'Has the time for prayer come?' They said: 'Yes.' He said: 'Tell Bilāl to call the Adhān, and tell Abu Bākr to lead the people in prayer.' 'Āishah said: 'My father is a tenderhearted man, and if he stands in that place he will weep and will not be able to do it. If you told someone else to do it (that would be better).' Then he fainted, then woke up and said: 'Tell Bilâl to call the Adhân, and tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer. You are (like) the female companions of Yusuf.' So Bilâl was told to call the Adhân and he did so, and Abu Bakr was told to lead the people in prayer. And he did so then the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ felt a little better, and he said: 'Find me someone I can lean on.' Barirah and another man came, and he leaned on them. When Abu Bakr saw him, he started to step back, but (the Prophet ﷺ) gestured him to stay where he was. Then the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came and sat beside Abu Bakr, until Abu Bakr finished praying. Then the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ passed away." (Sahih) Abu 'Abdullâh (Ibn Mâjah) said: "This Hadîth is Gharib. It was not narrated by anyone other than Nasr bin 'Ali.

Arabic text

1234 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ دَاوُدَ، مِنْ كِتَابِهِ فِي بَيْتِهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَلَمَةُ بْنُ نُبَيْطٍ، عَنْ نُعَيْمِ بْنِ أَبِي هِنْدٍ، عَنْ نُبَيْطِ بْنِ شَرِيطٍ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، قَالَ: أُغْمِيَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي مَرَضِهِ، ثُمَّ أَفَاقَ، فَقَالَ: «أَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ؟» قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: «مُرُوا بِلَالًا فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ وَمُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ» ، ثُمَّ أُغْمِيَ عَلَيْهِ، فَأَفَاقَ، فَقَالَ: «أَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ» قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: «مُرُوا بِلَالًا فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ وَمُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ» ، ثُمَّ أُغْمِيَ عَلَيْهِ، فَأَفَاقَ، فَقَالَ: «أَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ» قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: «مُرُوا بِلَالًا فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ، وَمُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ» فَقَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: إِنَّ أَبِي رَجُلٌ أَسِيفٌ، فَإِذَا قَامَ ذَلِكَ الْمَقَامَ يَبْكِي، لَا يَسْتَطِيعُ، فَلَوْ أَمَرْتَ غَيْرَهُ، ثُمَّ أُغْمِيَ عَلَيْهِ، فَأَفَاقَ، فَقَالَ: «مُرُوا بِلَالًا فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ، وَمُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ، فَإِنَّكُنَّ صَوَاحِبُ يُوسُفَ - أَوْ صَوَاحِبَاتُ يُوسُفَ -» قَالَ: فَأُمِرَ بِلَالٌ فَأَذَّنَ، وَأُمِرَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ، ثُمَّ إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَجَدَ خِفَّةً، فَقَالَ: «انْظُرُوا لِي مَنْ أَتَّكِئُ عَلَيْهِ» فَجَاءَتْ بَرِيرَةُ وَرَجُلٌ آخَرُ، فَاتَّكَأَ عَلَيْهِمَا، فَلَمَّا رَآهُ أَبُو بَكْرٍ، ذَهَبَ لِيَنْكِصَ، فَأَوْمَأَ إِلَيْهِ، أَنِ اثْبُتْ مَكَانَكَ، ثُمَّ جَاءَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَتَّى جَلَسَ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، حَتَّى قَضَى أَبُو بَكْرٍ صَلَاتَهُ، ثُمَّ إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قُبِضَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ لَمْ يُحَدِّثْ بِهِ غَيْرُ نَصْرِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1234

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1234

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1235

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1235. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ fell ill with what would be his final illness, he was in the house of 'Aishah. He said: 'Call 'Ali for me.' 'Aishah said: 'O Messenger of Allâh, should we call Abu Bakr for you?' He said: 'Call him.' Hafsah said: 'O Messenger of Allâh, should we call 'Umar for you?' He said: 'Call him.' Ummul-Fadl said: 'O Messenger of Allâh, should we call Al-'Abbâs for you?' He said: 'Yes.' When they had gathered, the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ lifted his head, looked and fell silent. 'Umar said: 'Get up and leave the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ.' Then Bilâl came to tell him that the time for prayer had come, and he said: 'Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer.' 'Aishah said: 'O Messenger of Allâh, Abu Bakr is a soft and tenderhearted man, and if he does not see you, he will weep and the people will weep with him. If you tell 'Umar to lead the people in prayer (that will be better).' Abu Bakr went out and led the people in prayer, then the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ felt a little better, so he came out, supported by two men, with his feet making lines along the ground. When the people saw him, they said: 'Subhân-Allâh,' to alert Abu Bakr. He wanted to step back, but the Prophet ﷺ gestured him to stay where he was. Then the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came and sat on his right. Abu Bakr stood up, and he was following the lead of the Prophet ﷺ, and the people were following the lead of Abu Bakr. Ibn 'Abbās said: 'And the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ started to recite from where Abu Bakr had reached.'" (Da'if) (One of the narrators) Waki' said: "This is the Sunnah." He said: "So Allāh's Messenger ﷺ died during that illness."

Arabic text

1235 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ إِسْرَائِيلَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْأَرْقَمِ بْنِ شُرَحْبِيلَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: " لَمَّا مَرِضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَضَهُ الَّذِي مَاتَ فِيهِ، كَانَ فِي بَيْتِ عَائِشَةَ، فَقَالَ: «ادْعُوا لِي عَلِيًّا» قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ نَدْعُو لَكَ أَبَا بَكْرٍ؟ قَالَ: «ادْعُوهُ» قَالَتْ حَفْصَةُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ نَدْعُو لَكَ عُمَرَ؟ قَالَ: «ادْعُوهُ» قَالَتْ أُمُّ الْفَضْلِ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ نَدْعُو لَكَ الْعَبَّاسَ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، فَلَمَّا اجْتَمَعُوا رَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأْسَهُ، فَنَظَرَ فَسَكَتَ، فَقَالَ عُمَرُ: قُومُوا عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ جَاءَ بِلَالٌ يُؤْذِنُهُ بِالصَّلَاةِ، فَقَالَ: «مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ» فَقَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ رَجُلٌ رَقِيقٌ حَصِرٌ وَمَتَى لَا يَرَاكَ يَبْكِي، وَالنَّاسُ يَبْكُونَ، فَلَوْ أَمَرْتَ عُمَرَ يُصَلِّي بِالنَّاسِ، فَخَرَجَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ، فَوَجَدَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي نَفْسِهِ خِفَّةً، فَخَرَجَ يُهَادَى بَيْنَ رَجُلَيْنِ، وَرِجْلَاهُ تَخُطَّانِ فِي الْأَرْضِ، فَلَمَّا رَآهُ النَّاسُ سَبَّحُوا بِأَبِي بَكْرٍ فَذَهَبَ لِيَسْتَأْخِرَ، فَأَوْمَأَ إِلَيْهِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَيْ مَكَانَكَ، فَجَاءَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَجَلَسَ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَقَامَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ، وَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَأْتَمُّ بِالنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَالنَّاسُ يَأْتَمُّونَ بِأَبِي بَكْرٍ، قَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: وَأَخَذَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ مِنْ حَيْثُ كَانَ بَلَغَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ - قَالَ: وَكِيعٌ وَكَذَا السُّنَّةُ - قَالَ: فَمَاتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي مَرَضِهِ ذَلِكَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1235

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1235

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 143

What Was Narrated Concerning The Messenger Of Allāh ﷺ Performing Prayer Behind A Man From His Ummah

Hadith 1236

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1236. Hamzah bin Mughirah bin Shu'bah narrated that his father said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ lagged behind (on a journey) and we reached the people when 'Abdur Rahmān bin 'Awf had already led them in one Rak'ah of the prayer. When he realized that the Prophet ﷺ was there, he wanted to step back, but the Prophet ﷺ gestured to him that he should complete the prayer. He said: 'You have done well; do the same in the future.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1236 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنْ بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ حَمْزَةَ بْنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: تَخَلَّفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَانْتَهَيْنَا إِلَى الْقَوْمِ وَقَدْ صَلَّى بِهِمْ عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَوْفٍ رَكْعَةً، فَلَمَّا أَحَسَّ بِالنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَهَبَ يَتَأَخَّرُ، فَأَوْمَأَ إِلَيْهِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يُتِمَّ الصَّلَاةَ، قَالَ: «وَقَدْ أَحْسَنْتَ، كَذَلِكَ فَافْعَلْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1236

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1236

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 144

What Was Narrated Concerning The Fact That The Imām Is Appointed To Be Followed

Hadith 1237

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1237. It was narrated that 'Āishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ fell ill and some of his Companions came to visit him. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ performed prayer while sitting down, and they prayed behind him standing up. He gestured them to sit down, and when he finished he said: 'The Imām is appointed to be followed. When he bows, then bow; when he stands up again, then stand up, and if he prays sitting down then pray sitting down.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1237 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: اشْتَكَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَدَخَلَ عَلَيْهِ نَاسٌ مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ يَعُودُونَهُ، فَصَلَّى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَالِسًا، فَصَلَّوْا بِصَلَاتِهِ قِيَامًا، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِمْ أَنِ اجْلِسُوا، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ، قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الْإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ فَارْفَعُوا، وَإِذَا صَلَّى جَالِسًا فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1237

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1237

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1238

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1238.1 It was narrated from Anas bin Mâlik that the Prophet ﷺ fell from his horse and he suffered some lacerations on his right side. We went to visit him and the time for prayer came. He led us in prayer sitting down, and we prayed behind him sitting down. When he finished the prayer he said: "The Imâm is appointed to be followed. When he says Allâhu Akbar, then say Allâhu Akbar; when he bows, then bow; when he says Sami' Allâhu liman hamidah, then say Rabbanâ wa lakal-hamd; when he prostrates then prostrate; and if he prays sitting down then pray sitting down." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1238 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صُرِعَ عَنْ فَرَسٍ فَجُحِشَ شِقُّهُ الْأَيْمَنُ، فَدَخَلْنَا نَعُودُهُ، وَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، فَصَلَّى بِنَا قَاعِدًا، وَصَلَّيْنَا وَرَاءَهُ قُعُودًا، فَلَمَّا قَضَى الصَّلَاةَ، قَالَ: " إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الْإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا، وَإِذَا صَلَّى قَاعِدًا فَصَلُّوا قُعُودًا أَجْمَعِينَ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1238

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1238

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1239

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1239. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: The Imâm is appointed to be followed. When he says Allâhu Akbar, then say Allâhu Akbar; when he bows, then bow; when he says Samî Allâhu liman hamidah, then say Rabbanâ wa lakal-hamd; when he prostrates then prostrate; if he prays standing then pray standing, and if he prays sitting down then pray sitting down." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1239 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمُ بْنُ بَشِيرٍ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الْإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ، فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، فَقُولُوا: رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ، وَإِنْ صَلَّى قَائِمًا فَصَلُّوا قِيَامًا، وَإِنْ صَلَّى قَاعِدًا فَصَلُّوا قُعُودًا "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1239

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1239

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1240

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1240. It was narrated that Jâbir said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ fell ill, and we prayed behind him while he was sitting down, and Abu Bakr was saying the Takbir so that the people could hear them. He turned to us and saw us standing, so he gestured to us to sit down. When he had said the Salâm, he said: 'You were about to do the action of the Persians and Romans, who remain standing while their kings are seated. Do not do that. Follow the lead of your Imâm; if he prays standing, then pray standing, and if he prays sitting down, then pray sitting down.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1240 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ الْمِصْرِيُّ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: اشْتَكَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَصَلَّيْنَا وَرَاءَهُ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ، وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ يُكَبِّرُ يُسْمِعُ النَّاسَ تَكْبِيرَهُ، فَالْتَفَتَ إِلَيْنَا فَرَآنَا قِيَامًا، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْنَا فَقَعَدْنَا فَصَلَّيْنَا بِصَلَاتِهِ قُعُودًا، فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنْ كِدْتُمْ أَنْ تَفْعَلُوا فِعْلَ فَارِسَ وَالرُّومِ، يَقُومُونَ عَلَى مُلُوكِهِمْ وَهُمْ قُعُودٌ، فَلَا تَفْعَلُوا، ائْتَمُّوا بِأَئِمَّتِكُمْ، إِنْ صَلَّى قَائِمًا فَصَلُّوا قِيَامًا، وَإِنْ صَلَّى قَاعِدًا فَصَلُّوا قُعُودًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1240

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1240

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 145

What Was Narrated Concerning Qunut In The Fajr Prayer

Hadith 1241

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1241. Sa'd bin Târiq said: "I said to my father: 'O my father! You prayed behind the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and behind Abu Bakr, 'Umar and 'Uthmân, and behind 'Ali here in Kufah for about five years. Did they recite Qunut in Fajr?' He said: 'O my son! That is an innovation.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1241 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ، وَحَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، وَيَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنْ أَبِي مَالِكٍ الْأَشْجَعِيِّ سَعْدِ بْنِ طَارِقٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَبِي: يَا أَبَتِ إِنَّكَ قَدْ صَلَّيْتَ خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَبِي بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرَ وَعُثْمَانَ وَعَلِيٍّ هَاهُنَا بِالْكُوفَةِ، نَحْوًا مِنْ خَمْسِ سِنِينَ، «فَكَانُوا يَقْنُتُونَ فِي الْفَجْرِ؟» فَقَالَ: أَيْ بُنَيَّ مُحْدَثٌ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1241

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1241

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1242

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniFabricated
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1242. It was narrated that Umm Salamah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ was forbidden to recite Qunut in Fajr." (Maudu')

Arabic text

1242 - حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ الضَّبِّيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَعْلَى زُنْبُورٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَنْبَسَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَتْ «نُهِيَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنِ الْقُنُوتِ فِي الْفَجْرِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1242

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1242

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1243

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1243. It was narrated from Anas bin Mâlik that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to recite Qunut in The Subh prayer, and he used to supplicate in it against one of the Arab tribes for a month, then he stopped doing so. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1243 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَقْنُتُ فِي صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ يَدْعُو عَلَى حَيٍّ مِنْ أَحْيَاءِ الْعَرَبِ شَهْرًا ثُمَّ تَرَكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1243

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1243

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1244

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1244. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ raised his head from Ruku' in the Subh prayer, he said: 'O Allâh, save Al-Walid bin Walid, Salamah bin Hishâm and 'Ayyâsh bin Abu Rabî'ah, and the oppressed in Makkah. O Allâh, tighten Your grip on Mudar, and send them years of famine like the famine of Yusuf.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1244 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: لَمَّا رَفَعَ رَسُولُ صَلَّى عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأْسَهُ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ أَنْجِ الْوَلِيدَ بْنَ الْوَلِيدِ وَسَلَمَةَ بْنَ هِشَامٍ وَعَيَّاشَ بْنَ أَبِي رَبِيعَةَ وَالْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ بِمَكَّةَ اللَّهُمَّ اشْدُدْ وَطْأَتَكَ عَلَى مُضَرَ وَاجْعَلْهَا عَلَيْهِمْ سِنِينَ كَسِنِي يُوسُفَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1244

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1244

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 146

What Was Narrated Concerning Killing Snakes And Scorpions During The Prayer

Hadith 1245

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1245. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ commanded killing the two black ones during prayer; the scorpion and the snake. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1245 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ ضَمْضَمِ بْنِ جَوْسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " أَمَرَ بِقَتْلِ الْأَسْوَدَيْنِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ: الْعَقْرَبِ وَالْحَيَّةِ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1245

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1245

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1246

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1246. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Prophet ﷺ was stung by a scorpion while he was performing prayer, and he said: 'May Allâh curse the scorpion, for it does not spare anyone, whether he is praying or not. Kill them whether you are in Ihrâm or not.'" In Al-Hill (outside the sacred precincts of Makkah) or Al-haram (the sacred precincts of Makkah). (Hasan)

Arabic text

1246 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ حَكِيمٍ الْأَوْدِيُّ، وَالْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ الدَّهَّانُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْحَكَمُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: لَدَغَتِ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَقْرَبٌ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ فَقَالَ: «لَعَنَ اللَّهُ الْعَقْرَبَ، مَا تَدَعُ الْمُصَلِّيَ وَغَيْرَ الْمُصَلِّي، اقْتُلُوهَا فِي الْحِلِّ وَالْحَرَمِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1246

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1246

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1247

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1247. It was narrated from Ibn Abu Râfi', from his father, from his grandfather, that the Prophet ﷺ killed a scorpion while he was praying. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1247 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْهَيْثَمُ بْنُ جَمِيلٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مِنْدَلٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «قَتَلَ عَقْرَبًا وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1247

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1247

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 147

The Prohibition Of Prayer After The Fajr And After The 'Asr

Hadith 1248

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1248. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ forbade two prayers: prayer after the Fajr until the sun has risen, and prayer after 'Asr until the sun has set. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1248 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، وَأَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ خُبَيْبِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ حَفْصِ بْنِ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ " نَهَى عَنْ صَلَاتَيْنِ: عَنِ الصَّلَاةِ بَعْدَ الْفَجْرِ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ، وَبَعْدَ الْعَصْرِ حَتَّى تَغْرُبَ الشَّمْسُ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1248

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1248

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1249

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1249. It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri that the Prophet ﷺ said: "There is no prayer after the 'Asr until the sun has set, and there is no prayer after the Fajr until the sun has risen." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1249 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ يَعْلَى التَّيْمِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ عُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ قَزَعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا صَلَاةَ بَعْدَ الْعَصْرِ حَتَّى تَغْرُبَ الشَّمْسُ، وَلَا صَلَاةَ بَعْدَ الْفَجْرِ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1249

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1249

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1250

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1250. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "Good men among whom was 'Umar bin Khattāb, and the best of them in my view is 'Umar, testified before me that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'There is no prayer after Fajr until the sun has risen, and there is no prayer after the 'Asr until the sun has set.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1250 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَفَّانُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي الْعَالِيَةِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: شَهِدَ عِنْدِي رِجَالٌ مَرْضِيُّونَ فِيهِمْ عُمَرُ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ وَأَرْضَاهُمْ عِنْدِي عُمَرُ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا صَلَاةَ بَعْدَ الْفَجْرِ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ، وَلَا صَلَاةَ بَعْدَ الْعَصْرِ حَتَّى تَغْرُبَ الشَّمْسُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1250

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1250

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 148

What Was Narrated Concerning The Times When It Is Disliked To Perform Prayer

Hadith 1251

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1251. It was narrated that 'Amr bin 'Abasah said: "I came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and said: 'Is there any time that is more beloved to Allāh than another?' He said: 'Yes, the middle of the night, so pray as much as you want until dawn comes. Then refrain from praying until the sun has risen, and as long as it looks like a shield until it becomes apparent. Then pray as much as you want until a pole stands on its shadow (i.e., noon), then refrain from praying until it has crossed the zenith, for Hell is heated up at midday. Then pray as much as you want until you pray 'Asr', then refrain from praying until the sun has set, for it sets between the two horns of Satan and it rises between the two horns of Satan.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1251 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا غُنْدَرٌ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ يَعْلَى بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ طَلْقٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْبَيْلَمَانِيِّ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَبَسَةَ، قَالَ: أَتَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقُلْتُ: هَلْ مِنْ سَاعَةٍ أَحَبُّ إِلَى اللَّهِ مِنْ أُخْرَى؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ، جَوْفُ اللَّيْلِ الْأَوْسَطُ، فَصَلِّ مَا بَدَا لَكَ حَتَّى يَطْلُعَ الصُّبْحُ، ثُمَّ انْتَهِ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ، وَمَا دَامَتْ كَأَنَّهَا حَجَفَةٌ حَتَّى تُبَشْبِشَ، ثُمَّ صَلِّ مَا بَدَا لَكَ حَتَّى يَقُومَ الْعَمُودُ عَلَى ظِلِّهِ، ثُمَّ انْتَهِ حَتَّى تَزِيغَ الشَّمْسُ فَإِنَّ جَهَنَّمَ تُسْجَرُ نِصْفَ النَّهَارِ، ثُمَّ صَلِّ مَا بَدَا لَكَ حَتَّى تُصَلِّيَ الْعَصْرَ، ثُمَّ انْتَهِ حَتَّى تَغْرُبَ الشَّمْسُ، فَإِنَّهَا تَغْرُبُ بَيْنَ قَرْنَيِ الشَّيْطَانِ وَتَطْلُعُ بَيْنَ قَرْنَيِ الشَّيْطَانِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1251

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1251

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1252

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1252. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "Safwān bin Mu'attal asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ: 'O Messenger of Allāh, I want to ask you about something of which you have knowledge and I know nothing.' He said: 'What is it?' He said: 'Is there any time of the night or day when it is disliked to perform prayer? He said: 'Yes, when you have prayed the Subh, then do not pray until the sun has risen, for it rises between the two horns of Satan. Then pray, for the prayer is attended (by the angels) and is acceptable (to Allâh) until the sun is right overhead like a spear. For at that time Hell is heated up and its gates are opened. (Then refrain from prayer) until the sun passes the zenith. Then when it has passed the zenith, the prayer is attended (by the angels) and is acceptable (to Allâh) until you pray the Asr. Then stop praying until the sun has set.''' (Hasan)

Arabic text

1252 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ الْمُنْكَدِرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي فُدَيْكٍ، عَنِ الضَّحَّاكِ بْنِ عُثْمَانَ، عَنِ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: سَأَلَ صَفْوَانُ بْنُ الْمُعَطَّلِ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنِّي سَائِلُكَ عَنْ أَمْرٍ أَنْتَ بِهِ عَالِمٌ وَأَنَا بِهِ جَاهِلٌ، قَالَ: «وَمَا هُوَ؟» قَالَ: هَلْ مِنْ سَاعَاتِ اللَّيْلِ وَالنَّهَارِ سَاعَةٌ تُكْرَهُ فِيهَا الصَّلَاةُ؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ إِذَا صَلَّيْتَ الصُّبْحَ، فَدَعِ الصَّلَاةَ، حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ، فَإِنَّهَا تَطْلُعُ بِقَرْنَيِ الشَّيْطَانِ، ثُمَّ صَلِّ فَالصَّلَاةُ مَحْضُورَةٌ مُتَقَبَّلَةٌ حَتَّى تَسْتَوِيَ الشَّمْسُ عَلَى رَأْسِكَ كَالرُّمْحِ، فَإِذَا كَانَتْ عَلَى رَأْسِكَ كَالرُّمْحِ فَدَعِ الصَّلَاةَ، فَإِنَّ تِلْكَ السَّاعَةَ تُسْجَرُ فِيهَا جَهَنَّمُ وَتُفْتَحُ فِيهَا أَبْوَابُهَا، حَتَّى تَزِيغَ الشَّمْسُ عَنْ حَاجِبِكَ الْأَيْمَنِ، فَإِذَا زَالَتْ فَالصَّلَاةُ مَحْضُورَةٌ مُتَقَبَّلَةٌ حَتَّى تُصَلِّيَ الْعَصْرَ، ثُمَّ دَعِ الصَّلَاةَ حَتَّى تَغِيبَ الشَّمْسُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1252

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1252

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1253

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1253. It was narrated from Abu 'Abdullâh As-Sunâbihi that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "The sun rises between the two horns of Satan" or he said "The two horns of Satan rise with it, and when it has risen, Satan parts from it. When it is in the middle of the sky he accompanies it, then when it has crossed the zenith he parts from it. When it is about to set, he accompanies it, and when it has set he parts from it. So do not pray at these three times." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1253 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الصُّنَابِحِيِّ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " إِنَّ الشَّمْسَ تَطْلُعُ بَيْنَ قَرْنَيِ الشَّيْطَانِ - أَوْ قَالَ: يَطْلُعُ مَعَهَا قَرْنَا الشَّيْطَانِ - فَإِذَا ارْتَفَعَتْ فَارَقَهَا، فَإِذَا كَانَتْ فِي وَسَطِ السَّمَاءِ قَارَنَهَا، فَإِذَا دَلَكَتْ - أَوْ قَالَ: زَالَتْ - فَارَقَهَا، فَإِذَا دَنَتْ لِلْغُرُوبِ قَارَنَهَا، فَإِذَا غَرَبَتْ فَارَقَهَا، فَلَا تُصَلُّوا هَذِهِ السَّاعَاتِ الثَّلَاثَ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1253

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1253

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 149

What Was Narrated Concerning The Concession Allowing Prayer In Makkah At Any Time

Hadith 1254

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1254. It was narrated that Jubair bin Mu'īm said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'O Banu 'Abd Manāf! Do not prevent anyone from circumambulating this House or praying at any time he wants of the day or night.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1254 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بَابَيْهِ، عَنْ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَا بَنِي عَبْدِ مَنَافٍ لَا تَمْنَعُوا أَحَدًا طَافَ بِهَذَا الْبَيْتِ وَصَلَّى أَيَّةَ سَاعَةٍ شَاءَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ وَالنَّهَارِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1254

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1254

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 150

What Was Narrated Concerning Delaying The Prayer Beyond Its Time

Hadith 1255

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1255. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Mas'ud said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'You may come across people who offer a prayer at the wrong time. If you meet them, then perform prayer in your houses at the time that you know, then pray with them and make that voluntary.'"(Sahih)

Arabic text

1255 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ زِرٍّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَعَلَّكُمْ سَتُدْرِكُونَ أَقْوَامًا يُصَلُّونَ الصَّلَاةَ لِغَيْرِ وَقْتِهَا، فَإِنْ أَدْرَكْتُمُوهُمْ فَصَلُّوا فِي بُيُوتِكُمْ لِلْوَقْتِ الَّذِي تَعْرِفُونَ، ثُمَّ صَلُّوا مَعَهُمْ وَاجْعَلُوهَا سُبْحَةً»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1255

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1255

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1256

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1256. It was narrated from Abu Dharr that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Offer prayer on time, and if you reached the Imâm leading them in prayers (on time), then perform it with them, and you will be safe with your prayer, otherwise it will be voluntary for you."(Sahih)

Arabic text

1256 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي عِمْرَانَ الْجَوْنِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «صَلِّ الصَّلَاةَ لِوَقْتِهَا، فَإِنْ أَدْرَكْتَ الْإِمَامَ يُصَلِّي بِهِمْ فَصَلِّ مَعَهُمْ، وَقَدْ أَحْرَزْتَ صَلَاتَكَ، وَإِلَّا فَهِيَ نَافِلَةٌ لَكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1256

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1256

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1257

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1257. It was narrated from 'Ubâdah bin Sâmit that the Prophet ﷺ said: "There will be leaders who will be distracted by matters and they will delay the prayer until after its proper time. So make your prayer with them voluntary." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1257 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أَحْمَدَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُثَنَّى، عَنْ أَبِي أُبَيٍّ ابْنِ امْرَأَةِ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، يَعْنِي عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «سَيَكُونُ أُمَرَاءُ تَشْغَلُهُمْ أَشْيَاءُ، يُؤَخِّرُونَ الصَّلَاةَ عَنْ وَقْتِهَا فَاجْعَلُوا صَلَاتَكُمْ مَعَهُمْ تَطَوُّعًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1257

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1257

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 151

What Was Narrated Concerning The Fear Prayer

Hadith 1258

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1258. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said concerning the fear prayer: "The Imâm should lead one group in prayer, and they should perform one prostration, and there should be another group between them and the enemy (guarding them). Then those who did the prostration with their leader should move away, and take the place of those who have not yet prayed. Then those who have not yet prayed should come forward and perform one prostration with their leader. Then their leader should move away, and his prayer will be complete. Then each group should perform one prostration by itself. If the fear is too great, then (they should pray) on foot or riding." He said: What is meant by prostration here is a Rak'ah. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1258 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «فِي صَلَاةِ الْخَوْفِ أَنْ يَكُونَ الْإِمَامُ يُصَلِّي بِطَائِفَةٍ مَعَهُ، فَيَسْجُدُونَ سَجْدَةً وَاحِدَةً، وَتَكُونُ طَائِفَةٌ مِنْهُمْ بَيْنَهُمْ وَبَيْنَ الْعَدُوِّ، ثُمَّ يَنْصَرِفُ الَّذِينَ سَجَدُوا السَّجْدَةَ مَعَ أَمِيرِهِمْ، ثُمَّ يَكُونُونَ مَكَانَ الَّذِينَ لَمْ يُصَلُّوا، وَيَتَقَدَّمُ الَّذِينَ لَمْ يُصَلُّوا فَيُصَلُّوا مَعَ أَمِيرِهِمْ سَجْدَةً وَاحِدَةً، ثُمَّ يَنْصَرِفُ أَمِيرُهُمْ وَقَدْ صَلَّى صَلَاتَهُ، وَيُصَلِّي كُلُّ وَاحِدٍ مِنَ الطَّائِفَتَيْنِ بِصَلَاتِهِ سَجْدَةً لِنَفْسِهِ، فَإِنْ كَانَ خَوْفٌ أَشَدَّ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، فَرِجَالًا أَوْ رُكْبَانًا» قَالَ: يَعْنِي بِالسَّجْدَةِ الرَّكْعَةَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1258

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1258

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1259

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1259. It was narrated from Sahl bin Abu Hathmah that he said concerning the fear prayer: "The Imâm should stand facing the Qiblah, and a group of them should stand with him, and another group should stand in the direction of the enemy, facing towards the row (of worshipers). He should lead them in one Rak'ah, then they should bow and do two prostrations by themselves where they are. Then they should go and take the place of the others, and the others should come and pray one Rak'ah, bowing and prostrating with the leader. Then he will have prayed two Rak'ah and they will have prayed one; then they should perform another Rak'ah, bowing and performing two prostrations." (Sahih) Muhammad bin Bashshâr said: "I asked Yahya bin Sa'eed Al-Qattân about this Hadith. So he narrated to me, from Shu'bah, from 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Qâsim, from his father, from Sâlih bin Khawwât, from Sahl bin Abu Hathamah, from the Prophet ﷺ similar to what Yahya bin Sa'eed (Al-Ansâri) narrated. He said: "Write it next to it, for I do not remember the narration, but it is similar to the narration of Yahya (no. 1259).[1]

Arabic text

1259 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ، عَنِ الْقَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ خَوَّاتٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ أَبِي حَثْمَةَ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ فِي صَلَاةِ الْخَوْفِ قَالَ: «يَقُومُ الْإِمَامُ مُسْتَقْبِلَ الْقِبْلَةِ، وَتَقُومُ طَائِفَةٌ مِنْهُمْ مَعَهُ، وَطَائِفَةٌ مِنْ قِبَلِ الْعَدُوِّ، وَوُجُوهُهُمْ إِلَى الصَّفِّ، فَيَرْكَعُ بِهِمْ رَكْعَةً، وَيَرْكَعُونَ لِأَنْفُسِهِمْ وَيَسْجُدُونَ لِأَنْفُسِهِمْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ فِي مَكَانِهِمْ، ثُمَّ يَذْهَبُونَ إِلَى مُقَامِ أُولَئِكَ، وَيَجِيءُ أُولَئِكَ، فَيَرْكَعُ بِهِمْ رَكْعَةً، وَيَسْجُدُ بِهِمْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ فَهِيَ لَهُ ثِنْتَانِ وَلَهُمْ وَاحِدَةٌ، ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُونَ رَكْعَةً وَيَسْجُدُونَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ» ، قَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ: فَسَأَلْتُ يَحْيَى بْنَ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانَ عَنْ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ، قَالَ: فَحَدَّثَنِي عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ خَوَّاتٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ أَبِي حَثْمَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمِثْلِ حَدِيثِ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ لِي يَحْيَى: اكْتُبْهُ إِلَى جَنْبِهِ وَلَسْتُ أَحْفَظُ الْحَدِيثَ وَلَكِنْ مِثْلُ حَدِيثِ يَحْيَى

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1259

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1259

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1260

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1260. It was narrated from Jâbir bin 'Abdullâh that the Prophet ﷺ led his Companions in the fear prayer. He led them all in bowing, then the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and the row nearest him prostrated, and the others stood up, then when he stood up, they prostrated twice by themselves. Then the front row moved back and took their place, and they moved forward until they formed the front row. Then the Prophet ﷺ led them all in bowing, then the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and the row nearest him prostrated, and when they raised their heads, the others prostrated twice. So all of them bowed with the Prophet ﷺ and some of them prostrated by themselves, and the enemy was in the direction of the Qiblah. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1260 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «صَلَّى بِأَصْحَابِهِ صَلَاةَ الْخَوْفِ، فَرَكَعَ بِهِمْ جَمِيعًا، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَالصَّفُّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُ، وَالْآخَرُونَ قِيَامٌ، حَتَّى إِذَا نَهَضَ سَجَدَ أُولَئِكَ بِأَنْفُسِهِمْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ تَأَخَّرَ الصَّفُّ الْمُقَدَّمُ، حَتَّى قَامُوا مُقَامَ أُولَئِكَ، وَتَخَلَّلَ أُولَئِكَ حَتَّى قَامُوا مُقَامَ الصَّفِّ الْمُقَدَّمِ، فَرَكَعَ بِهِمُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَمِيعًا، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَالصَّفُّ الَّذِي يَلُونَهُ، فَلَمَّا رَفَعُوا رُءُوسَهُمْ سَجَدَ أُولَئِكَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، وَكُلُّهُمْ قَدْ رَكَعَ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَسَجَدَ طَائِفَةٌ بِأَنْفُسِهِمْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، وَكَانَ الْعَدُوُّ مِمَّا يَلِي الْقِبْلَةَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, Yahya bin Sa'eed Al-Qattân narrated no. 1259 from Yahya bin Sa'eed Al-Ansâri, and when asked about it, he also narrated another chain for it from Shu'bah, but Shu'bah's narration mentioned "from the Prophet" in it, whereas Yahya bin Sa'eed Al-Ansâri's did not. See At-Tirmidhi nos. 565 and 566. The chain of Shu'bah is also mentioned by Bukhârî after no. 4131, including: "from the Prophet", but it is not translated in the English translation.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1260

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1260

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 152

What Was Narrated Concerning The Eclipse Prayer

Hadith 1261

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1261. It was narrated that Abu Mas'ud said: The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The sun and the moon do not become eclipsed for the death of anyone among mankind. If you see that, then stand and perform prayer." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1261 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ الشَّمْسَ وَالْقَمَرَ لَا يَنْكَسِفَانِ لِمَوْتِ أَحَدٍ مِنَ النَّاسِ فَإِذَا رَأَيْتُمُوهُ فَقُومُوا فَصَلُّوا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1261

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1261

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1262

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1262. It was narrated that Nu'mān bin Bashir said: "The sun was eclipsed at the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and he came out alarmed, dragging his lower garment, until he reached the mosque. He continued to perform prayer until the eclipse was over, then he said: 'Some people claim that the sun and moon only become eclipsed because of the death of a great leader. That is not so. The sun and the moon do not become eclipsed for the death or birth of anyone. When Allāh manifests Himself to anything in His creation, it humbles itself before Him.''' (Da'if)

Arabic text

1262 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ، وَجَمِيلُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ الْحَذَّاءُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنِ النُّعْمَانِ بْنِ بَشِيرٍ، قَالَ: انْكَسَفَتِ الشَّمْسُ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَخَرَجَ فَزِعًا يَجُرُّ ثَوْبَهُ، حَتَّى أَتَى الْمُسْجِدَ، فَلَمْ يَزَلْ يُصَلِّي حَتَّى انْجَلَتْ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «إِنَّ أُنَاسًا يَزْعُمُونَ أَنَّ الشَّمْسَ وَالْقَمَرَ لَا يَنْكَسِفَانِ إِلَّا لِمَوْتِ عَظِيمٍ مِنَ الْعُظَمَاءِ، وَلَيْسَ كَذَلِكَ، إِنَّ الشَّمْسَ وَالْقَمَرَ لَا يَنْكَسِفَانِ لِمَوْتِ أَحَدٍ وَلَا لِحَيَاتِهِ، فَإِذَا تَجَلَّى اللَّهُ لِشَيْءٍ مِنْ خَلْقِهِ خَشَعَ لَهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1262

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1262

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1263

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1263. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The sun was eclipsed during the life of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ went out to the mosque and stood and said the Takbir, and the people formed rows behind him. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ recited for a long time, then he said the Takbir and bowed for a long time. Then he raised his head and said: 'Sami' Allāhu liman hamidah, Rabbanā wa lakal-hamd.' Then he stood and recited for a long time, but shorter than the first recitation. Then he said the Takbir and bowed for a long time, but less than the first bowing. Then he said: 'Sami' Allāhu liman hamidah, Rabbanā wa lakal-hamd.' Then he did the same in the next Rak'ah, and he completed four Rak'ah and four sets of prostration, and the eclipse ended before he finished. Then he stood and addressed the people. He praised Allāh as He deserves to be praised, then he said: 'The sun and the moon are two of the signs of Allâh. They do not become eclipsed for the death or birth of anyone. If you see that then seek help in prayer.”’ (Sahih).

Arabic text

1263 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ السَّرْحِ الْمِصْرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عُرْوَةُ بْنُ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: كَسَفَتِ الشَّمْسُ فِي حَيَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَخَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى الْمَسْجِدِ، فَقَامَ فَكَبَّرَ فَصَفَّ النَّاسُ وَرَاءَهُ، فَقَرَأَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قِرَاءَةً طَوِيلَةً، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ، فَرَكَعَ رُكُوعًا طَوِيلًا، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ فَقَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ» . ثُمَّ قَامَ فَقَرَأَ قِرَاءَةً طَوِيلَةً، هِيَ أَدْنَى مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ الْأُولَى، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ فَرَكَعَ رُكُوعًا طَوِيلًا هُوَ أَدْنَى مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ الْأَوَّلِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ» ثُمَّ فَعَلَ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الْأُخْرَى مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، فَاسْتَكْمَلَ أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ وَأَرْبَعَ سَجَدَاتٍ، وَانْجَلَتِ الشَّمْسُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَنْصَرِفَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَخَطَبَ النَّاسَ فَأَثْنَى عَلَى اللَّهِ بِمَا هُوَ أَهْلُهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «إِنَّ الشَّمْسَ وَالْقَمَرَ آيَتَانِ مِنْ آيَاتِ اللَّهِ، لَا يَنْكَسِفَانِ لِمَوْتِ أَحَدٍ وَلَا لِحَيَاتِهِ، فَإِذَا رَأَيْتُمُوهُمَا فَافْزَعُوا إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1263

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1263

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1264

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1264. It was narrated that Samurah bin Jundab said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ led us in the eclipse prayer, and we did not hear his voice." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1264 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ ثَعْلَبَةَ بْنِ عَبَّادٍ، عَنْ سَمُرَةَ بْنِ جُنْدَبٍ، قَالَ: «صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الْكُسُوفِ فَلَا نَسْمَعُ لَهُ صَوْتًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1264

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1264

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1265

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1265. It was narrated that Asmâ' bint Abu Bakr said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ performed the eclipse prayer. He stood for a long time, then he bowed for a long time, then he stood up and stood for a long time, then he bowed for a long time, then he stood up, then he prostrated for a long time, then he sat up, then he prostrated for a long time. He stood for a long time, then he bowed for a long time, then he stood up and stood for a long time, then he bowed for a long time, then he stood up, then he prostrated for a long time, then he sat up, then he prostrated for a long time. Then he finished and said: 'Paradise was brought close to me, so that if I had dared, I could have brought you some of its fruits. And Hell was brought near to me, until I said, "O Lord, am I one of them?" Nāfi' said: "I think that he said: 'And I saw a woman being scratched by a cat that belonged to her. I said: "What is wrong with this woman?" They said: "She detained it until it died of hunger; she did not feed it and she did not let it loose to eat of the vermin of the earth." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1265 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحْرِزُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْعَدَنِيُّ، قَالَ حَدَّثَنَا نَافِعُ بْنُ عُمَرَ الْجُمَحِيُّ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ أَسْمَاءَ بِنْتِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، قَالَتْ: صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاةَ الْكُسُوفِ، فَقَامَ فَأَطَالَ الْقِيَامَ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَأَطَالَ الرُّكُوعَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ فَقَامَ فَأَطَالَ الْقِيَامَ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَأَطَالَ الرُّكُوعَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ فَقَامَ فَأَطَالَ الْقِيَامَ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَأَطَالَ الرُّكُوعَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ فَقَامَ فَأَطَالَ الْقِيَامَ، ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَأَطَالَ الرُّكُوعَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ، فَقَالَ: " لَقَدْ دَنَتْ مِنِّي الْجَنَّةُ حَتَّى لَوِ اجْتَرَأْتُ عَلَيْهَا لَجِئْتُكُمْ بِقِطَافٍ مِنْ قِطَافِهَا، وَدَنَتْ مِنِّي النَّارُ حَتَّى قُلْتُ: أَيْ رَبِّ وَأَنَا فِيهِمْ " قَالَ نَافِعٌ حَسِبْتُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: " وَرَأَيْتُ امْرَأَةً تَخْدِشُهَا هِرَّةٌ لَهَا، فَقُلْتُ: مَا شَأْنُ هَذِهِ؟ قَالُوا: حَبَسَتْهَا حَتَّى مَاتَتْ جُوعًا، لَا هِيَ أَطْعَمَتْهَا وَلَا هِيَ أَرْسَلَتْهَا تَأْكُلُ مِنْ خِشَاشِ الْأَرْضِ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1265

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1265

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 153

What Was Narrated Concerning The Prayer For Rain

Hadith 1266

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1266. It was narrated from Hishâm bin Ishâq bin 'Abdullâh bin Kinânah that his father said: "One of the chiefs[1] sent me to Ibn 'Abbâs to ask him about the prayer for rain. Ibn 'Abbâs said: 'What kept him from asking me?' He said: 'The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ went out humbly, walking with a humble and moderate gait, imploring, and he performed two Rak'ah as he used to pray for 'Eid, but he did not give a sermon like this sermon of yours.'"(Hasan)

Arabic text

1266 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ إِسْحَاقَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ كِنَانَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: أَرْسَلَنِي أَمِيرٌ مِنَ الْأُمَرَاءِ إِلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ أَسْأَلُهُ عَنِ الصَّلَاةِ فِي الِاسْتِسْقَاءِ، فَقَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: مَا مَنَعَهُ أَنْ يَسْأَلَنِي؟ قَالَ: «خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُتَوَاضِعًا مُتَبَذِّلًا مُتَخَشِّعًا مُتَرَسِّلًا مُتَضَرِّعًا، فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ كَمَا يُصَلِّي فِي الْعِيدِ، وَلَمْ يَخْطُبْ خُطْبَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1266

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1266

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1267

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1267. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Abu Bakr said: "I heard 'Abbâd bin Tamim narrating to my father that his paternal uncle had seen the Prophet ﷺ going out to the prayer place to pray for rain. He faced the Qiblah and turned his cloak around, and prayed two Rak'ah." (One of the narrators) Muhammad bin Sabbâh said: "Sufyân told us something similar, narrating from Yahya bin Sa'eed, from Abu Bakr bin Muhammad bin 'Amr bin Hazm, from 'Abbâd bin Tamim, from his paternal uncle, from the Prophet ﷺ. Sufyân narrated that Al-Mas'udi said: "I asked Abu Bakr bin Muhammad bin 'Amr: 'Did he turn it upside down or right to left?' He said: 'No, it was right to left.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1267 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ عَبَّادَ بْنَ تَمِيمٍ، يُحَدِّثُ أَبِي، عَنْ عَمِّهِ، أَنَّهُ شَهِدَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «خَرَجَ إِلَى الْمُصَلَّى يَسْتَسْقِي، فَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ وَقَلَبَ رِدَاءَهُ وَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ» ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَزْمٍ، عَنْ عَبَّادِ بْنِ تَمِيمٍ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمِثْلِهِ، قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: عَنِ الْمَسْعُودِيِّ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَبَا بَكْرِ بْنَ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو أَجَعَلَ أَعْلَاهُ أَسْفَلَهُ أَوِ الْيَمِينَ عَلَى الشِّمَالِ، قَالَ: لَا بَلِ الْيَمِينَ عَلَى الشِّمَالِ

Footnotes

1 [1] In the narration of At-Tirmidhi (no. 558), it was Walid bin 'Uqbah.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1267

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1267

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1268

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1268. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ went out one day to pray for rain. He led us in praying two Rak'ah without any Adhân or Iqâmah, then he addressed us and supplicated to Allâh. He turned to face the Qiblah, raising his hands, then he turned his cloak around, putting its right on the left and its left on the right." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1268 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ الْأَزْهَرِ، وَالْحَسَنُ بْنُ أَبِي الرَّبِيعِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النُّعْمَانَ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: «خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمًا يَسْتَسْقِي، فَصَلَّى بِنَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ بِلَا أَذَانٍ وَلَا إِقَامَةٍ، ثُمَّ خَطَبَنَا وَدَعَا اللَّهَ وَحَوَّلَ وَجْهَهُ نَحْوَ الْقِبْلَةِ رَافِعًا يَدَيْهِ، ثُمَّ قَلَبَ رِدَاءَهُ فَجَعَلَ الْأَيْمَنَ عَلَى الْأَيْسَرِ وَالْأَيْسَرَ عَلَى الْأَيْمَنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1268

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1268

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 154

What Was Narrated Concerning Supplication For Rain

Hadith 1269

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1269. It was narrated from Shurahbil bin Simt that he said to Ka'b: "O Ka'b bin Murrah, narrate to us a Hadith from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, but be careful." He said: "A man came to the Prophet ﷺ and said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, ask Allāh for rain!' So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ raised his hands and said: 'O Allāh! Send wholesome, productive rain upon all of us, sooner rather than later, beneficial and not harmful.' No sooner had they finished performing Friday (prayer) but they were revived. Then they came to him and complained to him about the rain, saying: 'O Messenger of Allāh, the houses have been destroyed!' He said: 'O Allāh, around us and not upon us.' Then the clouds began to disperse right and left." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1269 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ أَبِي الْجَعْدِ، عَنْ شُرَحْبِيلَ بْنِ السِّمْطِ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ لِكَعْبٍ: يَا كَعْبُ بْنَ مُرَّةَ حَدِّثْنَا عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَاحْذَرْ، قَالَ: جَاءَ رَجُلٌ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ اسْتَسْقِ اللَّهَ فَرَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَدَيْهِ فَقَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ اسْقِنَا غَيْثًا مَرِيئًا مَرِيعًا طَبَقًا عَاجِلًا غَيْرَ رَائِثٍ، نَافِعًا غَيْرَ ضَارٍّ» ، قَالَ: فَمَا جَمَّعُوا حَتَّى أُحْيُوا، قَالَ: فَأَتَوْهُ فَشَكَوْا إِلَيْهِ الْمَطَرَ، فَقَالُوا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ: تَهَدَّمَتِ الْبُيُوتُ، فَقَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ حَوَالَيْنَا وَلَا عَلَيْنَا» قَالَ: فَجَعَلَ السَّحَابُ يَنْقَطِعُ يَمِينًا وَشِمَالًا

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1269

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1269

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1270

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1270. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "A Bedouin came to the Prophet ﷺ and said: 'O Messenger of Allâh, I have come to you from people who have no place to graze their flocks and even their male camels have become weak. He mounted the pulpit and praised Allâh, then he said: 'O Allâh, send upon us all abundant, wholesome rain, productive and plentiful, sooner rather than later.' Then the rain came down, and no one came to him from any direction but they said: 'We have been revived.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1270 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي الْقَاسِمِ أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ الرَّبِيعِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ إِدْرِيسَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُصَيْنٌ، عَنْ حَبِيبِ بْنِ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: جَاءَ أَعْرَابِيٌّ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ لَقَدْ جِئْتُكَ مِنْ عِنْدِ قَوْمٍ مَا يَتَزَوَّدُ لَهُمْ رَاعٍ، وَلَا يَخْطِرُ لَهُمْ فَحْلٌ، فَصَعِدَ الْمِنْبَرَ، فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ اسْقِنَا غَيْثًا مُغِيثًا مَرِيئًا طَبَقًا مَرِيعًا غَدَقًا عَاجِلًا غَيْرَ رَائِثٍ» ثُمَّ نَزَلَ، فَمَا يَأْتِيهِ أَحَدٌ مِنْ وَجْهٍ مِنَ الْوُجُوهِ إِلَّا قَالُوا قَدْ أُحْيِينَا

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1270

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1270

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1271

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1271. Mu'tamir narrated from his father, from Barakah, from Bashir bin Nahik, from Abu Hurairah: "The Prophet ﷺ supplicated for rain (raising his hands) until I saw or one could see the whiteness of his armpits." (Sahih) (One of the narrators) Mu'tamir said: "I think it was during the prayer for rain."[1] [1] That is: "I think that rain is mentioned in the narration." It was narrated by Ibn Khuzaimah in his Sahih no. 1413 through a route from Muhammad bin Abu 'Adi from Sulaimân At-Taimi from Barakah. And This Sulaimân is the father of Mu'tamir who

Arabic text

1271 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَفَّانُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعْتَمِرٌ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ بَرَكَةَ، عَنْ بَشِيرِ بْنِ نَهِيكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «اسْتَسْقَى حَتَّى رَأَيْتُ أَوْ رُئِيَ بَيَاضُ إِبْطَيْهِ» قَالَ مُعْتَمِرٌ: أُرَاهُ فِي الِاسْتِسْقَاءِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1271

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1271

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1272

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1272. Sālim narrated that his father said: "Sometimes I remember the words of the poet when I was looking at the face of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ on the pulpit. He did not come down until all the waterspouts in Al-Madinah were filled with rain. And I remember what the poet said: 'He has a white complexion and rain is sought by virtue of his countenance, He cares for the orphans, and protects the widows.' These are the words of Abu Tālib." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1272 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ الْأَزْهَرِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو النَّضْرِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَقِيلٍ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ حَمْزَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَالِمٌ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: " رُبَّمَا ذَكَرْتُ قَوْلَ الشَّاعِرِ وَأَنَا أَنْظُرُ إِلَى وَجْهِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ، فَمَا نَزَلَ حَتَّى جَيَّشَ كُلُّ مِيزَابٍ بِالْمَدِينَةِ فَأَذْكُرُ قَوْلَ الشَّاعِرِ: [البحر الطويل] وَأَبْيَضَ يُسْتَسْقَى الْغَمَامُ بِوَجْهِهِ ... ثِمَالُ الْيَتَامَى عِصْمَةٌ لِلْأَرَامِلِ " ، وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَبِي طَالِبٍ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1272

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1272

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 155

What Was Narrated Concerning The 'Eid Prayers

Hadith 1273

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1273. It was narrated that 'Atā' said: "I heard Ibn 'Abbās say: 'I bear witness that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed before the sermon, then he delivered the sermon. And he thought that the women had not heard, so he went over to them and reminded them (of Allāh) and preached to them and enjoined them to give in charity, and Bilāl was spreading his hands like this, and the women started giving their earrings, rings and things.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1273 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، يَقُولُ أَشْهَدُ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ «صَلَّى قَبْلَ الْخُطْبَةِ، ثُمَّ خَطَبَ فَرَأَى أَنَّهُ لَمْ يُسْمِعِ النِّسَاءَ فَأَتَاهُنَّ فَذَكَّرَهُنَّ وَوَعَظَهُنَّ وَأَمَرَهُنَّ بِالصَّدَقَةِ، وَبِلَالٌ قَائِلٌ بِيَدَيْهِ هَكَذَا، فَجَعَلَتِ الْمَرْأَةُ تُلْقِي الْخُرْصَ وَالْخَاتَمَ وَالشَّيْءَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1273

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1273

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1274

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1274. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbās that the Prophet ﷺ prayed on the day of 'Eid with no Adhân and no Iqâmah. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1274 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى يَوْمَ الْعِيدِ بِغَيْرِ أَذَانٍ وَلَا إِقَامَةٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1274

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1274

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1275

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1275. It was narrated that Abu Sa'eed said: "Marwân brought the pulpit out one 'Eid' day and started to deliver the sermon before the prayer. A man stood up and said: 'O Commander of the Believers, you have gone against the Sunnah. You have brought the pulpit out on the day of 'Eid' and it was not brought out before, and you started with the sermon before the prayer, when this was not done before.' Abu Sa'eed said: 'As for this man, he has done his duty. I heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ say: "Whoever among you sees an evil action, and he is able to change it with his hand, then change it with his hand (by taking action); if he cannot, (do so) with his tongue then with his tongue (by speaking out); and if he cannot then with his heart (by hating it and feeling that it is wrong), and that is the weakest of faith." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1275 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ رَجَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، وَعَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ طَارِقِ بْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: أَخْرَجَ مَرْوَانُ الْمِنْبَرَ يَوْمَ الْعِيدِ، فَبَدَأَ بِالْخُطْبَةِ قَبْلَ الصَّلَاةِ، فَقَامَ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ: يَا مَرْوَانُ خَالَفْتَ السُّنَّةَ، أَخْرَجْتَ الْمِنْبَرَ يَوْمَ عِيدٍ وَلَمْ يَكُنْ يُخْرَجُ بِهِ، وَبَدَأْتَ بِالْخُطْبَةِ قَبْلَ الصَّلَاةِ وَلَمْ يَكُنْ يُبْدَأُ بِهَا، فَقَالَ أَبُو سَعِيدٍ: أَمَّا هَذَا فَقَدْ قَضَى مَا عَلَيْهِ، سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَنْ رَأَى مُنْكَرًا فَاسْتَطَاعَ أَنْ يُغَيِّرَهُ بِيَدِهِ فَلْيُغَيِّرْهُ بِيَدِهِ، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَسْتَطِعْ فَبِلِسَانِهِ، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَسْتَطِعْ بِلِسَانِهِ، فَبِقَلْبِهِ، وَذَلِكَ أَضْعَفُ الْإِيمَانِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1275

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1275

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1276

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1276. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Prophet ﷺ, then Abu Bakr, then 'Umar, used to pray the 'Eid prayer before delivering the sermon." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1276 - حَدَّثَنَا حَوْثَرَةُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ثُمَّ أَبُو بَكْرٍ ثُمَّ عُمَرُ يُصَلُّونَ الْعِيدَ قَبْلَ الْخُطْبَةِ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1276

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1276

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 156

What Was Narrated Concerning How Many Times The Imâm Should Say The Takbir In The 'Eid Prayers

Hadith 1277

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1277. 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Sa'd bin 'Ammâr bin Sa'd, the Mu'adhhdhin of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, narrated from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to say the Takbir in the 'Eid prayer, seven times in the first (Rak'ah) before reciting Qur'ân, and five times in the second before reciting Qur'ân. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1277 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ عَمَّارِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ مُؤَذِّنِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُكَبِّرُ فِي الْعِيدَيْنِ فِي الْأُولَى سَبْعًا قَبْلَ الْقِرَاءَةِ، وَفِي الْآخِرَةِ خَمْسًا قَبْلَ الْقِرَاءَةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1277

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1277

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1278

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1278. It was narrated from 'Amr bin Shu'aib, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Prophet ﷺ said the Takbir seven times and five times in the 'Eid prayer. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1278 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَعْلَى، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَبَّرَ فِي صَلَاةِ الْعِيدَيْنِ سَبْعًا وَخَمْسًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1278

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1278

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1279

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1279. Kathir bin 'Abdullâh bin 'Amr bin 'Awf narrated, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allâh said the Takbir in the 'Eid prayers, seven times in the first Rak'ah and five times in the second. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1279 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَسْعُودٍ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ خَالِدِ بْنِ عَثْمَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا كَثِيرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَوْفٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَبَّرَ فِي الْعِيدَيْنِ سَبْعًا فِي الْأُولَى، وَخَمْسًا فِي الْآخِرَةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1279

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1279

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1280

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1280. It was narrated from 'Aîshah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said the Takbir seven and five times in (the prayer for 'Eid) Fitr and Adha, apart from the Takbir for Ruku' (bowing). (Hasan)

Arabic text

1280 - حَدَّثَنَا حَرْمَلَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، وَعُقَيْلٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَبَّرَ فِي الْفِطْرِ وَالْأَضْحَى سَبْعًا وَخَمْسًا، سِوَى تَكْبِيرَتَيِ الرُّكُوعِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1280

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1280

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 157

What Was Narrated Concerning The Recitation In The 'Eid Prayer

Hadith 1281

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1281. It was narrated from Nu'mân bin Bashir that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to recite "Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High,"[1] and "Has there come to you the narration of the overwhelming?"[1] in the 'Eid prayer. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1281 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْتَشِرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ حَبِيبِ بْنِ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ النُّعْمَانِ بْنِ بَشِيرٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْعِيدَيْنِ بِسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى، وَهَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-A'la (87).

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1281

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1281

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1282

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1282. It was narrated that 'Ubaidullâh bin 'Abdullâh said: "Umar went out on the day of 'Eid and sent word to Abu Wâqid Al-Laithi asking what the Prophet ﷺ used to recite on this day. He said: 'Qâf'[2] and 'Iqtarabat.'"[3] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1282 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ ضَمْرَةَ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: خَرَجَ عُمَرُ يَوْمَ عِيدٍ فَأَرْسَلَ إِلَى أَبِي وَاقِدٍ اللَّيْثِيِّ: بِأَيِّ شَيْءٍ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقْرَأُ فِي مِثْلِ هَذَا الْيَوْمِ؟ قَالَ: «بِقَافْ وَاقْتَرَبَتْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1282

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1282

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1283

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1283. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbâs that the Prophet ﷺ used to recite in the 'Eid prayer "Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High."[4] and "Has there come to you the narration of the overwhelming?"[5] (Hasan)

Arabic text

1283 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعُ بْنُ الْجَرَّاحِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُبَيْدَةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْعِيدَيْنِ بِسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الْأَعْلَى وَهَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Ghâshiyah (88).

2 [2] Qâf (50).

3 [3] Al-Qamar (54).

4 [4] Al-A'la (87).

5 [5] Al-Ghâshiyah (88).

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1283

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1283

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 158

What Was Narrated Concerning The Sermon For 'Eid

Hadith 1284

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1284. It was narrated that Ismâ'il bin Abu Khâlid said: "I saw Abu Kâhil, and he was a Companion, and my brother narrated to me that he said: 'I saw the Prophet ﷺ delivering the sermon atop his she-camel, and an Ethiopian was holding onto its reins.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1284 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ أَبَا كَاهِلٍ وَكَانَتْ لَهُ صُحْبَةٌ، فَحَدَّثَنِي أَخِي عَنْهُ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَخْطُبُ عَلَى نَاقَةٍ وَحَبَشِيٌّ آخِذٌ بِخِطَامِهَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1284

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1284

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1285

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1285. It was narrated that Qais bin 'Aidh, who was Abu Kâhil, said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ delivering the sermon atop a beautiful she-camel, and an Ethiopian was holding onto its reins." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1285 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ عَائِذٍ هُوَ أَبُو كَاهِلٍ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ عَلَى نَاقَةٍ حَسْنَاءَ وَحَبَشِيٌّ آخِذٌ بِخِطَامِهَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1285

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1285

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1286

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1286. It was narrated from Salamah bin Nubait that his father performed Hajj and said: "I saw the Prophet ﷺ delivering the sermon atop his camel." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1286 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ نُبَيْطٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ حَجَّ فَقَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَخْطُبُ عَلَى بَعِيرِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1286

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1286

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1287

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1287. It was narrated from 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Sa'd bin 'Ammâr bin Sa'd, the Mu'adh-dhin, that his father narrated, from his father, that his grandfather said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to say the Takbir between the two sermons and he used to say the Takbir a great deal in the sermon of 'Eid." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1287 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ عَمَّارِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ الْمُؤَذِّنِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُكَبِّرُ بَيْنَ أَضْعَافِ الْخُطْبَةِ، يُكْثِرُ التَّكْبِيرَ فِي خُطْبَةِ الْعِيدَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1287

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1287

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1288

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1288. Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to go out on the day of 'Eid and lead the people in praying two Rak'ah, then he would say the Salâm and stand on his two feet facing the people while they were sitting down. He would say: 'Give in charity. Give in charity.' Those who gave most in charity were the women, (they would give) earrings and rings and things. If he wanted to send out an expedition he would mention it, otherwise he would leave." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1288 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو كُرَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ عِيَاضِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيُّ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْرُجُ يَوْمَ الْعِيدِ، فَيُصَلِّي بِالنَّاسِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ يُسَلِّمُ فَيَقِفُ عَلَى رِجْلَيْهِ فَيَسْتَقْبِلُ النَّاسَ وَهُمْ جُلُوسٌ، فَيَقُولُ: «تَصَدَّقُوا تَصَدَّقُوا» فَأَكْثَرُ مَنْ يَتَصَدَّقُ النِّسَاءُ، بِالْقُرْطِ وَالْخَاتَمِ وَالشَّيْءِ، فَإِنْ كَانَتْ لَهُ حَاجَةٌ يُرِيدُ أَنْ يَبْعَثَ بَعْثًا يَذْكُرُهُ لَهُمْ وَإِلَّا انْصَرَفَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1288

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1288

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1289

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniMunkar
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1289. It was narrated that Jâbir said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ went out on the Day of Al-Fitr or Al-Adha, and delivered a sermon standing up. Then he sat down briefly, then stood up again." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1289 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَحْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ الْخَوْلَانِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: «خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ فِطْرٍ أَوْ أَضْحَى، فَخَطَبَ قَائِمًا ثُمَّ قَعَدَ قَعْدَةً ثُمَّ قَامَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1289

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1289

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 159

What Was Narrated Concerning Waiting For The Sermon After The Prayer

Hadith 1290

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1290. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Sâ'ib said: "I attended the 'Eid prayer with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ. He led us in offering the 'Eid prayer, then he said: 'I have finished the prayer. Whoever wants to sit (and listen to) the sermon, then let him sit, and whoever wants to leave, then let him leave.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1290 - حَدَّثَنَا هَدِيَّةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْوَهَّابِ، وَعَمْرُو بْنُ رَافِعٍ الْبَجَلِيُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا الْفَضْلُ بْنُ مُوسَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، قَالَ: حَضَرْتُ الْعِيدَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَصَلَّى بِنَا الْعِيدَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «قَدْ قَضَيْنَا الصَّلَاةَ، فَمَنْ أَحَبَّ أَنْ يَجْلِسَ لِلْخُطْبَةِ فَلْيَجْلِسْ، وَمَنْ أَحَبَّ أَنْ يَذْهَبَ فَلْيَذْهَبْ» بَابُ مَا جَاءَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ قَبْلَ صَلَاةِ الْعِيدِ وَبَعْدَهَا حَدَّثَنَا

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1290

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1290

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 160

What Was Narrated Concerning Praying Before Or After The 'Eid Prayer

Hadith 1291

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1291. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbâs that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ went out and led them in the 'Eid prayer, and he did not pray before it or after it. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1291 - مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَدِيُّ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «خَرَجَ فَصَلَّى بِهِمُ الْعِيدَ، لَمْ يُصَلِّ قَبْلَهَا وَلَا بَعْدَهَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1291

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1291

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1292

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1292. It was narrated from 'Amr bin Shu'aib, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Prophet ﷺ did not pray before or after the 'Eid prayer. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1292 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الطَّائِفِيُّ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «لَمْ يُصَلِّ قَبْلَهَا وَلَا بَعْدَهَا فِي عِيدٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1292

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1292

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1293

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1293. It was narrated that Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ did not pray before the 'Eid prayer, but when he went back to his househe would pray two Rak'ah."(Da'if)

Arabic text

1293 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْهَيْثَمُ بْنُ جَمِيلٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو الرَّقِّيِّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «لَا يُصَلِّي قَبْلَ الْعِيدِ شَيْئًا، فَإِذَا رَجَعَ إِلَى مَنْزِلِهِ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1293

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1293

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 161

What WasNarrated Concerning GoingOut To The 'Eid PrayerWalking

Hadith 1294

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1294. 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Sa'd bin 'Ammâr bin Sa'd said: "My father told me, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Prophet ﷺ used to go out to the 'Eid prayers walking, and he would come back walking."(Da'if)

Arabic text

1294 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ عَمَّارِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَخْرُجُ إِلَى الْعِيدِ مَاشِيًا، وَيَرْجِعُ مَاشِيًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1294

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1294

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1295

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1295. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to go out to the 'Eid prayers walking, and come back walking."(Da'if)

Arabic text

1295 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْعُمَرِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، وَعُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْرُجُ إِلَى الْعِيدِ مَاشِيًا، وَيَرْجِعُ مَاشِيًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1295

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1295

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1296

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1296. It was narrated that 'Ali said: "It is part of the Sunnah to walk to 'Eid (prayers)." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1296 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: «إِنَّ مِنَ السُّنَّةِ أَنْ يَمْشِيَ إِلَى الْعِيدِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1296

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1296

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1297

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1297. It was narrated from Muhammad bin 'Ubaidullâh bin Abu Râfi', from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to come to 'Eid prayers walking. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1297 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مِنْدَلٌ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَأْتِي الْعِيدَ مَاشِيًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1297

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1297

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 162

What Was Narrated Concerning Going Out On The Day Of 'Eid Via One Route And Returning Via Another Route

Hadith 1298

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1298. 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Sa'd bin 'Ammâr bin Sa'd said: "My father told me, from his father, from his grandfather, that when the Prophet ﷺ went out on the two 'Eid, he would pass by the house of Sa'eed bin Abul-'Âs, then by the people of the tent, then he would leave by a different route, via Banu Zuraïq, then he would go out by the house of 'Ammâr bin Yâsir and the house of Abu Hurairah to Balât."[1] (Da'if)

Arabic text

1298 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ عَمَّارِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ إِذَا خَرَجَ إِلَى الْعِيدَيْنِ سَلَكَ عَلَى دَارِ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي الْعَاصِ، ثُمَّ عَلَى أَصْحَابِ الْفَسَاطِيطِ، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ فِي الطَّرِيقِ الْأُخْرَى، طَرِيقِ بَنِي زُرَيْقٍ، ثُمَّ يَخْرُجُ عَلَى دَارِ عَمَّارِ بْنِ يَاسِرٍ وَدَارِ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ إِلَى الْبَلَاطِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] A place in Al-Madinah between the mosque and the marketplace.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1298

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1298

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1299

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1299. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar that he used to go out to the 'Eid prayers via one route, and return via another, and he said that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to do that. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1299 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو قُتَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّهُ «كَانَ يَخْرُجُ إِلَى الْعِيدِ فِي طَرِيقٍ، وَيَرْجِعُ فِي أُخْرَى، وَيَزْعُمُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1299

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1299

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1300

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1300. It was narrated from Muhammad bin 'Ubaidullah bin Abu Râfi', from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to come to 'Eid prayers walking, and that he would go back via a different route than the one he began with. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1300 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ الْأَزْهَرِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ الْخَطَّابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مِنْدَلٌ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَأْتِي الْعِيدَ مَاشِيًا، وَيَرْجِعُ فِي غَيْرِ الطَّرِيقِ الَّذِي ابْتَدَأَ فِيهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1300

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1300

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1301

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1301. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that when the Prophet ﷺ went out to 'Eid (prayers), he would return via a different route than the first one he took. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1301 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو تُمَيْلَةَ، عَنْ فُلَيْحِ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ الزُّرَقِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ إِذَا خَرَجَ إِلَى الْعِيدِ رَجَعَ فِي غَيْرِ الطَّرِيقِ الَّذِي أَخَذَ فِيهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1301

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1301

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 163

What WasNarrated ConcerningTaqlis[1] On The Day Of Eid

Hadith 1302

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1302. It was narrated that 'Āmir said: "Iyād Al-Ash'ari was in Anbār[2] at the time of Eid, and he said: 'Why is it that I do not see you engaged in Taqlis as was done in the presence of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ?" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1302 - حَدَّثَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ مُغِيرَةَ، عَنْ عَامِرٍ، قَالَ: شَهِدَ عِيَاضٌ الْأَشْعَرِيُّ عِيدًا بِالْأَنْبَارِ، فَقَالَ: «مَا لِي لَا أَرَاكُمْ تُقَلِّسُونَ كَمَا كَانَ يُقَلَّسُ عِنْدَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1302

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1302

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1303

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1303. It was narrated from 'Āmir that Qais bin Sa'd said: "There is nothing that happened during the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ except that I have seen it, except for one thing, which is that Taqlis was performed for the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ on the Day of Fitr. (Da'if) (Three other chains of narration) with similar wording.

Arabic text

1303 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، عَنْ إِسْرَائِيلَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَامِرٍ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ مَا كَانَ شَيْءٌ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَّا وَقَدْ رَأَيْتُهُ، إِلَّا شَيْءٌ وَاحِدٌ، فَإِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُقَلَّسُ لَهُ يَوْمَ الْفِطْرِ» ، قَالَ أَبُو الْحَسَنِ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ الْقَطَّانُ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ دِيزِيلَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَيْبَانُ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، عَنْ عَامِرٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا إِسْرَائِيلُ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَامِرٍ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1303

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1303

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 164

What Was Narrated Concerning Carrying A Spear On The Day Of 'Eid

Hadith 1304

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1304. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to set out for the praying place in the morning of the day of 'Eid, and a small spear would be carried before him. When he reached the praying place, it would be set up in front of him, then he would pray facing it, and that was because the praying place was an open space in which there was nothing that could serve as a Sutrah.[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1304 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ يُونُسَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي نَافِعٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَغْدُو إِلَى الْمُصَلَّى فِي يَوْمِ الْعِيدِ، وَالْعَنَزَةُ تُحْمَلُ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ، فَإِذَا بَلَغَ الْمُصَلَّى، نُصِبَتْ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ، فَيُصَلِّي إِلَيْهَا، وَذَلِكَ أَنَّ الْمُصَلَّى كَانَ فَضَاءً، لَيْسَ فِيهِ شَيْءٌ يُسْتَتَرُ بِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1304

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1304

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1305

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1305. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "When the Prophet ﷺ prayed on the day of 'Eid or on another occasion, a small spear was set up in front of him, and he prayed facing it, and the people were behind him." (Sahih) Nâfi' said: It is from here that the leaders have taken this practice.

Arabic text

1305 - حَدَّثَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُسْهِرٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا صَلَّى يَوْمَ عِيدٍ أَوْ غَيْرَهُ، نُصِبَتِ الْحَرْبَةُ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ، فَيُصَلِّي إِلَيْهَا، وَالنَّاسُ مِنْ خَلْفِهِ» ، قَالَ نَافِعٌ: فَمِنْ ثَمَّ اتَّخَذَهَا الْأُمَرَاءُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1305

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1305

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1306

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1306. It was narrated from Anas bin Mâlik that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prayed 'Eid at the prayer place, using a small spear as a Sutrah. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1306 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْأَيْلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ بِلَالٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى الْعِيدَ بِالْمُصَلَّى مُسْتَتِرًا بِحَرْبَةٍ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Sutra (screen), meaning a barrier of some type.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1306

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1306

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 165

What WasNarrated Concerning WomenGoing Out On The Two 'Eid

Hadith 1307

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1307. It was narrated that Umm 'Atiyyah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ commanded us to bring them (the women) out on the day of Fitr and the day of Nahr." Umm 'Atiyyah said: "We said: 'What if one of them does not have an outer covering?' He said: 'Let her sister share her own outer covering with her.''" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1307 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ حَسَّانَ، عَنْ حَفْصَةَ بِنْتِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أُمِّ عَطِيَّةَ، قَالَتْ: " أَمَرَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ نُخْرِجَهُنَّ فِي يَوْمِ الْفِطْرِ وَالنَّحْرِ، قَالَ: قَالَتْ أُمُّ عَطِيَّةَ: فَقُلْنَا: أَرَأَيْتَ إِحْدَاهُنَّ لَا يَكُونُ لَهَا جِلْبَابٌ؟ قَالَ: «فَلْتُلْبِسْهَا أُخْتُهَا مِنْ جِلْبَابِهَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1307

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1307

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1308

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1308. It was narrated that Umm 'Atiyyah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Bring out the women who have attained puberty and those who are in seclusion so that they may attend the 'Eid prayer and (join in) the supplication of the Muslims. But let the woman who are menstruating avoid the prayer place.'"

Arabic text

1308 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنِ ابْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أُمِّ عَطِيَّةَ، قَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَخْرِجُوا الْعَوَاتِقَ وَذَوَاتِ الْخُدُورِ لِيَشْهَدْنَ الْعِيدَ وَدَعْوَةَ الْمُسْلِمِينَ، وَلْيَجْتَنِبَنَّ الْحُيَّضُ مُصَلَّى النَّاسِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1308

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1308

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1309

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1309. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbâs that the Prophet ﷺ used to bring his daughters and his wives out on the two 'Eid. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1309 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجُ بْنُ أَرْطَاةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَابِسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُخْرِجُ بَنَاتِهِ وَنِسَاءَهُ فِي الْعِيدَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1309

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1309

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 166

What Was Narrated Concerning Two 'Eid Occurring On The Same Day

Hadith 1310

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1310. It was narrated that Iyâs bin Abi Ramlah Ash-Shâmi said: "I heard a man asking Zaid bin Arqam: 'Were you present with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ when there were two 'Eid on one day?'"[1] He said: 'Yes.' He said: 'What did he do?' He said: 'He prayed the 'Eid prayer, then he granted a concession not to pray the Friday, then he said: "Whoever wants to pray (Friday), let him do so." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1310 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أَحْمَدَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْرَائِيلُ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ، عَنْ إِيَاسِ بْنِ أَبِي رَمْلَةَ الشَّامِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَجُلًا، سَأَلَ زَيْدَ بْنَ أَرْقَمَ هَلْ شَهِدْتَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عِيدَيْنِ فِي يَوْمٍ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: فَكَيْفَ كَانَ يَصْنَعُ؟ قَالَ: صَلَّى الْعِيدَ، ثُمَّ رَخَّصَ فِي الْجُمُعَةِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «مَنْ شَاءَ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ فَلْيُصَلِّ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, when 'Eid occurred on a Friday.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1310

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1310

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1311

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1311. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbâs that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Two 'Eid have come together on this day of yours. So whoever wants, that (the 'Eid prayer) will suffice him, and he will not have to pray Friday, but we will pray Friday if Allâh wills." (Da'if) Another chain with similar wording.

Arabic text

1311 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُصَفَّى الْحِمْصِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مُغِيرَةُ الضَّبِّيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ رُفَيْعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «اجْتَمَعَ عِيدَانِ فِي يَوْمِكُمْ هَذَا، فَمَنْ شَاءَ أَجْزَأَهُ مِنَ الْجُمُعَةِ، وَإِنَّا مُجَمِّعُونَ إِنْ شَاءَ اللَّهُ» . حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ رَبِّهِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مُغِيرَةَ الضَّبِّيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ رُفَيْعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1311

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1311

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1312

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1312. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "Two 'Eid came together at the time of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, so he led the people in prayer, then he said: 'Whoever wishes to come to Friday (prayer), let him come, and whoever wishes to stay behind, let him stay behind.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1312 - حَدَّثَنَا جُبَارَةُ بْنُ الْمُغَلِّسِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مِنْدَلُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: اجْتَمَعَ عِيدَانِ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «مَنْ شَاءَ أَنْ يَأْتِيَ الْجُمُعَةَ فَلْيَأْتِهَا، وَمَنْ شَاءَ أَنْ يَتَخَلَّفَ فَلْيَتَخَلَّفْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1312

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1312

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 167

What Was Narrated Concerning The 'Eid Prayer In The Mosque When It Rains

Hadith 1313

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1313. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "Rain fell on the day of 'Eid at the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, so he led them in prayer in the mosque. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1313 - حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى بْنِ أَبِي فَرْوَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا يَحْيَى عُبَيْدَ اللَّهِ التَّيْمِيَّ يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: «أَصَابَ النَّاسَ مَطَرٌ فِي يَوْمِ عِيدٍ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَصَلَّى بِهِمْ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ» بَابُ مَا جَاءَ فِي لُبْسِ السِّلَاحِ فِي يَوْمِ عِيدٍ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1313

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1313

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 168

What Was Narrated Concerning Wearing Weapons On The Day Of 'Eid

Hadith 1314

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1314. It was narrated from Ibn 'Abbās that the Prophet ﷺ forbade wearing weapons in the Muslim lands on the two 'Eid, except if the enemy was present. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1314 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْقُدُّوسِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا نَائِلُ بْنُ نَجِيحٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ زِيَادٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «نَهَى أَنْ يُلْبَسَ السِّلَاحُ فِي بِلَادِ الْإِسْلَامِ فِي الْعِيدَيْنِ إِلَّا أَنْ يَكُونَ بِحَضْرَةِ الْعَدُوِّ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1314

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1314

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 169

What Was Narrated About Taking A Bath On The Two 'Eid

Hadith 1315

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1315. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to have a bath on the day of Fitr and the day of Adha." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1315 - حَدَّثَنَا جُبَارَةُ بْنُ الْمُغَلِّسِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجُ بْنُ تَمِيمٍ، عَنْ مَيْمُونِ بْنِ مِهْرَانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَغْتَسِلُ يَوْمَ الْفِطْرِ وَيَوْمَ الْأَضْحَى»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1315

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1315

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1316

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniFabricated
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1316. It was narrated from 'Abdur-Rahmân bin 'Uqbah bin Fâkih bin Sa'd, from his grandfather Fâkih bin Sa'd who was a Companion of the Prophet ﷺ that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to take a bath on the Day of Fitr, the Day of Nahr, and the day of Arafah, and Fâkih used to tell his family to have a bath on these days. (Maudu')

Arabic text

1316 - حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو جَعْفَرٍ الْخَطْمِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ الْفَاكِهِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ الْفَاكِهِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، وَكَانَتْ لَهُ صُحْبَةٌ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يَغْتَسِلُ يَوْمَ الْفِطْرِ وَيَوْمَ النَّحْرِ وَيَوْمَ عَرَفَةَ» ، وَكَانَ الْفَاكِهُ يَأْمُرُ أَهْلَهُ بِالْغُسْلِ فِي هَذِهِ الْأَيَّامِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1316

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1316

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 170

The Time Of The 'Eid Prayer

Hadith 1317

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1317. Yazid bin Khumair narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Busr went out with the people on the Day of Fitr or Adha, and he objected to the Imâm's delay. He said: "We would have finished by this time." And that was the time of Tasbih.[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1317 - عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ بْنُ الضَّحَّاكِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَيَّاشٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا صَفْوَانُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ خُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بُسْرٍ، أَنَّهُ خَرَجَ مَعَ النَّاسِ يَوْمَ فِطْرٍ أَوْ أَضْحَى، فَأَنْكَرَ إِبْطَاءَ الْإِمَامِ، وَقَالَ: «إِنْ كُنَّا لَقَدْ فَرَغْنَا سَاعَتَنَا هَذِهِ وَذَلِكَ حِينَ التَّسْبِيحِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1317

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1317

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 171

What Was Narrated Concerning The (Voluntary) Night Prayer Is Two By Two

Hadith 1318

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1318. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to offer the night prayers two by two." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1318 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدَةَ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ مَثْنَى مَثْنَى»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1318

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1318

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1319

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1319. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "The night prayer is (to be offered) two by two." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1319 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «صَلَاةُ اللَّيْلِ مَثْنَى مَثْنَى»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning, the time of Duha prayer. See nos. 1379-1382.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1319

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1319

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1320

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1320. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Prophet ﷺ was asked about the night prayer. He said: Pray two by two, and if you fear that dawn is coming, then perform Witr with one Rak'ah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1320 - حَدَّثَنَا سَهْلُ بْنُ أَبِي سَهْلٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، وَعَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَعَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي لَبِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، وَعَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: سُئِلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ صَلَاةِ اللَّيْلِ فَقَالَ: «يُصَلِّي مَثْنَى مَثْنَى، فَإِذَا خَافَ الصُّبْحَ أَوْتَرَ بِوَاحِدَةٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1320

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1320

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1321

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1321. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to pray the night prayer two Rak'ah by two Rak'ah." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1321 - حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ وَكِيعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَثَّامُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ حَبِيبِ بْنِ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي بِاللَّيْلِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ» بَابُ مَا جَاءَ فِي صَلَاةِ اللَّيْلِ وَالنَّهَارِ مَثْنَى مَثْنَى

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1321

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1321

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 172

What Was Narrated Concerning (Voluntary) Prayers At Night And During The Day Are Two By Two

Hadith 1322

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1322. Ibn 'Umar narrated that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Prayers at night and during the day are to be offered two by two." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1322 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، وَأَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ يَعْلَى بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ عَلِيًّا الْأَزْدِيَّ، يُحَدِّثُ أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ ابْنَ عُمَرَ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «صَلَاةُ اللَّيْلِ وَالنَّهَارِ مَثْنَى مَثْنَى»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1322

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1322

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1323

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniMunkar · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1323. It was narrated from Umm Hânî' bint Abu Tâlib that on the day of the Conquest (of Makkah) the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed voluntary Duha with eight Rak'ah, saying the Salâm after each two Rak'ah. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1323 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ رُمْحٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ عِيَاضِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ مَخْرَمَةَ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ كُرَيْبٍ، مَوْلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ أُمِّ هَانِئٍ بِنْتِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ الْفَتْحِ صَلَّى سُبْحَةَ الضُّحَى ثَمَانِيَ رَكَعَاتٍ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ مِنْ كُلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1323

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1323

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1324

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1324. It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed that the Prophet ﷺ said: "After each two Rak'ah there should be the Taslim." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1324 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ الْهَمْدَانِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ السَّعْدِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ تَسْلِيمَةٌ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1324

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1324

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1325

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1325. It was narrated that Muttalib that is, Ibn Abu Wadā'ah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'The night prayers are (to be offered) two by two. Say the Tashah-hud after each two Rak'ah, and raise your hands in all humility like one who is poor and needy and say: 'Allāhummaghfir li (O Allāh, forgive me).' And whoever does not do that, it is imperfect.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1325 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ بْنُ سَوَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ رَبِّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ أَبِي أَنَسٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نَافِعِ ابْنِ الْعَمْيَاءِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنِ الْمُطَّلِبِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ أَبِي وَدَاعَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " صَلَاةُ اللَّيْلِ مَثْنَى مَثْنَى، وَتَشَهَّدُ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَتَبَاءَسُ وَتَمَسْكَنُ وَتُقْنِعُ، وَتَقُولُ: اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي، فَمَنْ لَمْ يَفْعَلْ ذَلِكَ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1325

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1325

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 173

What Was Narrated Concerning Qiyâm (The Voluntary Night Prayers) During The Month Of Ramadân

Hadith 1326

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1326. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever fasts Ramadân and spends its nights in prayer, out of faith and in hope of reward, his previous sins will be forgiven.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1326 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ صَامَ رَمَضَانَ وَقَامَهُ إِيمَانًا وَاحْتِسَابًا، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1326

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1326

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1327

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1327. It was narrated that Abu Dharr said: "We fasted Ramadân with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and he did not lead us in praying Qiyâm (prayers at night) during any part of it, until there were seven nights left.[1] He led us in praying Qiyâm on the seventh night until approximately one third of the night had passed. Then on the sixth night which followed it he did not lead us in prayer. Then he led us in praying Qiyâm on the fifth night which followed it until almost half the night had passed. I said: 'O Messenger of Allâh, would that we had offered voluntary prayers throughout the whole night.' He said: 'Whoever stands with the Imâm until he finishes, it is equivalent to spending the whole night in prayer.' Then on the fourth night which followed it, he did not lead us in prayer, until the third night that followed it, when he gathered his wives and family, and the people gathered, and he led us in prayer until we feared that we would miss the Falâh." It was asked: "What is the Falâh?" He said: "Suhur."[1] He said: "Then he did not lead us in prayer at night for the rest of the month." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1327 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّوَارِبِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَسْلَمَةُ بْنُ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ دَاوُدَ بْنِ أَبِي هِنْدٍ، عَنِ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْجُرَشِيِّ، عَنْ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ نُفَيْرٍ الْحَضْرَمِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، قَالَ: صُمْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَمَضَانَ، فَلَمْ يَقُمْ بِنَا شَيْئًا مِنْهُ، حَتَّى بَقِيَ سَبْعُ لَيَالٍ، فَقَامَ بِنَا لَيْلَةَ السَّابِعَةِ حَتَّى مَضَى نَحْوٌ مِنْ ثُلُثِ اللَّيْلِ، ثُمَّ كَانَتِ اللَّيْلَةُ السَّادِسَةُ الَّتِي تَلِيهَا، فَلَمْ يَقُمْهَا، حَتَّى كَانَتِ الْخَامِسَةُ الَّتِي تَلِيهَا، ثُمَّ قَامَ بِنَا حَتَّى مَضَى نَحْوٌ مِنْ شَطْرِ اللَّيْلِ، فَقُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ لَوْ نَفَّلْتَنَا بَقِيَّةَ لَيْلَتِنَا هَذِهِ. فَقَالَ: «إِنَّهُ مَنْ قَامَ مَعَ الْإِمَامِ حَتَّى يَنْصَرِفَ، فَإِنَّهُ يَعْدِلُ قِيَامَ لَيْلَةٍ» ثُمَّ كَانَتِ الرَّابِعَةُ الَّتِي تَلِيهَا، فَلَمْ يَقُمْهَا، حَتَّى كَانَتِ الثَّالِثَةُ الَّتِي تَلِيهَا، قَالَ: فَجَمَعَ نِسَاءَهُ وَأَهْلَهُ وَاجْتَمَعَ النَّاسُ، قَالَ: فَقَامَ بِنَا حَتَّى خَشِينَا أَنْ يَفُوتَنَا الْفَلَاحُ، قِيلَ: وَمَا الْفَلَاحُ؟ قَالَ: السُّحُورُ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ لَمْ يَقُمْ بِنَا شَيْئًا مِنْ بَقِيَّةِ الشَّهْرِ

Footnotes

1 [1] Since the month can either have 29 or 30 days, the meaning of 'the seventh night' could either be the night preceding the 23rd day, if the month that year had 29 days, or the night preceding the 24th day if the month had 30 days. Hence, seven nights remaining could be either of these two possibilities, which is not possible to determine from the Hadith. Similarly, the sixth night would be either the night preceding the 24th or the 25th; the fifth night would be either the night preceding the 25th or the 26th; the fourth night would be either the night preceding the 26th or the 27th; and the third night would be either the night preceding the 27th or the 28th. This means that the nights on which he prayed could have been either odd or even nights.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1327

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1327

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1328

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1328. It was narrated that Nadr bin Shaibân said: "I met Abu Salamah bin 'Abdur-Rahmân and said: 'Tell me a Hadith that you heard from your father, in which mention is made of the month of Ramadân.' He said: 'Yes, my father narrated to me that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ mentioned the month of Ramadân and said: "A month which Allâh has enjoined upon you to fast, and in which I have established Qiyâm (prayers at night) as Sunnah for you. So whoever fasts it and spends its nights in prayer out of faith and in hope of reward; he will emerge from his sins as on the day his mother bore him.”(Da'if)

Arabic text

1328 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، وَعُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنْ نَصْرِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيِّ، عَنِ النَّضْرِ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَكِيمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا نَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجَهْضَمِيُّ، وَالْقَاسِمُ بْنُ الْفَضْلِ الْحُدَّانِيُّ، كِلَاهُمَا عَنِ النَّضْرِ بْنِ شَيْبَانَ، قَالَ: لَقِيتُ أَبَا سَلَمَةَ بْنَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ فَقُلْتُ: حَدِّثْنِي بِحَدِيثٍ سَمِعْتَهُ مِنْ أَبِيكَ يَذْكُرُهُ فِي شَهْرِ رَمَضَانَ، قَالَ: نَعَمْ، حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَكَرَ شَهْرَ رَمَضَانَ فَقَالَ: «شَهْرٌ كَتَبَ اللَّهُ عَلَيْكُمْ صِيَامَهُ، وَسَنَنْتُ لَكُمْ قِيَامَهُ، فَمَنْ صَامَهُ وَقَامَهُ إِيمَانًا وَاحْتِسَابًا خَرَجَ مِنْ ذُنُوبِهِ كَيَوْمِ وَلَدَتْهُ أُمُّهُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] The predawn meal.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1328

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1328

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 174

What WasNarrated ConcerningVoluntary Prayers DuringThe Night

Hadith 1329

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1329. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'At night Satan ties a rope in which there are three knots to the nape of the neck of anyone of you. If he wakes up and remembers Allāh, one knot is untied. If he performs ablution, another knot is untied, and if he gets up to pray, all the knots are untied, so he wakes up energetic and cheerful, he has already earned something good. But if he does not do that, he wakes up lazy and bad-tempered, having earned nothing good." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1329 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يَعْقِدُ الشَّيْطَانُ عَلَى قَافِيَةِ رَأْسِ أَحَدِكُمْ بِاللَّيْلِ بِحَبْلٍ فِيهِ ثَلَاثُ عُقَدٍ، فَإِنِ اسْتَيْقَظَ فَذَكَرَ اللَّهَ انْحَلَّتْ عُقْدَةٌ، فَإِذَا قَامَ فَتَوَضَّأَ، انْحَلَّتْ عُقْدَةٌ، فَإِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ انْحَلَّتْ عُقَدُهُ كُلُّهَا، فَيُصْبِحُ نَشِيطًا طَيِّبَ النَّفْسِ قَدْ أَصَابَ خَيْرًا، وَإِنْ لَمْ يَفْعَلْ أَصْبَحَ كَسِلًا خَبِيثَ النَّفْسِ لَمْ يُصِبْ خَيْرًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1329

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1329

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1330

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1330. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh said: "Mention was made to the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ of a man who slept until morning came. He said: 'That is because Satan urinated in his ears.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1330 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: ذُكِرَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَجُلٌ نَامَ لَيْلَةً حَتَّى أَصْبَحَ، قَالَ: «ذَلِكَ الشَّيْطَانُ بَالَ فِي أُذُنَيْهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1330

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1330

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1331

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1331. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin 'Amr said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Do not be like so-and-so, who used to pray voluntary night prayers then stopped praying voluntary night prayers.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1331 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنِ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَكُنْ مِثْلَ فُلَانٍ، كَانَ يَقُومُ اللَّيْلَ فَتَرَكَ قِيَامَ اللَّيْلِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1331

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1331

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1332

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1332. It was narrated that Jâbir bin 'Abdullâh said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'The mother of Sulaimân bin Dâwud said to Sulaimân: "O my son, do not sleep too much at night, for sleeping too much at night will leave a man poor on the Day of Resurrection.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1332 - حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَالْحَسَنُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الصَّبَّاحِ، وَالْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الْحَدَثَانِيُّ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا سُنَيْدُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يُوسُفُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْمُنْكَدِرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " قَالَتْ أُمُّ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ دَاوُدَ لِسُلَيْمَانَ: يَا بُنَيَّ لَا تُكْثِرِ النَّوْمَ بِاللَّيْلِ فَإِنَّ كَثْرَةَ النَّوْمِ بِاللَّيْلِ تَتْرُكُ الرَّجُلَ فَقِيرًا يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1332

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1332

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1333

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1333. It was narrated that Jâbir said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: ‘Whoever prays a great deal at night, his face will be handsome during the day.’” (Maudu’)

Arabic text

1333 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الطَّلْحِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ثَابِتُ بْنُ مُوسَى أَبُو يَزِيدَ، عَنْ شَرِيكٍ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ كَثُرَتْ صَلَاتُهُ بِاللَّيْلِ حَسُنَ وَجْهُهُ بِالنَّهَارِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1333

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1333

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1334

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1334. It was narrated that ‘Abdullâh bin Salâm said: “When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came to Al-Madinah, the people rushed towards him and it was said: ‘The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ has come!’ I came along with the people to see him, and when I looked at the face of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, I realized that his face was not the face of a liar. The first thing he said was: “O people, spread (the greeting of) Salâm, offer food to people and pray at night when people are sleeping, you will enter Paradise in peace.”

Arabic text

1334 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، وَابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، وَعَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ عَوْفِ بْنِ أَبِي جَمِيلَةَ، عَنْ زُرَارَةَ بْنِ أَوْفَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَلَامٍ، قَالَ: لَمَّا قَدِمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْمَدِينَةَ انْجَفَلَ النَّاسُ إِلَيْهِ، وَقِيلَ: قَدِمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَجِئْتُ فِي النَّاسِ لِأَنْظُرَ إِلَيْهِ، فَلَمَّا اسْتَبَنْتُ وَجْهَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَرَفْتُ أَنَّ وَجْهَهُ لَيْسَ بِوَجْهِ كَذَّابٍ، فَكَانَ أَوَّلَ شَيْءٍ تَكَلَّمَ بِهِ أَنْ قَالَ: «يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ أَفْشُوا السَّلَامَ، وَأَطْعِمُوا الطَّعَامَ وَصَلُّوا بِاللَّيْلِ وَالنَّاسُ نِيَامٌ، تَدْخُلُوا الْجَنَّةَ بِسَلَامٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1334

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1334

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 175

What WasNarrated Concerning OneWho Wakes Up His FamilyAt Night

Hadith 1335

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1335. It was narrated that Abu Sa'eed and Abu Hurairah said that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When a man wakes up at night and wakes his wife, and they pray two Rak'ah, they will be recorded among the men and women who remember Allâh much." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1335 - حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَيْبَانُ أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ الْأَقْمَرِ، عَنِ الْأَغَرِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، وَأَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا اسْتَيْقَظَ الرَّجُلُ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ وَأَيْقَظَ امْرَأَتَهُ فَصَلَّيَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ كُتِبَا مِنَ الذَّاكِرِينَ اللَّهَ كَثِيرًا وَالذَّاكِرَاتِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1335

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1335

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1336

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1336. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'May Allâh have mercy on a man who gets up at night and prays, and wakes his wife, and she prays; and if she refuses he sprinkles water in her face. And May Allāh have mercy on a woman who gets up at night and prays, and wakes her husband and he prays; and if he refuses, she sprinkles water in his face.''' (Hasan)

Arabic text

1336 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ الْجَحْدَرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنِ الْقَعْقَاعِ بْنِ حَكِيمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «رَحِمَ اللَّهُ رَجُلًا قَامَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ فَصَلَّى وَأَيْقَظَ امْرَأَتَهُ فَصَلَّتْ، فَإِنْ أَبَتْ رَشَّ فِي وَجْهِهَا الْمَاءَ، رَحِمَ اللَّهُ امْرَأَةً قَامَتْ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ فَصَلَّتْ وَأَيْقَظَتْ زَوْجَهَا فَصَلَّى، فَإِنْ أَبَى رَشَّتْ فِي وَجْهِهِ الْمَاءَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1336

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1336

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 176

Making One's Voice Beautiful When Reciting Qur'an

Hadith 1337

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1337. It was narrated that 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Sâ'ib said: "Sa'd bin Abu Waqqâs came to us when he had become blind. I greeted him with Salâm and he said: 'Who are you?' So I told him, and he said: 'Welcome, O son of my brother. I have heard that you recite Qur'an in a beautiful voice. I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "This Qur'an was revealed with sorrow, so when you recite it, then weep. If you cannot weep then pretend to weep, and make your voice melodious in reciting it. Whoever does not make his voice melodious, he is not one of us." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1337 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ أَحْمَدَ بْنِ بَشِيرِ بْنِ ذَكْوَانَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو رَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، قَالَ: قَدِمَ عَلَيْنَا سَعْدُ بْنُ أَبِي وَقَّاصٍ، وَقَدْ كُفَّ بَصَرُهُ، فَسَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ، فَقَالَ: مَنْ أَنْتَ؟ فَأَخْبَرْتُهُ، فَقَالَ: مَرْحَبًا بِابْنِ أَخِي، بَلَغَنِي أَنَّكَ حَسَنُ الصَّوْتِ بِالْقُرْآنِ، سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِنَّ هَذَا الْقُرْآنَ نَزَلَ بِحُزْنٍ، فَإِذَا قَرَأْتُمُوهُ فَابْكُوا، فَإِنْ لَمْ تَبْكُوا فَتَبَاكَوْا، وَتَغَنَّوْا بِهِ فَمَنْ لَمْ يَتَغَنَّ بِهِ فَلَيْسَ مِنَّا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1337

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1337

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1338

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1338. It was narrated that 'Aishah the wife of the Prophet ﷺ said: "One night at the time of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ I was late returning from the 'Ishâ', then I came and he said: 'Where were you?' I said: 'I was listening to the recitation of a man among your Companions, for I have never heard a recitation or a voice like his from anyone.' He got up and I got up with him, to go and listen to him. Then he turned to me and said: 'This is Sâlim, the freed slave of Abu Hudhaifah. Praise is to Allâh Who has created such men among my Ummah.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1338 - حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَنْظَلَةُ بْنُ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ سَابِطٍ الْجُمَحِيَّ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَتْ: أَبْطَأْتُ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَيْلَةً بَعْدَ الْعِشَاءِ، ثُمَّ جِئْتُ فَقَالَ: «أَيْنَ كُنْتِ؟» قُلْتُ: كُنْتُ أَسْتَمِعُ قِرَاءَةَ رَجُلٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِكَ لَمْ أَسْمَعْ مِثْلَ قِرَاءَتِهِ وَصَوْتِهِ مِنْ أَحَدٍ، قَالَتْ: فَقَامَ وَقُمْتُ مَعَهُ حَتَّى اسْتَمَعَ لَهُ، ثُمَّ الْتَفَتَ إِلَيَّ فَقَالَ: «هَذَا سَالِمٌ مَوْلَى أَبِي حُذَيْفَةَ، الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ الَّذِي جَعَلَ فِي أُمَّتِي مِثْلَ هَذَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1338

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1338

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1339

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1339. It was narrated that Jâbir said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Among the people who recite the Qur'ân with the most beautiful voices is the man who, when you hear him, you think that he fears Allâh.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1339 - حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ الضَّرِيرُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ الْمَدَنِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ مُجَمِّعٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ مِنْ أَحْسَنِ النَّاسِ صَوْتًا بِالْقُرْآنِ، الَّذِي إِذَا سَمِعْتُمُوهُ يَقْرَأُ، حَسِبْتُمُوهُ يَخْشَى اللَّهَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1339

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1339

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1340

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1340. It was narrated that Fadālah bin 'Ubaid said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Allāh listens more attentively to a man with a beautiful voice who recites Qur'ān out loud than the master of a singing female slave listens to his slave.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1340 - حَدَّثَنَا رَاشِدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الرَّمْلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ مَيْسَرَةَ، مَوْلَى فَضَالَةَ، عَنْ فَضَالَةَ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَلَّهُ أَشَدُّ أَذَنًا إِلَى الرَّجُلِ الْحَسَنِ الصَّوْتِ بِالْقُرْآنِ يَجْهَرُ بِهِ، مِنْ صَاحِبِ الْقَيْنَةِ إِلَى قَيْنَتِهِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1340

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1340

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1341

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1341. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ entered the mosque and heard a man reciting Qur'ān. He asked, 'Who is this?' It was said: '(He is) 'Abdullāh bin Qais.' He said: 'He has been given (sweet melodious voice) from the Mazāmīr of the family of Dāwud.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1341 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: دَخَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْمَسْجِدَ فَسَمِعَ قِرَاءَةَ رَجُلٍ فَقَالَ: «مَنْ هَذَا؟» فَقِيلَ: عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ قَيْسٍ، فَقَالَ: «لَقَدْ أُوتِيَ هَذَا مِنْ مَزَامِيرِ آلِ دَاوُدَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1341

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1341

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1342

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1342. It was narrated from Barâ' (bin 'Azîb) that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Beautify the Qur'ân with your voices." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1342 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ طَلْحَةَ الْيَامِيَّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ عَوْسَجَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ الْبَرَاءَ بْنَ عَازِبٍ، يُحَدِّثُ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «زَيِّنُوا الْقُرْآنَ بِأَصْوَاتِكُمْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1342

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1342

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 177

What Was Narrated Concerning One Who Sleeps And Misses His Daily Portion Of The Qur'ân

Hadith 1343

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1343. It was narrated that 'Abdur-Rahmân bin 'Abdin Al-Qâri said: "I heard 'Umar bin Khattâb say: 'The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Whoever sleeps and misses his daily portion of Qur'an, or any part of it, let him read it between the Fajr prayer and the Zuhr prayer, and it will be recorded as if he had read it during the night." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1343 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ السَّرْحِ الْمِصْرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، أَنَّ السَّائِبَ بْنَ يَزِيدَ، وَعُبَيْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَخْبَرَاهُ عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَبْدٍ الْقَارِيِّ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ نَامَ عَنْ حِزْبِهِ، أَوْ عَنْ شَيْءٍ مِنْهُ، فَقَرَأَهُ فِيمَا بَيْنَ صَلَاةِ الْفَجْرِ وَصَلَاةِ الظُّهْرِ، كُتِبَ لَهُ كَأَنَّمَا قَرَأَهُ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1343

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1343

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1344

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1344. It was narrated that Abu Dardâ conveyed that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever goes to bed intending to wake up and pray during the night, but is overwhelmed by sleep until morning comes, what he intended will be recorded for him, and his sleep is a charity given to him by his Lord." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1344 - حَدَّثَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْحَمَّالُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْجُعْفِيُّ، عَنْ زَائِدَةَ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ حَبِيبِ بْنِ أَبِي ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ عَبْدَةَ بْنِ أَبِي لُبَابَةَ، عَنْ سُوَيْدِ بْنِ غَفَلَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الدَّرْدَاءِ، يَبْلُغُ بِهِ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ أَتَى فِرَاشَهُ، وَهُوَ يَنْوِي أَنْ يَقُومَ فَيُصَلِّيَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ، فَغَلَبَتْهُ عَيْنُهُ حَتَّى يُصْبِحَ، كُتِبَ لَهُ مَا نَوَى، وَكَانَ نَوْمُهُ صَدَقَةً عَلَيْهِ مِنْ رَبِّهِ» بَابٌ فِي كَمْ يُسْتَحَبُّ يُخْتَمُ الْقُرْآنُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1344

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1344

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 178

How Much (Time) Is Recommended Regarding the Completion Of The Qur'an

Hadith 1345

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1345. It was narrated from 'Uthmân bin 'Abdullâh bin Aws that his grandfather Aws bin Hudhaifah said: "We came to the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ in the delegation of Thaqif. The allies of Quraish stayed at the house of Mughirah bin Shu'bah, and the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ camped Bani Mâlik in a tent belonging to him. He used to come to us every night after the Ishâ and speak to us standing on his two feet, until he started to shift his weight from one foot to the other. Most of what he told us was what he had suffered from his people Quraish. He said: '(The two sides) were not equal. We were weak and oppressed and humiliated, and when we went out to Al-Madinah, the outcome of the battles between us varied; sometimes we would defeat them and sometimes they would defeat us.' One night he was later than he usually was, and I said: 'O Messenger of Allâh, you have come to us late tonight.' He said: 'It occurred to me that I had not read my daily portion of Qur'an and I did not want to come out until I had completed it.'" Aws said: "I asked the Companions of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ: 'How did you used to divide up the Qur'ân?' They said: 'A third, a fifth, a seventh, a ninth, an eleventh, a thirteenth, and Hizbul-Mufassal.'"[1] (Da'if)

Arabic text

1345 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو خَالِدٍ الْأَحْمَرُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَعْلَى الطَّائِفِيِّ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَوْسٍ، عَنْ جَدِّهِ أَوْسِ بْنِ حُذَيْفَةَ، قَالَ: قَدِمْنَا عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي وَفْدِ ثَقِيفٍ، فَنَزَّلُوا الْأَحْلَافَ عَلَى الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، وَأَنْزَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَنِي مَالِكٍ فِي قُبَّةٍ لَهُ، فَكَانَ يَأْتِينَا كُلَّ لَيْلَةٍ بَعْدَ الْعِشَاءِ فَيُحَدِّثُنَا قَائِمًا عَلَى رِجْلَيْهِ، حَتَّى يُرَاوِحَ بَيْنَ رِجْلَيْهِ وَأَكْثَرُ مَا يُحَدِّثُنَا مَا لَقِيَ مِنْ قَوْمِهِ مِنْ قُرَيْشٍ وَيَقُولُ: «وَلَا سَوَاءَ، كُنَّا مُسْتَضْعَفِينَ مُسْتَذَلِّينَ، فَلَمَّا خَرَجْنَا إِلَى الْمَدِينَةِ كَانَتْ سِجَالُ الْحَرْبِ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُمْ، نُدَالُ عَلَيْهِمْ وَيُدَالُونَ عَلَيْنَا» ، فَلَمَّا كَانَ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ أَبْطَأَ عَنِ الْوَقْتِ الَّذِي كَانَ يَأْتِينَا فِيهِ، فَقُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ لَقَدْ أَبْطَأْتَ عَلَيْنَا اللَّيْلَةَ قَالَ: «إِنَّهُ طَرَأَ عَلَيَّ حِزْبِي مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ فَكَرِهْتُ أَنْ أَخْرُجَ حَتَّى أُتِمَّهُ» ، قَالَ أَوْسٌ: فَسَأَلْتُ أَصْحَابَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَيْفَ تُحَزِّبُونَ الْقُرْآنَ؟ قَالُوا: ثَلَاثٌ وَخَمْسٌ وَسَبْعٌ وَتِسْعٌ وَإِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ وَثَلَاثَ عَشْرَةَ وَحِزْبُ الْمُفَصَّلِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1345

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1345

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1346

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1346. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin 'Amr said: "I memorized the Qur'ân and recited it all in one night. The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'I am afraid that you may live a long life and that you may get bored. Recite it over the period of a month.' I said: 'Let me benefit from my strength and my youth.' He said: 'Recite it in ten days.' I said: 'Let me benefit from my strength and my youth.' He said: 'Recite it in seven days.' I said: 'Let me benefit from my strength and my youth,' but he refused (to alter it any further)."' (Da'if)

Arabic text

1346 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَكِيمِ بْنِ صَفْوَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: جَمَعْتُ الْقُرْآنَ فَقَرَأْتُهُ كُلَّهُ فِي لَيْلَةٍ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنِّي أَخْشَى أَنْ يَطُولَ عَلَيْكَ الزَّمَانُ، وَأَنْ تَمَلَّ، فَاقْرَأْهُ فِي شَهْرٍ» . فَقُلْتُ: دَعْنِي أَسْتَمْتِعْ مِنْ قُوَّتِي وَشَبَابِي، قَالَ: «فَاقْرَأْهُ فِي عَشْرَةٍ» قُلْتُ: دَعْنِي أَسْتَمْتِعْ مِنْ قُوَّتِي وَشَبَابِي، قَالَ: «فَاقْرَأْهُ فِي سَبْعٍ» قُلْتُ: دَعْنِي أَسْتَمْتِعْ مِنْ قُوَّتِي وَشَبَابِي فَأَبَى

Footnotes

1 [1] See no. 1056.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1346

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1346

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1347

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1347. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin 'Amr that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "No one properly understands who reads the Qur'ân in less than three days." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1347 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الشِّخِّيرِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَمْ يَفْقَهْ مَنْ قَرَأَ الْقُرْآنَ فِي أَقَلَّ مِنْ ثَلَاثٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1347

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1347

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1348

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1348. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "I did not know of the Prophet of Allâh ﷺ reciting the entire Qur'ân until morning." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1348 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، عَنْ زُرَارَةَ بْنِ أَوْفَى، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «لَا أَعْلَمُ نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَرَأَ الْقُرْآنَ كُلَّهُ حَتَّى الصَّبَاحِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1348

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1348

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 179

What Was Narrated Concerning Recitation in the (Voluntary) Night Prayers

Hadith 1349

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1349. It was narrated that Umm Hânî' bint Abî Tâlib said: "I used to hear the Prophet ﷺ reciting at night when I was on the roof of my house." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1349 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَعَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مِسْعَرٌ، عَنْ أَبِي الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ جَعْدَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّ هَانِئٍ بِنْتِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، قَالَتْ: «كُنْتُ أَسْمَعُ قِرَاءَةَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِاللَّيْلِ وَأَنَا عَلَى عَرِيشِي»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1349

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1349

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1350

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1350. It was narrated that Jasrah bint Dijâjah said: "I heard Abu Dharr say: The Prophet ﷺ stood reciting a Verse and repeating it until morning came. That Verse was: "If You punish them, they are Your slaves, and if You forgive them, verily, You, only You, are the All-Mighty, the All-Wise.""[1] (Hasan) [١١٨]

Arabic text

1350 - حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو بِشْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ قُدَامَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ جَسْرَةَ بِنْتِ دَجَاجَةَ، قَالَتْ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا ذَرٍّ، يَقُولُ: «قَامَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِآيَةٍ حَتَّى أَصْبَحَ يُرَدِّدُهَا» وَالْآيَةُ: {إِنْ تُعَذِّبْهُمْ فَإِنَّهُمْ عِبَادُكَ وَإِنْ تَغْفِرْ لَهُمْ فَإِنَّكَ أَنْتَ الْعَزِيزُ الْحَكِيمُ} [المائدة: 118]

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Mâ'idah 5:118.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1350

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1350

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1351

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1351. It was narrated from Hudhaifah that the Prophet ﷺ prayed, and when he recited a Verse which mentioned mercy, he would ask for mercy; when he recited a Verse that mentioned punishment he would pray for deliverance from it; and when he recited a Verse that mentioned the Tanzih[1] of Allâh, he would glorify Him.[2] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1351 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ عُبَيْدَةَ، عَنِ الْمُسْتَوْرِدِ بْنِ الْأَحْنَفِ، عَنْ صِلَةَ بْنِ زُفَرَ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى فَكَانَ إِذَا مَرَّ بِآيَةِ رَحْمَةٍ سَأَلَ، وَإِذَا مَرَّ بِآيَةِ عَذَابٍ اسْتَجَارَ، وَإِذَا مَرَّ بِآيَةٍ فِيهَا تَنْزِيهٌ لِلَّهِ سَبَّحَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1351

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1351

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1352

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1352. It was narrated that Abu Laila said: "I prayed beside the Prophet ﷺ when he was praying voluntary prayers at night. He recited a Verse which mentioned punishment and said: 'I seek refuge with Allāh from the Fire, woe to the people of the Fire.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1352 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ هَاشِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ أَبِي لَيْلَى، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ تَطَوُّعًا فَمَرَّ بِآيَةِ عَذَابٍ فَقَالَ: «أَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنَ النَّارِ وَوَيْلٌ لِأَهْلِ النَّارِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1352

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1352

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1353

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1353. It was narrated that Qatādah said: "I asked Anas bin Mālik about the recitation of the Prophet ﷺ and he said: 'He used to elongate his voice.'" [Sahih][1]

Arabic text

1353 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرُ بْنُ حَازِمٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ عَنْ قِرَاءَةِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «كَانَ يَمُدُّ صَوْتَهُ مَدًّا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1353

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1353

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1354

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1354. It was narrated that Ghudaif bin Hārith said: "I came to 'Aishah and asked: 'Did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ recite Qur'ān loudly or softly?' She said: 'Sometimes he would recite loud and sometimes softly.' I said, 'Allāhu Akbar! Praise is to Allāh [1] Some of them say that it is to elongate the pronunciation of the letter preceding a 'weak' letter, i.e., Alif, Waw, and Yā. So he elongates the Lām before the Hā in the majestic name Allāh, the Mīm before the Nūn in the name Ar-Rahmān, and the Hā before the Yā in Ar-Rahīm. This is the interpretation Ibn Hajar chose in Fathul-Bārī (no. 5045). Others said it means to elongate the 'weak' letters appropriately. Others said that it refers to those letters that are customarily elongated (this is the most popular view), and others add that it refers to raising and lowering the voice as well. See explanation by Sindī on Ibn Mājah, An-Nisā'ī, and Awunul-Ma'bud. Who has made this matter one of broad scope.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1354 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ بُرْدِ بْنِ سِنَانٍ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ نُسَيٍّ، عَنْ غُضَيْفِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، قَالَ: أَتَيْتُ عَائِشَةَ فَقُلْتُ أَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَجْهَرُ بِالْقُرْآنِ أَوْ يُخَافِتُ بِهِ قَالَتْ: «رُبَّمَا جَهَرَ وَرُبَّمَا خَافَتَ» ، قُلْتُ: اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ الَّذِي جَعَلَ فِي هَذَا الْأَمْرِ سَعَةً

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1354

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1354

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 180

What Was Narrated Concerning Supplication When A Man Stands To Pray At Night

Hadith 1355

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1355. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prayed Tahajjud at night, he would say: "Allâhumma lakal-hamd, Anta nurus-samâwâti wal-ard wa man fihinna. Wa lakal-hamd, Anta qayyâmus-samâwâti wal-ard wa man fihinna. Wa lakal-hamd, Anta mâlikus-samâwâti wal-ard wa man fihinna. Wa lakal-hamd, Antal-haqq, wa wa'duka haqq, wa liqâ'uka haqq, wa qawluka haqq, wal-jannatu haqq, wan-nâr haqq, was-sâ'atu haqq, wan-nabiyyuna haqq, wa Muhammadun haqq. Allâhumma laka aslamtu, wa bika âmantu, wa 'alaika tawakkaltu wa ilaika anabtu, wa bika khâsamtu, wa ilaika hâkamtu, faghfirlî mâ qaddamtu wa mâ akhkhartu, wa mâ asrartu wa mâ a'lantu. Antal-muqaddimu wa Antal-muakhkhiru. Lâ ilâha illa anta wa lâ ilâha ghairuka, wa lâ hawla wa lâ quwwata illa bika (O Allâh, to You is praise, You are the Light of the heavens and the earth, and everyone therein. To You is praise, You are the Sustainer of the heavens and the earth, and everyone therein. To You is praise, You are the Sovereign of the heavens and the earth, and everyone therein. To You is praise, You are the Truth; Your promise is true, the meeting with You is true, Your saying is true, Paradise is true, the Fire is true, the Hour is true, the Prophets are true, and Muhammad is true. O Allāh, to You have I submitted, in You I believe, in You have I put my trust, to You I turn in repentance, by Your help I argue, to You I refer my case, so forgive me for my past and future sins, what I have done in secret and what I have done openly. You are the One Who brings forward and puts back. None who has the right to be worshiped but You, and there is none who has the right to be worshiped other than You. And there is no power and nor strength except with You.”(Sahih) Another chain that Ibn ‘Abbās narrated: “When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood during the night for Tahhajud,” and he mentioned something similar.

Arabic text

1355 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَحْوَلِ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا تَهَجَّدَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ الْحَمْدُ، أَنْتَ نُورُ السَّمَوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ وَمَنْ فِيهِنَّ، وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ، أَنْتَ قَيَّامُ السَّمَوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ وَمَنْ فِيهِنَّ، وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ، أَنْتَ مَالِكُ السَّمَوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ وَمَنْ فِيهِنَّ، وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ، أَنْتَ الْحَقُّ، وَوَعْدُكَ حَقٌّ، وَلِقَاؤُكَ حَقٌّ، وَقَوْلُكَ حَقٌّ، وَالْجَنَّةُ حَقٌّ، وَالنَّارُ حَقٌّ، وَالسَّاعَةُ حَقٌّ، وَالنَّبِيُّونَ حَقٌّ، وَمُحَمَّدٌ حَقٌّ، اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ، وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ، وَعَلَيْكَ تَوَكَّلْتُ، وَإِلَيْكَ أَنَبْتُ، وَبِكَ خَاصَمْتُ، وَإِلَيْكَ حَاكَمْتُ، فَاغْفِرْ لِي مَا قَدَّمْتُ وَمَا أَخَّرْتُ، وَمَا أَسْرَرْتُ وَمَا أَعْلَنْتُ، أَنْتَ الْمُقَدِّمُ وَأَنْتَ الْمُؤَخِّرُ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا أَنْتَ، وَلَا إِلَهَ غَيْرُكَ، وَلَا حَوْلَ وَلَا قُوَّةَ إِلَّا بِكَ» ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي مُسْلِمٍ الْأَحْوَلُ، خَالُ ابْنِ أَبِي نَجِيحٍ، سَمِعَ طَاوُسًا، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ لِلتَّهَجُّدِ فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1355

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1355

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1356

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1356. It was narrated that 'Āsim bin Humaid said: "I asked 'Āishah: 'With what did the Prophet ﷺ start voluntary night prayers?' She said: 'You have asked me about something which no one has asked before. He used to say Allāhu Akbar ten times, and Al-Hamdu Lillāh ten times and Subhān-Allāh ten times, and Astagfirullāh ten times, and he would say Allāhumma aghfirli wahdīni, warzuqni, wa 'āfīni (O Allāh, forgive me, guide me, grant me provision and give me good health)," and he would seek refuge from the difficulty of the standing on the Day of Resurrection." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1356 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ صَالِحٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَزْهَرُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ حُمَيْدٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ: مَاذَا كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْتَتِحُ بِهِ قِيَامَ اللَّيْلِ؟ قَالَتْ: لَقَدْ سَأَلْتَنِي عَنْ شَيْءٍ مَا سَأَلَنِي عَنْهُ أَحَدٌ قَبْلَكَ، كَانَ يُكَبِّرُ عَشْرًا، وَيَحْمَدُ عَشْرًا، وَيُسَبِّحُ عَشْرًا، وَيَسْتَغْفِرُ عَشْرًا، وَيَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي وَاهْدِنِي وَارْزُقْنِي وَعَافِنِي» وَيَتَعَوَّذُ مِنْ ضِيقِ الْمُقَامِ يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1356

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1356

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1357

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1357. It was narrated that Abu Salamah bin 'Abdur-Rahmān said: "I asked 'Āishah: 'With what did the Prophet ﷺ start his voluntary night prayers?' She said: 'He would say: "Allāhumma Rabba Jibrā'il wa Mikā'il wa Isrāfil, Fātiras-samāwāti wal-ard, 'ālimal-ghaybi wash-shahādah, Anta takhumu baina 'ibādika fima kānu fīhi yakhtalifun, ahdini limā akhtulifa fīhi minal-haqqi bi idhnika, innaka latahdi ilā sirātin mustaqim (O Allāh, Lord of Jibrā'il, Mikā'il and Isrāfil, Creator of the heavens and the earth, Knower of the unseen and the seen, You judge between Your slaves concerning that wherein they differ. Guide me to the disputed matters of truth by Your Leave, for You are the One Who guides to the Straight Path)." (Sahih) (One of the narrators) 'Abdur-Rahmān bin 'Umar said: "Bear in mind the word Jibrā'il with a Hamzah — this is how it was narrated from the Prophet ﷺ."

Arabic text

1357 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عُمَرَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ يُونُسَ الْيَمَامِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عِكْرِمَةُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ: بِمَ كَانَ يَسْتَفْتِحُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاتَهُ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ؟ قَالَتْ: كَانَ يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّ جِبْرَئِيلَ وَمِيكَائِيلَ وَإِسْرَافِيلَ، فَاطِرَ السَّمَوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ، عَالِمَ الْغَيْبِ وَالشَّهَادَةِ، أَنْتَ تَحْكُمُ بَيْنَ عِبَادِكَ فِيمَا كَانُوا فِيهِ يَخْتَلِفُونَ، اهْدِنِي لِمَا اخْتُلِفَ فِيهِ مِنَ الْحَقِّ بِإِذْنِكَ، إِنَّكَ لَتَهْدِي إِلَى صِرَاطٍ مُسْتَقِيمٍ» ، قَالَ عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عُمَرَ: احْفَظُوهُ - جِبْرَئِيلَ - مَهْمُوزَةً فَإِنَّهُ كَذَا عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1357

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1357

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 181

What Was Narrated Concerning How Many Rak'ah Should Be Prayed At Night

Hadith 1358

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1358. It was narrated that 'Aishah said, and this is the Hadith of Abu Bakr:[1] "During the period after he finished prayer the 'Ishâ' until the Fajr, the Prophet ﷺ used to pray eleven Rak'ah, saying the Salâm after each two Rak'ah and praying Witr with one Rak'ah. He would prostrate for as long as it takes anyone of you to recite fifty Verses before he would raise his head. When the Mu'adh-dhin fell silent after the first Adhân for the Subh prayer, he would get up and pray two brief Rak'ah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1358 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ - وَهَذَا حَدِيثُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ - قَالَتْ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي، مَا بَيْنَ أَنْ يَفْرُغَ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الْعِشَاءِ إِلَى الْفَجْرِ، إِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً، يُسَلِّمُ فِي كُلِّ اثْنَتَيْنِ، وَيُوتِرُ بِوَاحِدَةٍ، وَيَسْجُدُ فِيهِنَّ سَجْدَةً، بِقَدْرِ مَا يَقْرَأُ أَحَدُكُمْ خَمْسِينَ آيَةً، قَبْلَ أَنْ يَرْفَعَ رَأْسَهُ، فَإِذَا سَكَتَ الْمُؤَذِّنُ مِنَ الْأَذَانِ الْأَوَّلِ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ، قَامَ فَرَكَعَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ خَفِيفَتَيْنِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] That is Abu Bakr bin Abu Shaibah, one of the two Shaikh who narrated chains to Ibn Mājah for this Hadith.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1358

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1358

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1359

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniShadh
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1359. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to pray thirteen Rak'ah at night." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1359 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ ثَلَاثَ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1359

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1359

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1360

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1360. It was narrated from 'Aishah that the Prophet ﷺ used to pray nine Rak'ah at night.(Sahih)

Arabic text

1360 - حَدَّثَنَا هَنَّادُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ «يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ تِسْعَ رَكَعَاتٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1360

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1360

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1361

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1361. It was narrated that 'Āmir Ash-Sha'bi said: "I asked 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās and 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar about the Prophet's prayer at night. They said: (He prayed) thirteen Rak'ah, including eight, and three for Witr, and two Rak'ah after the Fajr.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1361 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ أَبُو عُبَيْدٍ الْمَدِينِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَامِرٍ الشَّعْبِيِّ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عَبَّاسٍ وَعَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ، عَنْ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِاللَّيْلِ، فَقَالَا: «ثَلَاثَ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً، مِنْهَا ثَمَانٍ، وَيُوتِرُ بِثَلَاثٍ، وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْفَجْرِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1361

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1361

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1362

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1362. It was narrated that Zaid bin Khālid Al-Juhani said: "I said, I must observe how the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prays tonight. So I lay down at his door. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ got up and prayed two brief Rak'ah, then two long ones, which were very, very long, then two Rak'ah which were shorter than the ones preceding them, then two Rak'ah which were shorter than the ones preceding them, then two Rak'ah which were shorter than the ones preceding them, then two Rak'ah, then Witr. That was thirteen Rak'ah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1362 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ السَّلَامِ بْنُ عَاصِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نَافِعِ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ الزُّبَيْرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ قَيْسِ بْنِ مَخْرَمَةَ، أَخْبَرَهُ عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ الْجُهَنِيِّ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ، لَأَرْمُقَنَّ صَلَاةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ اللَّيْلَةَ، قَالَ: فَتَوَسَّدْتُ عَتَبَتَهُ، أَوْ فُسْطَاطَهُ، «فَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ خَفِيفَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ طَوِيلَتَيْنِ، طَوِيلَتَيْنِ، طَوِيلَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَهُمَا دُونَ اللَّتَيْنِ قَبْلَهُمَا، ثُمَّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَهُمَا دُونَ اللَّتَيْنِ قَبْلَهُمَا، ثُمَّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ وَهُمَا دُونَ اللَّتَيْنِ قَبْلَهُمَا، ثُمَّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ أَوْتَرَ، فَتِلْكَ ثَلَاثَ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1362

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1362

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1363

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1363. It was narrated from Kuraib, the freed slave of Ibn 'Abbâs, that Ibn 'Abbâs told him that he slept at the house of Maimunah, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ, who was his maternal aunt. He said: "I lay down across the pillow and the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and his wife were laying along it. The Prophet ﷺ slept until midnight, or a little before, or a little after. The Prophet ﷺ woke up and began to rub the sleep from his face with his hand. Then he recited the last ten Verses of Surah Âl 'Imrân. Then he got up and went to a water skin that was hanging up and performed ablution from it, and he performed ablution well, then he stood up and prayed." 'Abdullâh bin 'Abbâs said: "I stood up and did what he had done, then I went and stood beside him. The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ put his right hand on my head, took hold of my right ear and tweaked it. Then he prayed two Rak'ah, then two Rak'ah, then two Rak'ah, then two Rak'ah, then two Rak'ah, then two Rak'ah, then he prayed Witr. Then he lay down until the Mu'adh-dhinn came to him and he prayed two brief Rak'ah, then he went out to pray." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1363 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَعْنُ بْنُ عِيسَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ مَخْرَمَةَ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ كُرَيْبٍ، مَوْلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، أَخْبَرَهُ أَنَّهُ نَامَ عِنْدَ مَيْمُونَةَ زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهِيَ خَالَتُهُ قَالَ: فَاضْطَجَعْتُ فِي عَرْضِ الْوِسَادَةِ، وَاضْطَجَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَهْلُهُ فِي طُولِهَا، فَنَامَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، حَتَّى إِذَا انْتَصَفَ اللَّيْلُ، أَوْ قَبْلَهُ بِقَلِيلٍ، أَوْ بَعْدَهُ بِقَلِيلٍ، «اسْتَيْقَظَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَجَعَلَ يَمْسَحُ النَّوْمَ عَنْ وَجْهِهِ بِيَدِهِ، ثُمَّ قَرَأَ الْعَشْرَ آيَاتٍ مِنْ آخِرِ سُورَةِ آلِ عِمْرَانَ، ثُمَّ قَامَ إِلَى شَنٍّ مُعَلَّقَةٍ، فَتَوَضَّأَ مِنْهَا، فَأَحْسَنَ وُضُوءَهُ، ثُمَّ قَامَ يُصَلِّي» ، قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: فَقُمْتُ فَصَنَعْتُ مِثْلَ مَا صَنَعَ، ثُمَّ ذَهَبْتُ فَقُمْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِهِ فَوَضَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى رَأْسِي وَأَخَذَ أُذُنِي الْيُمْنَى يَفْتِلُهَا، فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ أَوْتَرَ، ثُمَّ اضْطَجَعَ حَتَّى جَاءَهُ الْمُؤَذِّنُ، فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ خَفِيفَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1363

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1363

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 182

What Was Narrated Concerning Which Hours Of The Night Are Best

Hadith 1364

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1364. It was narrated that 'Amr bin 'Abasah said: "I came to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, who became Muslim with you?' He said: 'A free man and a slave.'[1] I said: 'Is there any hour of the night that is closer to Allāh than another?' He said: 'Yes, the last half of the night.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1364 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ يَعْلَى بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ طَلْقٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْبَيْلَمَانِيِّ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَبَسَةَ، قَالَ: أَتَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ مَنْ أَسْلَمَ مَعَكَ؟ قَالَ: «حُرٌّ وَعَبْدٌ» قُلْتُ: هَلْ مِنْ سَاعَةٍ أَقْرَبُ إِلَى اللَّهِ مِنْ أُخْرَى؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ، جَوْفُ اللَّيْلِ الْأَوْسَطُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Meaning Abu Bakr and Bilāl ﷺ.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1364

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1364

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1365

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1365. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to sleep during the first part of the night and stay awake during the latter part." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1365 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ إِسْرَائِيلَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَنَامُ أَوَّلَ اللَّيْلِ، وَيُحْيِي آخِرَهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1365

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1365

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1366

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1366. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Our Lord, the Blessed and Exalted, descends when one third of the night remains, every night, and He says: 'Who will ask of Me, that I may give him? Who will call upon Me, that I may answer him? Who will ask My forgiveness, that I may forgive him?' until dawn comes." Hence they used to prefer voluntary prayers at the end of the night rather than at the beginning. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1366 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَرْوَانَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الْعُثْمَانِيُّ، وَيَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، وَأَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْأَغَرِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: " يَنْزِلُ رَبُّنَا تَبَارَكَ وَتَعَالَى، حِينَ يَبْقَى ثُلُثُ اللَّيْلِ الْآخِرُ، كُلَّ لَيْلَةٍ، فَيَقُولُ: مَنْ يَسْأَلُنِي فَأُعْطِيَهُ؟ مَنْ يَدْعُونِي فَأَسْتَجِيبَ لَهُ؟ مَنْ يَسْتَغْفِرُنِي فَأَغْفِرَ لَهُ؟ حَتَّى يَطْلُعَ الْفَجْرُ " فَلِذَلِكَ كَانُوا يَسْتَحِبُّونَ صَلَاةَ آخِرِ اللَّيْلِ عَلَى أَوَّلِهِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1366

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1366

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1367

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1367. It was narrated that Rifā'ah Al-Juhani said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Allāh provides respite until, when half or two thirds of the night has passed, He says: "My slave does not ask of anyone other than Me. Whoever calls upon Me, I will answer him; whoever asks of Me, I will give him; whoever asks My forgiveness, I will forgive him," until dawn comes.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1367 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مُصْعَبٍ، عَنِ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ أَبِي مَيْمُونَةَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ رِفَاعَةَ الْجُهَنِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِنَّ اللَّهَ يُمْهِلُ، حَتَّى إِذَا ذَهَبَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ نِصْفُهُ أَوْ ثُلُثَاهُ، قَالَ: لَا يَسْأَلَنَّ عِبَادِي غَيْرِي، مَنْ يَدْعُنِي أَسْتَجِبْ لَهُ، مَنْ يَسْأَلْنِي أُعْطِهِ، مَنْ يَسْتَغْفِرْنِي أَغْفِرْ لَهُ، حَتَّى يَطْلُعَ الْفَجْرُ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1367

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1367

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 183

What Was Narrated About What It Is Hoped Will Suffice For The Night Prayer

Hadith 1368

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1368. It was narrated that Abu Mas'ud said: The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Whoever recites the last two Verses of Surat Al-Baqarah at night, that will be sufficient for him." (Sahih) In his narration (one of the narrators) Hafs said: "Abdur- Rahmân said: 'I met Abu Mas'ud when he was performing Tawâf, and he narrated this to me.'

Arabic text

1368 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، وَأَسْبَاطُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «الْآيَتَانِ مِنْ آخِرِ سُورَةِ الْبَقَرَةِ مَنْ قَرَأَهُمَا فِي لَيْلَةٍ كَفَتَاهُ» ، قَالَ حَفْصٌ فِي حَدِيثِهِ: قَالَ عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ فَلَقِيتُ أَبَا مَسْعُودٍ وَهُوَ يَطُوفُ فَحَدَّثَنِي بِهِ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1368

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1368

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1369

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1369. It was narrated from Abu Mas'ud that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Whoever recites the last two Verses of Surat Al-Baqarah at night, that will be sufficient for him." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1369 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ قَرَأَ الْآيَتَيْنِ مِنْ آخِرِ سُورَةِ الْبَقَرَةِ فِي لَيْلَةٍ كَفَتَاهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1369

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1369

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 184

What Was Narrated About If The Person Praying Becomes Sleepy

Hadith 1370

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1370. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Prophet ﷺ said: 'If anyone of you becomes drowsy, let him sleep until he feels refreshed, for he does not know, if he prays when he feels drowsy, he may want to say words seeking forgiveness but (instead) he ends up cursing himself.'"(Sahih)

Arabic text

1370 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَرْوَانَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الْعُثْمَانِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ بْنُ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، جَمِيعًا عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا نَعَسَ أَحَدُكُمْ، فَلْيَرْقُدْ حَتَّى يَذْهَبَ عَنْهُ النَّوْمُ، فَإِنَّهُ لَا يَدْرِي، إِذَا صَلَّى وَهُوَ نَاعِسٌ، لَعَلَّهُ يَذْهَبُ فَيَسْتَغْفِرُ، فَيَسُبُّ نَفْسَهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1370

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1370

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1371

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1371. It was narrated from Anas bin Mâlik that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ entered the mosque and saw a rope tied between two pillars. He said, "What is this rope?" They said: "It belongs to Zainab. She prays here and when she gets tired she holds on to it." He said: "Untie it, untie it; let any one of you pray when he has energy, and if he gets tired let him sit down." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1371 - حَدَّثَنَا عِمْرَانُ بْنُ مُوسَى اللَّيْثِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ صُهَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ فَرَأَى حَبْلًا مَمْدُودًا بَيْنَ سَارِيَتَيْنِ، فَقَالَ: «مَا هَذَا الْحَبْلُ؟» قَالُوا: لِزَيْنَبَ تُصَلِّي فِيهِ فَإِذَا فَتَرَتْ تَعَلَّقَتْ بِهِ فَقَالَ: «حُلُّوهُ حُلُّوهُ لِيُصَلِّ أَحَدُكُمْ نَشَاطَهُ، فَإِذَا فَتَرَ فَلْيَقْعُدْ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1371

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1371

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1372

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1372. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When anyone of you gets up to pray at night, and his tongue stumbles over the words of the Qur'an and he does not know what he is saying, let him lie down." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1372 - حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ النَّضْرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا قَامَ أَحَدُكُمْ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ، فَاسْتَعْجَمَ الْقُرْآنُ عَلَى لِسَانِهِ، فَلَمْ يَدْرِ مَا يَقُولُ، اضْطَجَعَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1372

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1372

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 185

What Was Narrated Concerning Praying Between The Maghrib and The 'Ishâ'

Hadith 1373

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniFabricated
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1373. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Whoever prays twenty Rak'ah between Maghrib and the 'Ishâ', Allâh will build for him a house in Paradise.''" (Maudu')

Arabic text

1373 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنِيعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ الْمَدِينِيُّ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ صَلَّى، بَيْنَ الْمَغْرِبِ وَالْعِشَاءِ، عِشْرِينَ رَكْعَةً بَنَى اللَّهُ لَهُ بَيْتًا فِي الْجَنَّةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1373

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1373

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1374

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1374. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Whoever prays six Rak'ah after the Maghrib and does not speak evil between them, they will be made equivalent to twelve years' worship.''" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1374 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، وَأَبُو عُمَرَ حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عُمَرُ بْنُ أَبِي خَثْعَمٍ الْيَمَامِيُّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ صَلَّى سِتَّ رَكَعَاتٍ بَعْدَ الْمَغْرِبِ، لَمْ يَتَكَلَّمْ بَيْنَهُنَّ بِسُوءٍ، عُدِلَتْ لَهُ عِبَادَةَ اثْنَتَيْ عَشْرَةَ سَنَةً»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1374

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1374

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 186

What WasNarrated ConcerningVoluntary Prayers Offered AtHome

Hadith 1375

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1375. It was narrated that 'Āsim bin 'Amr said: "A group from the people of Iraq came to 'Umar and when they came to him, he said to them: 'Where are you from?' They said: 'From the inhabitants of Iraq.' He said: 'Have you come with permission?'[1] They said: 'Yes.' Then they asked him about a man's prayer in his house. 'Umar said: 'I asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and he said: "As for a man's prayer in his house, it is light, so illuminate your houses."'" (Da'if) Another chain with similar wording.

Arabic text

1375 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ طَارِقٍ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: خَرَجَ نَفَرٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِرَاقِ إِلَى عُمَرَ فَلَمَّا قَدِمُوا عَلَيْهِ، قَالَ لَهُمْ: مِمَّنْ أَنْتُمْ؟ قَالُوا: مِنْ أَهْلِ الْعِرَاقِ، قَالَ: فَبِإِذْنٍ جِئْتُمْ؟ قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: فَسَأَلُوهُ عَنْ صَلَاةِ الرَّجُلِ فِي بَيْتِهِ، فَقَالَ عُمَرُ: سَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «أَمَّا صَلَاةُ الرَّجُلِ فِي بَيْتِهِ فَنُورٌ، فَنَوِّرُوا بُيُوتَكُمْ» ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي الْحُسَيْنِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَبِي أُنَيْسَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عُمَيْرٍ مَوْلَى عُمَرَ بْنِ الْخَطَّابِ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ الْخَطَّابِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ حَدَّثَنَا

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1375

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1375

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1376

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1376. It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed Al-Khudri that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When anyone of you has finished his prayer, let him give his house a share of that, for Allāh will put something good in his house because of that prayer." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1376 - مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا قَضَى أَحَدُكُمْ صَلَاتَهُ، فَلْيَجْعَلْ لِبَيْتِهِ مِنْهَا نَصِيبًا، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ جَاعِلٌ فِي بَيْتِهِ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ خَيْرًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1376

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1376

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1377

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1377. It was narrated that Ibn 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Do not make your houses into graves.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1377 - حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ أَخْزَمَ، وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا تَتَّخِذُوا بُيُوتَكُمْ قُبُورًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1377

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1377

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1378

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1378. 'Abdullâh bin Sa'd said: "I asked the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ: 'Which is better prayer in my house or prayer in the mosque?' He said: 'Do you not see how close my house is to the mosque?' But praying in my house is dearer to me than praying in the mosque, apart from the prescribed prayers.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1378 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بِشْرٍ بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ مَهْدِيٍّ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، عَنِ الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ حَرَامِ بْنِ حَكِيمٍ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَيُّمَا أَفْضَلُ؟ الصَّلَاةُ فِي بَيْتِي أَوِ الصَّلَاةُ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ؟ قَالَ: «أَلَا تَرَى إِلَى بَيْتِي؟ مَا أَقْرَبَهُ مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ فَلَأَنْ أُصَلِّيَ فِي بَيْتِي أَحَبُّ إِلَيَّ مِنْ أَنْ أُصَلِّيَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، إِلَّا أَنْ تَكُونَ صَلَاةً مَكْتُوبَةً»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1378

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1378

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 187

What Was Narrated Concerning Duha Prayer

Hadith 1379

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1379. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Hârith said: "During the caliphate of 'Uthmân, when the people were present in large numbers, I asked about Duha prayer, and I could not find anyone who could tell me that he, meaning the Prophet ﷺ, had prayed it, apart from Umm Hânî'. She told me that he had prayed it with eight Rak'ah." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1379 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي زِيَادٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ فِي زَمَنِ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَفَّانَ وَالنَّاسُ مُتَوَافِرُونَ - أَوْ مُتَوَافُونَ - عَنْ صَلَاةِ الضُّحَى، فَلَمْ أَجِدْ أَحَدًا يُخْبِرُنِي أَنَّهُ صَلَّاهَا - يَعْنِي النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - غَيْرَ أُمِّ هَانِئٍ فَأَخْبَرَتْنِي أَنَّهُ «صَلَّاهَا ثَمَانَ رَكَعَاتٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1379

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1379

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1380

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1380. It was narrated that Anas bin Mâlik said: "I heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ say: 'Whoever prays Duha with twelve Rak'ah, Allâh will build for him a palace of gold in Paradise.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1380 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، وَأَبُو كُرَيْبٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ ثُمَامَةَ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ رَسُول اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَنْ صَلَّى الضُّحَى ثِنْتَيْ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً، بَنَى اللَّهُ لَهُ قَصْرًا مِنْ ذَهَبٍ فِي الْجَنَّةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1380

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1380

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1381

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1381. Mu'âdhah Al-'Adawiyyah said: "I asked 'Aishah: 'Did the Prophet ﷺ pray Duha?' She said: 'Yes; four (Rak'ah) and he would add whatever Allâh willed.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1381 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ الرِّشْكِ، عَنْ مُعَاذَةَ الْعَدَوِيَّةِ، قَالَتْ: سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ: " أَكَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي الضُّحَى؟ قَالَتْ: نَعَمْ، أَرْبَعًا، وَيَزِيدُ مَا شَاءَ اللَّهُ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1381

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1381

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1382

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1382. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Whoever regularly prays two Rak'ah of Duha, his sins will be forgiven even if they are like the foam of the sea.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1382 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنِ النَّهَّاسِ بْنِ قَهْمٍ، عَنْ شَدَّادٍ أَبِي عَمَّارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ حَافَظَ عَلَى شُفْعَةِ الضُّحَى، غُفِرَتْ لَهُ ذُنُوبُهُ وَإِنْ كَانَتْ مِثْلَ زَبَدِ الْبَحْرِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1382

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1382

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 188

What Was Narrated Concerning Istikhârah Prayer

Hadith 1383

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1383. It was narrated that Jâbir bin 'Abdullâh said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to teach us Istikhârah, just as he used to teach us a Surah of the Qur'an. He said: 'If anyone of you is deliberating about a decision he has to make, then let him pray two Rak'ah of non-obligatory prayer, then say: Allâhumma inni astakhiruka bi 'ilmika wa astaqdiruka bi qudratika wa as'aluka min fâdlikal-'azim, fa innaka taqdiru wa lâ aqdir, wa ta'lamu wa lâ a'lam, wa Anta 'allâmul-ghuyub. Allâhumma in kunta ta'lamu hâdhal-amra (then the matter should be mentioned by name) mâ kâna min shay'in khairan li fi dini wa ma'âshi wa 'âqibati amri, aw khairanli fi 'âjili amri wa âjilihi, faqdurhu li wa yassirhu li wa bârik li fihi. Wa in kunta ta'lamu [O Allâh, I seek Your guidance (in making a choice) by virtue of Your knowledge, and I seek ability by virtue of Your power, and I ask You of Your great bounty. You have power, I have none. And You know, I know not. You are the Knower of hidden things. O Allâh, if in Your knowledge, this matter (then it should be mentioned by name) is good for me in my religion, my livelihood and my affairs, or both in this world and in the Hereafter then ordain it for me, make it easy for me, and bless it for me. And if in Your knowledge]. Then saying similar to what he said the first time, except: Wa in kâna sharrun li fasrifhu 'anni wâsrifni 'anhu wâqdur li al-khaîr haithuma kâna thumma raddini bihi (If it is bad for me then turn it away from me and turn me away from it, and ordain for me the good wherever it may be and make me pleased with it).” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1383 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ السُّلَمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ أَبِي الْمَوَالِي، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ الْمُنْكَدِرِ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُعَلِّمُنَا الِاسْتِخَارَةَ، كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا السُّورَةَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ يَقُولُ: " إِذَا هَمَّ أَحَدُكُمْ بِالْأَمْرِ فَلْيَرْكَعْ رَكْعَتَيْنِ مِنْ غَيْرِ الْفَرِيضَةِ، ثُمَّ لِيَقُلْ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْتَخِيرُكَ بِعِلْمِكَ وَأَسْتَقْدِرُكَ بِقُدْرَتِكَ وَأَسْأَلُكَ مِنْ فَضْلِكَ الْعَظِيمِ، فَإِنَّكَ تَقْدِرُ وَلَا أَقْدِرُ، وَتَعْلَمُ وَلَا أَعْلَمُ، وَأَنْتَ عَلَّامُ الْغُيُوبِ، اللَّهُمَّ إِنْ كُنْتَ تَعْلَمُ هَذَا الْأَمْرَ - فَيُسَمِّيهِ، مَا كَانَ مِنْ شَيْءٍ - خَيْرًا لِي فِي دِينِي وَمَعَاشِي وَعَاقِبَةِ أَمْرِي - أَوْ خَيْرًا لِي فِي عَاجِلِ أَمْرِي وَآجِلِهِ - فَاقْدُرْهُ لِي وَيَسِّرْهُ لِي وَبَارِكْ لِي فِيهِ، وَإِنْ كُنْتَ تَعْلَمُ - يَقُولُ مِثْلَ مَا قَالَ فِي الْمَرَّةِ الْأُولَى - وَإِنْ كَانَ شَرًّا لِي، فَاصْرِفْهُ عَنِّي وَاصْرِفْنِي عَنْهُ، وَاقْدُرْ لِي الْخَيْرَ حَيْثُمَا كَانَ، ثُمَّ رَضِّنِي بِهِ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1383

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1383

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 189

What Was Narrated Concerning Prayer At Times Of Need

Hadith 1384

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1384. It was narrated that ‘Abdullâh bin Abi Awfa Al-Aslami said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came out to us and said: ‘Whoever has some need from Allâh or from any of His creation, let him perform ablution and pray two Rak'ah, then let him say: Lâ ilâha illallâhul-Halimul-Karim. Subhân-Allâhi Rabbil-'arshil-'azim. Al-hamdu Lillâhi Rabbil-'Âmin. Allâhumma inni as'aluka mujibât rahmatika, wa 'azâ'ima maghfiratika, wal-ghanimata min kulli barrin, was-salâmata min kulli ithmin. As'aluka alla tada'a li dhanban illa ghafartahu, wa lâ hamman illa farrajtahu, wa lâ hâjah hiya laka ridan illâ qadaitaha li (None has the right to be worshiped but Allâh, the Forbearing, the Most Generous. Glory is to Allâh, the Lord of the Mighty Throne. Praise is to Allâh, the Lord of the worlds. O Allâh, I ask You for the means of Your mercy and forgiveness, the benefit of every good deed and safety from all sins. I ask You not to leave any sin of mine but You forgive it, or any distress but You relieve it, or any need that is pleasing to You but You meet it). Then he should ask Allâh for whatever he wants in this world and in the Hereafter, for it is decreed." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1384 - حَدَّثَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ الْعَبَّادَانِيُّ، عَنْ فَائِدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي أَوْفَى الْأَسْلَمِيِّ، قَالَ: خَرَجَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: " مَنْ كَانَتْ لَهُ حَاجَةٌ إِلَى اللَّهِ، أَوْ إِلَى أَحَدٍ مِنْ خَلْقِهِ، فَلْيَتَوَضَّأْ وَلْيُصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ لِيَقُلْ: لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ الْحَلِيمُ الْكَرِيمُ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَرْشِ الْعَظِيمِ، الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ، اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ مُوجِبَاتِ رَحْمَتِكَ، وَعَزَائِمَ مَغْفِرَتِكَ، وَالْغَنِيمَةَ مِنْ كُلِّ بِرٍّ، وَالسَّلَامَةَ مِنْ كُلِّ إِثْمٍ، أَسْأَلُكَ أَلَّا تَدَعَ لِي ذَنْبًا إِلَّا غَفَرْتَهُ، وَلَا هَمًّا إِلَّا فَرَّجْتَهُ، وَلَا حَاجَةً هِيَ لَكَ رِضًا إِلَّا قَضَيْتَهَا لِي، ثُمَّ يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ مِنْ أَمْرِ الدُّنْيَا وَالْآخِرَةِ مَا شَاءَ، فَإِنَّهُ يُقَدَّرُ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1384

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1384

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1385

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1385. It was narrated from 'Uthmân bin Hunaif that a blind man came to the Prophet ﷺ and said: "Pray to Allâh to heal me." He said: "If you wish to store your reward for the Hereafter, that is better, or if you wish, I will supplicate for you." He said: "Supplicate." So he told him to perform ablution and do it well, and to pray two Rak'ah, and to say this supplication: "Allâhumma inni as'aluka wa atawajjahu ilaika bimuhammadin nabiyir-rahma. Yâ Muhammadu inni qad tawajjahtu bika ila rabbi fi hâjati hâdhihi lituqda. Allâhumma fashaffi'hu fiya (O Allâh, I ask of You and I turn my face towards You by virtue of the intercession of Muhammad the Prophet of mercy. O Muhammad, I have turned to my Lord by virtue of your intercession concerning this need of mine so that it may be met. O Allāh, accept his intercession concerning me)". (Sahih) Abu Ishāq said: "This Hadith is Sahih."[1]

Arabic text

1385 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورِ بْنِ سَيَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ عُمَرَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي جَعْفَرٍ الْمَدَنِيِّ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ بْنِ خُزَيْمَةَ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ حُنَيْفٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا ضَرِيرَ الْبَصَرِ أَتَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: ادْعُ اللَّهَ لِي أَنْ يُعَافِيَنِي فَقَالَ: «إِنْ شِئْتَ أَخَّرْتُ لَكَ وَهُوَ خَيْرٌ، وَإِنْ شِئْتَ دَعَوْتُ» فَقَالَ: ادْعُهْ، فَأَمَرَهُ أَنْ يَتَوَضَّأَ فَيُحْسِنَ وُضُوءَهُ، وَيُصَلِّيَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَيَدْعُوَ بِهَذَا الدُّعَاءِ: «اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ، وَأَتَوَجَّهُ إِلَيْكَ بِمُحَمَّدٍ نَبِيِّ الرَّحْمَةِ، يَا مُحَمَّدُ إِنِّي قَدْ تَوَجَّهْتُ بِكَ إِلَى رَبِّي فِي حَاجَتِي هَذِهِ لِتُقْضَى، اللَّهُمَّ فَشَفِّعْهُ فِيَّ» . قَالَ أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ: هَذَا حَدِيثٌ صَحِيحٌ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1385

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1385

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 190

What Was Narrated Concerning The Prayer Of Glorification

Hadith 1386

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1386. It was narrated that Abu Rāfi' said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said to 'Abbās: 'O uncle, shall I not give you a gift, shall I not benefit you, shall I not uphold my ties of kinship with you?' He said 'Of course, O Messenger of Allāh.' He said: 'Pray four Rak'ah, and recite in each Rak'ah the Opening of the Book (Al-Fātiḥah) and a Surah. When you have finished reciting, say: Subhân-Allāh[1] wal-ḥamdu Lillāh wa lā ilāha illallāh wa Allāhu Akbar (Glory is to Allāh, praise is to Allāh, none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh and Allāh is the Most Great) fifteen times before you bow in Ruku'. Then bow and say it ten times; then raise your head and say it ten times; then prostrate and say it ten times; then raise your head and say it ten times; then prostrate and say it ten times; then raise your head and say it ten times before you stand up. That will be seventy-five times in each Rak'ah and three hundred times in the four Rak'ah, and even if your sins are like the grains of sand, Allāh will forgive you for them.' He said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, what if someone cannot say it in one day?' He said: 'Then say it once in a week; if you cannot, then say it once in a month' until he said: 'Once in a year.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1386 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ أَبُو عِيسَى الْمَسْرُوقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ الْحُبَابِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُبَيْدَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، مَوْلَى أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَزْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِلْعَبَّاسِ: «يَا عَمِّ أَلَا أَحْبُوكَ، أَلَا أَنْفَعُكَ، أَلَا أَصِلُكَ» قَالَ: بَلَى، يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: " فَصَلِّ أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ تَقْرَأُ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ وَسُورَةٍ، فَإِذَا انْقَضَتِ الْقِرَاءَةُ فَقُلْ: سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ وَالْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ وَلَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَاللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ خَمْسَ عَشْرَةَ مَرَّةً قَبْلَ أَنْ تَرْكَعَ، ثُمَّ ارْكَعْ فَقُلْهَا عَشْرًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ رَأْسَكَ فَقُلْهَا عَشْرًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ فَقُلْهَا عَشْرًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ رَأْسَكَ فَقُلْهَا عَشْرًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ فَقُلْهَا عَشْرًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ رَأْسَكَ فَقُلْهَا عَشْرًا قَبْلَ أَنْ تَقُومَ، فَتِلْكَ خَمْسٌ وَسَبْعُونَ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ، وَهِيَ ثَلَاثُمِائَةٍ فِي أَرْبَعِ رَكَعَاتٍ، فَلَوْ كَانَتْ ذُنُوبُكَ مِثْلَ رَمْلِ عَالِجٍ غَفَرَهَا اللَّهُ لَكَ " قَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ وَمَنْ لَمْ يَسْتَطِعْ يَقُولُهَا فِي يَوْمٍ؟ قَالَ «قُلْهَا فِي جُمُعَةٍ، فَإِنْ لَمْ تَسْتَطِعْ فَقُلْهَا فِي شَهْرٍ» حَتَّى قَالَ: «فَقُلْهَا فِي سَنَةٍ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Allāh knows best who this Abu Ishāq is, this statement is not present in all of the manuscripts.

1 [1] Subhân Allāh also means to declare Allāh, the Most High, to be free of any imperfections, and whatever has been falsely attributed to Him, such as having a son, a partner, etc.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1386

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1386

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1387

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1387. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said to 'Abbās bin 'Abdul-Muttalib: 'O 'Abbās, O my uncle, shall I not give you a gift, shall I not tell you of something which, if you do it, will expiate for ten types of sins? If you do them, Allāh will forgive you your sins, the first and the last of them, the old and the new, the unintentional and the deliberate, the minor and the major, the secret and the open, ten types of sin. Pray four Rak'ah, and recite in each Rak'ah the Opening of the Book (Al-Fātiḥah) and a Surah. When you have finished reciting in the first Rak'ah, while you are standing, say: Subhān-Allāh wal-hamdu Lillāh wa lā ilāha illallāh wa Allāhu Akbar (Glory is to Allāh, praise is to Allāh, none has the right to be worshiped but Allāh and Allāh is the Most Great) fifteen times. Then bow and say it ten times while you are bowing. Then raise your head from Ruku' and say it ten times. Then go into prostration and say it ten times while you are prostrating. Then raise your head from prostration and say it ten times. Then prostrate and say it ten times. Then raise your head from prostration and say it ten times. That will be seventy-five times in each Rak'ah. Do that in all four Rak'ah. If you can pray it once each day then do so. If you cannot, then once each week; if you cannot, then once each month. If you cannot, then once in your lifetime.''' (Hasan)

Arabic text

1387 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ بِشْرِ بْنِ الْحَكَمِ النَّيْسَابُورِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْحَكَمُ بْنُ أَبَانَ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِلْعَبَّاسِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ: " يَا عَبَّاسُ يَا عَمَّاهُ أَلَا أُعْطِيكَ، أَلَا أَمْنَحُكَ، أَلَا أَحْبُوكَ، أَلَا أَفْعَلُ لَكَ عَشْرَ خِصَالٍ، إِذَا أَنْتَ فَعَلْتَ ذَلِكَ غَفَرَ اللَّهُ لَكَ ذَنْبَكَ أَوَّلَهُ وَآخِرَهُ وَقَدِيمَهُ وَحَدِيثَهُ وَخَطَأَهُ وَعَمْدَهُ وَصَغِيرَهُ وَكَبِيرَهُ وَسِرَّهُ وَعَلَانِيَتَهُ عَشْرُ خِصَالٍ: أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ تَقْرَأُ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ وَسُورَةٍ، فَإِذَا فَرَغْتَ مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي أَوَّلِ رَكْعَةٍ قُلْتَ وَأَنْتَ قَائِمٌ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ وَالْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ وَلَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَاللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، خَمْسَ عَشْرَةَ مَرَّةً، ثُمَّ تَرْكَعُ فَتَقُولُ، وَأَنْتَ رَاكِعٌ عَشْرًا، ثُمَّ تَرْفَعُ رَأْسَكَ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ فَتَقُولُهَا عَشْرًا، ثُمَّ تَهْوِي سَاجِدًا فَتَقُولُهَا وَأَنْتَ سَاجِدٌ عَشْرًا، ثُمَّ تَرْفَعُ رَأْسَكَ مِنَ السُّجُودِ فَتَقُولُهَا عَشْرًا، ثُمَّ تَسْجُدُ فَتَقُولُهَا عَشْرًا، ثُمَّ تَرْفَعُ رَأْسَكَ مِنَ السُّجُودِ فَتَقُولُهَا عَشْرًا، فَذَلِكَ خَمْسَةٌ وَسَبْعُونَ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ، تَفْعَلُ فِي أَرْبَعِ رَكَعَاتٍ، إِنِ اسْتَطَعْتَ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَهَا فِي كُلِّ يَوْمٍ مَرَّةً فَافْعَلْ، فَإِنْ لَمْ تَسْتَطِعْ فَفِي كُلِّ جُمُعَةٍ مَرَّةً، فَإِنْ لَمْ تَفْعَلْ فَفِي كُلِّ شَهْرٍ مَرَّةً، فَإِنْ لَمْ تَفْعَلْ فَفِي عُمُرِكَ مَرَّةً "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1387

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1387

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 191

What Was Narrated Concerning The Night Of The Middle Of Sha'bân

Hadith 1388

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1388. It was narrated that 'Ali bin Abu Tâlib said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'When it is the night of the middle of Sha'bân, spend its night in prayer and observe a fast on that day. For Allâh descends at sunset on that night to the lowest heaven and says: 'Is there no one who will ask Me for forgiveness, that I may forgive him? Is there no one who will ask Me for provision, that I may provide for him? Is there no one who is afflicted by trouble, that I may relieve him?' and so on, until dawn comes.''' (Maudu')

Arabic text

1388 - حَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الْخَلَّالُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي سَبْرَةَ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِذَا كَانَتْ لَيْلَةُ النِّصْفِ مِنْ شَعْبَانَ، فَقُومُوا لَيْلَهَا وَصُومُوا نَهَارَهَا، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ يَنْزِلُ فِيهَا لِغُرُوبِ الشَّمْسِ إِلَى سَمَاءِ الدُّنْيَا، فَيَقُولُ: أَلَا مِنْ مُسْتَغْفِرٍ لِي فَأَغْفِرَ لَهُ أَلَا مُسْتَرْزِقٌ فَأَرْزُقَهُ أَلَا مُبْتَلًى فَأُعَافِيَهُ أَلَا كَذَا أَلَا كَذَا، حَتَّى يَطْلُعَ الْفَجْرُ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1388

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1388

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1389

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1389. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "I missed the Prophet ﷺ one night, so I went out looking for him. I found him at Al-Baqi', raising his head towards the sky. He said: 'O 'Aishah, were you afraid that Allâh and His Messenger would wrong you?'" She said: "I said: 'No, it is not that, but I thought that you had gone to one of your other wives.' He said: 'Allâh descends on the night of the middle of Sha'bân to the lowest heaven, and He forgives more than the number of hairs on the sheep of Banu Kalb.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1389 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْخُزَاعِيُّ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ أَبُو بَكْرٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: فَقَدْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ، فَخَرَجْتُ أَطْلُبُهُ، فَإِذَا هُوَ بِالْبَقِيعِ رَافِعٌ رَأْسَهُ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ. فَقَالَ: «يَا عَائِشَةُ أَكُنْتِ تَخَافِينَ أَنْ يَحِيفَ اللَّهُ عَلَيْكِ وَرَسُولُهُ؟» قَالَتْ، قَدْ قُلْتُ: وَمَا بِي ذَلِكَ، وَلَكِنِّي ظَنَنْتُ أَنَّكَ أَتَيْتَ بَعْضَ نِسَائِكَ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ تَعَالَى يَنْزِلُ لَيْلَةَ النِّصْفِ مِنْ شَعْبَانَ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ الدُّنْيَا فَيَغْفِرُ لِأَكْثَرَ مِنْ عَدَدِ شَعَرِ غَنَمِ كَلْبٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1389

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1389

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1390

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1390. It was narrated from Abu Musa Al-Ash'ari that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Allāh looks down on the night of the middle of Sha'bān and forgives all His creation, apart from the idolator and the Mushāhīn."[1] (Da'if) Another chain from Abu Musa, from the Prophet ﷺ with similar wording.

Arabic text

1390 - حَدَّثَنَا رَاشِدُ بْنُ سَعِيدِ بْنِ رَاشِدٍ الرَّمْلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، عَنِ ابْنِ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنِ الضَّحَّاكِ بْنِ أَيْمَنَ، عَنِ الضَّحَّاكِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ عَرْزَبٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى الْأَشْعَرِيِّ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ لَيَطَّلِعُ فِي لَيْلَةِ النِّصْفِ مِنْ شَعْبَانَ فَيَغْفِرُ لِجَمِيعِ خَلْقِهِ إِلَّا لِمُشْرِكٍ أَوْ مُشَاحِنٍ» ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَاقَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَسْوَدِ النَّضْرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْجَبَّارِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنِ الزُّبَيْرِ بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنِ الضَّحَّاكِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا مُوسَى عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1390

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1390

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 192

What Was Narrated Concerning Prayer And Prostrating At Times Of Gratitude

Hadith 1391

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1391. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin Abu Awfa that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prayed two Rak'ah on the day when he was given the glad tidings of the head (death) of Abu Jahl. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1391 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بِشْرٍ بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سَلَمَةُ بْنُ رَجَاءٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَتْنِي شَعْثَاءُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي أَوْفَى، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى يَوْمَ بُشِّرَ بِرَأْسِ أَبِي جَهْلٍ رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] In An-Nihāyah: 'He is the opponent (or enemy).' Awzā'i said: 'It means the practitioner of innovation who separates from the main body of the Muslim nation.' Tibi said: 'Perhaps the objective was to censure the enmity which occurs among the Muslims out of bad feelings about leaders, not due to religion, so no one will be safe from the tongue or the hand of the one who spreads that, since it will lead to fighting and what is prohibited.' And in Az-Zawā'id: 'Its chain is 'Weak' due to the weakness of 'Abdullāh bin Lahī'ah and the obscure mention of Walid bin Muslim.' And Allāh knows best.' (Explanation by Sindī).

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1391

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1391

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1392

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1392. It was narrated from Anas bin Mâlik that the Prophet ﷺ was given glad tidings that a need of his had been met, and he fell down prostrate. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1392 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ صَالِحٍ الْمِصْرِيُّ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا أَبِي قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ لَهِيعَةَ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدَةَ السَّهْمِيِّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «بُشِّرَ بِحَاجَةٍ فَخَرَّ سَاجِدًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1392

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1392

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1393

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1393. It was narrated from 'Abdur-Rahmân bin Ka'b bin Mâlik that his father said that when Allâh accepted his repentance, he fell down prostrate. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1393 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ كَعْبِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «لَمَّا تَابَ اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ خَرَّ سَاجِدًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1393

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1393

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1394

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1394. It was narrated from Abu Bakrah that when the Prophet ﷺ heard news that made him happy, or for which one should be happy, he would fall down prostrate in gratitude to Allāh, the Blessed and Exalted. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1394 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْخُزَاعِيُّ، وَأَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ السُّلَمِيُّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ بَكَّارِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ إِذَا أَتَاهُ أَمْرٌ يَسُرُّهُ أَوْ بُشِّرَ بِهِ، خَرَّ سَاجِدًا، شُكْرًا لِلَّهِ تَبَارَكَ وَتَعَالَى»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1394

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1394

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 193

What Was Narrated Saying That Prayer Is An Expiation

Hadith 1395

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1395. It was narrated that 'Ali bin Abu Tālib said: "If I heard a Hadith from the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, Allāh benefited me with it as much as He willed, and if I heard it from anyone else, I would ask him to swear an oath, then if he swore an oath I would believe him. Abu Bakr told me and Abu Bakr spoke the truth that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'There is no man who commits a sin then he performs ablution and does it well, then he prays two Rak'ah,' (one of the narrators) Mis'ar said: 'then performs prayer and seeks the forgiveness of Allāh, but Allāh will forgive him.' (Hasan)

Arabic text

1395 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَنَصْرُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مِسْعَرٌ، وَسُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ الثَّقَفِيِّ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ الْوَالِبِيِّ، عَنْ أَسْمَاءَ بْنِ الْحَكَمِ الْفَزَارِيِّ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ إِذَا سَمِعْتُ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَدِيثًا، يَنْفَعُنِي اللَّهُ بِمَا شَاءَ مِنْهُ وَإِذَا حَدَّثَنِي عَنْهُ غَيْرُهُ، اسْتَحْلَفْتُهُ فَإِذَا حَلَفَ صَدَّقْتُهُ، وَإِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ حَدَّثَنِي وَصَدَقَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَا مِنْ رَجُلٍ يُذْنِبُ ذَنْبًا فَيَتَوَضَّأُ فَيُحْسِنُ الْوُضُوءَ ثُمَّ يُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ - وَقَالَ مِسْعَرٌ ثُمَّ يُصَلِّي - وَيَسْتَغْفِرُ اللَّهَ إِلَّا غَفَرَ اللَّهُ لَهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1395

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1395

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1396

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1396. It was narrated from 'Āsim bin Sufyān Thaqaṭi that they went on the campaign of Salāsīl, but no battle took place; they only took up their positions. Then they came back to Mu'āwiyah, and Abu Ayyub and 'Uqbah bin 'Āmir were with him. 'Āsim said: "O Abu Ayyub, we have missed out on Jihād this year, and we were told that whoever prays in the four mosques will be forgiven his sins."[1] He said: "O son of my brother, shall I not tell you of something easier than that? I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: 'Whoever performs ablution as he has been commanded, and prays as he has been commanded, will be forgiven his previous (bad) deeds.'" He said: "(Did he not say it) like that, O 'Uqbah?" He said: "Yes." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1396 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رُمْحٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَظُنُّهُ عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ سُفْيَانَ الثَّقَفِيِّ، أَنَّهُمْ غَزَوْا غَزْوَةَ السُّلَاسِلِ، فَفَاتَهُمُ الْغَزْوُ، فَرَابَطُوا، ثُمَّ رَجَعُوا إِلَى مُعَاوِيَةَ وَعِنْدَهُ أَبُو أَيُّوبَ وَعُقْبَةُ بْنُ عَامِرٍ، فَقَالَ: عَاصِمٌ: يَا أَبَا أَيُّوبَ فَاتَنَا الْغَزْوُ الْعَامَ، وَقَدْ أُخْبِرْنَا أَنَّهُ مَنْ صَلَّى فِي الْمَسَاجِدِ الْأَرْبَعَةِ، غُفِرَ لَهُ ذَنْبُهُ، فَقَالَ: يَا ابْنَ أَخِي أَدُلُّكَ عَلَى أَيْسَرَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ، إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ كَمَا أُمِرَ، وَصَلَّى كَمَا أُمِرَ، غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ عَمَلٍ» أَكَذَلِكَ يَا عُقْبَةُ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1396

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1396

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1397

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1397. Uthmân said: "I heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ say: 'Do you think that if there was a river in the courtyard of anyone of you, and he bathed in it five times each day, would there be any dirt left on him?' They said: '(There would be) nothing.' He said: 'Prayer takes away sins like water takes away dirt.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1397 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ أَبِي زِيَادٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ سَعْدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ أَخِي ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي صَالِحُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي فَرْوَةَ، أَنَّ عَامِرَ بْنَ سَعْدٍ، أَخْبَرَهُ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَانَ بْنَ عُثْمَانَ، يَقُولَ: قَالَ عُثْمَانُ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُول اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «أَرَأَيْتَ لَوْ كَانَ بِفِنَاءِ أَحَدِكُمْ نَهَرٌ يَجْرِي يَغْتَسِلُ فِيهِ كُلَّ يَوْمٍ خَمْسَ مَرَّاتٍ، مَا كَانَ يَبْقَى مِنْ دَرَنِهِ؟» قَالَ: لَا شَيْءَ، قَالَ: «فَإِنَّ الصَّلَاةَ تُذْهِبُ الذُّنُوبَ كَمَا يُذْهِبُ الْمَاءُ الدَّرَنَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1397

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1397

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1398

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1398. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Mas'ud that a man did something with a woman that was less than adultery; I do not know how far it went, but it was less than adultery. He went to the Prophet ﷺ and told him about that. Then Allâh revealed the words: "And perform the prayer, at the two ends of the day and in some hours of the night. Verily, the good deeds remove the evil deeds. That is a reminder for the mindful.'"[1] He said: "O Messenger of Allāh, is this only for me?" He said: "It is for everyone who acts upon it." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1398 - حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ وَكِيعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ النَّهْدِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا أَصَابَ مِنَ امْرَأَةٍ - يَعْنِي مَا دُونَ الْفَاحِشَةِ - فَلَا أَدْرِي مَا بَلَغَ، غَيْرَ أَنَّهُ دُونَ الزِّنَا، فَأَتَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ لَهُ، فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ سُبْحَانَهُ: {أَقِمِ الصَّلَاةَ طَرَفَيِ النَّهَارِ وَزُلَفًا مِنَ اللَّيْلِ، إِنَّ الْحَسَنَاتِ يُذْهِبْنَ السَّيِّئَاتِ ذَلِكَ ذِكْرَى لِلذَّاكِرِينَ} [هود: 114] فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَلِي هَذِهِ؟ قَالَ: «لِمَنْ أَخَذَ بِهَا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1398

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1398

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 194

What Was Narrated Concerning The Five Obligatory Prayers And Performing Them Regularly

Hadith 1399

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1399. It was narrated that Anas bin Mālik said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Allāh enjoined fifty prayers upon my nation, and I came back with that until I came to Musa. Musa said: 'What has your Lord enjoined upon your nation?' I said: 'He has enjoined fifty prayers on me.' He said: 'Go back to your Lord, for your nation will not be able to do that.' So I went back to my Lord, and He reduced it by half. I went back to Musa and told him, and he said: 'Go back to your Lord, for your nation will not be able to do that.' So I went back to my Lord, and He said: 'They are five and they are fifty; My Word does not change.' So I went back to Musa and he said: 'Go back to your Lord.' I said: 'I feel shy before my Lord.'"

Arabic text

1399 - حَدَّثَنَا حَرْمَلَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى الْمِصْرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " فَرَضَ اللَّهُ عَلَى أُمَّتِي خَمْسِينَ صَلَاةً، فَرَجَعْتُ بِذَلِكَ، حَتَّى آتِيَ عَلَى مُوسَى، فَقَالَ مُوسَى: مَاذَا افْتَرَضَ رَبُّكَ عَلَى أُمَّتِكَ؟ قُلْتُ: فَرَضَ عَلَيَّ خَمْسِينَ صَلَاةً، قَالَ: فَارْجِعْ إِلَى رَبِّكَ، فَإِنَّ أُمَّتَكَ لَا تُطِيقُ ذَلِكَ، فَرَاجَعْتُ رَبِّي، فَوَضَعَ عَنِّي شَطْرَهَا، فَرَجَعْتُ إِلَى مُوسَى فَأَخْبَرْتُهُ، فَقَالَ: ارْجِعْ إِلَى رَبِّكَ، فَإِنَّ أُمَّتَكَ لَا تُطِيقُ ذَلِكَ فَرَاجَعْتُ رَبِّي، فَقَالَ: هِيَ خَمْسٌ وَهِيَ خَمْسُونَ، لَا يُبَدَّلُ الْقَوْلُ لَدَيَّ، فَرَجَعْتُ إِلَى مُوسَى، فَقَالَ: ارْجِعْ إِلَى رَبِّكَ، فَقُلْتُ: قَدِ اسْتَحْيَيْتُ مِنْ رَبِّي "

Footnotes

1 [1] Hud 11:114.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1399

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1399

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1400

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1400. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbās said: "Your Prophet ﷺ was enjoined to do fifty prayers but he returned to your Lord to make (i.e. reduce) them five prayers." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1400 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْوَلِيدِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُصْمٍ أَبِي عُلْوَانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «أُمِرَ نَبِيُّكُمْ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِخَمْسِينَ صَلَاةً، فَنَازَلَ رَبَّكُمْ أَنْ يَجْعَلَهَا خَمْسَ صَلَوَاتٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1400

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1400

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1401

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1401. It was narrated that 'Ubādah bin Sāmit said: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: 'Five prayers that Allāh has enjoined upon His slaves, so whoever does them, and does not omit anything out of negligence, on the Day of Resurrection Allāh will make a covenant with him that He will admit him to Paradise. But whoever does them but omits something from them out of negligence, will not have such a covenant with Allāh; if He wills He will punish him, and if He wills, He will forgive him.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1401 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ رَبِّهِ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنِ ابْنِ مُحَيْرِيزٍ، عَنِ الْمُخْدِجِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ رَسُول اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «خَمْسُ صَلَوَاتٍ افْتَرَضَهُنَّ اللَّهُ عَلَى عِبَادِهِ، فَمَنْ جَاءَ بِهِنَّ لَمْ يَنْتَقِصْ مِنْهُنَّ شَيْئًا، اسْتِخْفَافًا بِحَقِّهِنَّ، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ جَاعِلٌ لَهُ يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ عَهْدًا أَنْ يُدْخِلَهُ الْجَنَّةَ، وَمَنْ جَاءَ بِهِنَّ قَدِ انْتَقَصَ مِنْهُنَّ شَيْئًا، اسْتِخْفَافًا بِحَقِّهِنَّ، لَمْ يَكُنْ لَهُ عِنْدَ اللَّهِ عَهْدٌ، إِنْ شَاءَ عَذَّبَهُ، وَإِنْ شَاءَ غَفَرَ لَهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1401

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1401

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1402

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1402. It was narrated from Sharik bin 'Abdullāh bin Abu Namir that he heard Anas bin Mālik say: "While we were sitting in the mosque, a man entered riding a camel; he made it kneel in the mosque, then he hobbled it and said to them: 'Which of you is Muhammad?' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was reclining among them, so they said: 'This fair-skinned man who is reclining.' The man said to him: 'O son of 'Abdul-Muttalib! The Prophet ﷺ said: 'I am listening to you.' The man said: O Muhammad! I am asking you and will be stern in asking, so do not bear any ill-feelings towards me.' He said: 'Ask whatever you think.' The man said: 'I abjure you by your Lord and the Lord of those who came before you, has Allāh sent you to all of mankind?' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'By Allāh, yes.' He said: 'I abjure you by Allāh, has Allāh commanded you to pray the five prayers each day and night?' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'By Allāh, yes.' He said: 'I abjure you by Allāh, has Allāh commanded you to fast this month each year?' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'By Allāh, yes.' He said: 'I abjure you by Allāh, has Allāh commanded you to take this charity from our rich and distribute it among our poor?' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'By Allāh, yes.' The man said: 'I believe in what you have brought, and I am the envoy of my people who are behind me. I am Dimām bin Tha'labah, the brother of Banu Sa'd bin Bakr.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1402 - حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ حَمَّادٍ الْمِصْرِيُّ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ الْمَقْبُرِيِّ، عَنْ شَرِيكِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي نَمِرٍ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، يَقُولُ: بَيْنَمَا نَحْنُ جُلُوسٌ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ دَخَلَ رَجُلٌ عَلَى جَمَلٍ فَأَنَاخَهُ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، ثُمَّ عَقَلَهُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ لَهُمْ: أَيُّكُمْ مُحَمَّدٌ؟، وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُتَّكِئٌ بَيْنَ ظَهْرَانَيْهِمْ، قَالَ: فَقَالُوا: هَذَا الرَّجُلُ الْأَبْيَضُ الْمُتَّكِئُ، فَقَالَ لَهُ الرَّجُلُ: يَا ابْنَ عَبْدِ الْمُطَّلِبِ فَقَالَ لَهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «قَدْ أَجَبْتُكَ» فَقَالَ لَهُ الرَّجُلُ: يَا مُحَمَّدُ إِنِّي سَائِلُكَ وَمُشَدِّدٌ عَلَيْكَ فِي الْمَسْأَلَةِ، فَلَا تَجِدَنَّ عَلَيَّ فِي نَفْسِكَ، فَقَالَ: «سَلْ مَا بَدَا لَكَ» قَالَ لَهُ الرَّجُلُ: نَشَدْتُكَ بِرَبِّكَ وَرَبِّ مَنْ قَبْلَكَ، آللَّهُ أَرْسَلَكَ إِلَى النَّاسِ كُلِّهِمْ؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اللَّهُمَّ نَعَمْ» قَالَ: فَأَنْشُدُكَ بِاللَّهِ، آللَّهُ أَمَرَكَ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ الصَّلَوَاتِ الْخَمْسَ فِي الْيَوْمِ وَاللَّيْلَةِ؟ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اللَّهُمَّ نَعَمْ» قَالَ: فَأَنْشُدُكَ بِاللَّهِ، آللَّهُ أَمَرَكَ أَنْ تَصُومَ هَذَا الشَّهْرَ مِنَ السَّنَةِ؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اللَّهُمَّ نَعَمْ» قَالَ: فَأَنْشُدُكَ بِاللَّهِ، آللَّهُ أَمَرَكَ أَنْ تَأْخُذَ هَذِهِ الصَّدَقَةَ مِنْ أَغْنِيَائِنَا فَتَقْسِمَهَا عَلَى فُقَرَائِنَا؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اللَّهُمَّ نَعَمْ» فَقَالَ الرَّجُلُ: آمَنْتُ بِمَا جِئْتَ بِهِ، وَأَنَا رَسُولُ مَنْ وَرَائِي مِنْ قَوْمِي، وَأَنَا ضِمَامُ بْنُ ثَعْلَبَةَ أَخُو بَنِي سَعْدِ بْنِ بَكْرٍ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1402

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1402

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1403

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1403. Sa'eed bin Musayyab said that Abu Qatādah bin Rib'i told him that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Allāh said: 'I have enjoined on your nation five prayers, and I have made a covenant with Myself that whoever maintains them, I will admit him to Paradise, and whoever does not maintain them, has no such covenant with Me.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1403 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ سَعِيدِ بْنِ كَثِيرِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ الْحِمْصِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ بْنُ الْوَلِيدِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ضُبَارَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي السُّلَيْكِ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي دُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ سَعِيدُ بْنُ الْمُسَيِّبِ: إِنَّ أَبَا قَتَادَةَ بْنَ رِبْعِيٍّ أَخْبَرَهُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: قَالَ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ: «افْتَرَضْتُ عَلَى أُمَّتِكَ خَمْسَ صَلَوَاتٍ، وَعَهِدْتُ عِنْدِي عَهْدًا أَنَّهُ مَنْ حَافَظَ عَلَيْهِنَّ لِوَقْتِهِنَّ أَدْخَلْتُهُ الْجَنَّةَ، وَمَنْ لَمْ يُحَافِظْ عَلَيْهِنَّ فَلَا عَهْدَ لَهُ عِنْدِي» بَابُ مَا جَاءَ فِي فَضْلِ الصَّلَاةِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ الْحَرَامِ وَمَسْجِدِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1403

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1403

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 195

What Was Narrated Concerning The Virtue Of Praying In The Secred Mosque And The Mosque Of The Prophet ﷺ

Hadith 1404

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1404. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "One prayer in this mosque of mine is better than a thousand prayers anywhere else, except The Sacred Mosque (Al-Masjid Al-Harām)." (Sahih) (Another chain) from Abu Hurairah from the Prophet ﷺ with similar wording.

Arabic text

1404 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُصْعَبٍ الْمَدَنِيُّ أَحْمَدُ بْنُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ أَنَسٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ رَبَاحٍ، وَعُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْأَغَرِّ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «صَلَاةٌ فِي مَسْجِدِي هَذَا أَفْضَلُ مِنْ أَلْفِ صَلَاةٍ فِيمَا سِوَاهُ إِلَّا الْمَسْجِدَ الْحَرَامَ» ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1404

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1404

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1405

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1405. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar that the Prophet ﷺ said: "One prayer in this mosque of mine is better than one thousand prayers in any other mosque except the Sacred Mosque." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1405 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «صَلَاةٌ فِي مَسْجِدِي هَذَا أَفْضَلُ مِنْ أَلْفِ صَلَاةٍ فِيمَا سِوَاهُ مِنَ الْمَسَاجِدِ إِلَّا الْمَسْجِدَ الْحَرَامَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1405

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1405

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1406

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1406. It was narrated from Jābir that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "One prayer in my mosque is better than one thousand prayers elsewhere, except the Sacred Mosque, and one prayer in the Sacred Mosque is better than one hundred thousand prayers elsewhere." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1406 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَسَدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زَكَرِيَّا بْنُ عَدِيٍّ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْكَرِيمِ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «صَلَاةٌ فِي مَسْجِدِي أَفْضَلُ مِنْ أَلْفِ صَلَاةٍ فِيمَا سِوَاهُ إِلَّا الْمَسْجِدَ الْحَرَامَ وَصَلَاةٌ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ الْحَرَامِ أَفْضَلُ مِنْ مِائَةِ أَلْفِ صَلَاةٍ فِيمَا سِوَاهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1406

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1406

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 196

What WasNarrated Concerning PrayingIn The Mosque Of Baitil-Maqdis (Jerusalem)

Hadith 1407

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniMunkar
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1407. It was narrated that Maimunah the freed (female) slave of the Prophet ﷺ said: I said: "O Messenger of Allāh, tell us about Baitil-Maqdis." He said: "It is the land of the Resurrection and the Gathering. Go and pray there, for one prayer there is like one thousand prayers elsewhere." I said: "What if I cannot travel and go there?" He said: "Then send a gift of oil to light its lamps, for whoever does that is like one who goes there." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1407 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الرَّقِّيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ يُونُسَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ثَوْرُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ زِيَادِ بْنِ أَبِي سَوْدَةَ، عَنْ أَخِيهِ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي سَوْدَةَ، عَنْ مَيْمُونَةَ، مَوْلَاةِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَتْ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَفْتِنَا فِي بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ قَالَ: «أَرْضُ الْمَحْشَرِ وَالْمَنْشَرِ ائْتُوهُ فَصَلُّوا فِيهِ، فَإِنَّ صَلَاةً فِيهِ كَأَلْفِ صَلَاةٍ فِي غَيْرِهِ» قُلْتُ: أَرَأَيْتَ إِنْ لَمْ أَسْتَطِعْ أَنْ أَتَحَمَّلَ إِلَيْهِ؟ قَالَ: «فَتُهْدِي لَهُ زَيْتًا يُسْرَجُ فِيهِ، فَمَنْ فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ فَهُوَ كَمَنْ أَتَاهُ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1407

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1407

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1408

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1408. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr that the Prophet ﷺ said: "When Sulaimān bin Dāwud finished building Baitil-Maqdis, he asked Allāh for three things: Judgment that was in harmony with His judgment, a dominion that no one after him would have, and that no one should come to this mosque, intending only to pray there, but he would emerge free of sin as the day his mother bore him." The Prophet ﷺ said: "Two prayers were granted, and I hope that the third was also granted." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1408 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْجَهْمِ الْأَنْمَاطِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ بْنُ سُوَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي زُرْعَةَ السَّيْبَانِيِّ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي عَمْرٍو قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الدَّيْلَمِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " لَمَّا فَرَغَ سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ مِنْ بِنَاءِ بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ، سَأَلَ اللَّهَ ثَلَاثًا: حُكْمًا يُصَادِفُ حُكْمَهُ، وَمُلْكًا لَا يَنْبَغِي لَأَحَدٍ مِنْ بَعْدِهِ، وَأَلَّا يَأْتِيَ هَذَا الْمَسْجِدَ أَحَدٌ لَا يُرِيدُ إِلَّا الصَّلَاةَ فِيهِ، إِلَّا خَرَجَ مِنْ ذُنُوبِهِ كَيَوْمِ وَلَدَتْهُ أُمُّهُ " فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَمَّا اثْنَتَانِ فَقَدْ أُعْطِيَهُمَا، وَأَرْجُو أَنْ يَكُونَ قَدْ أُعْطِيَ الثَّالِثَةَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1408

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1408

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1409

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1409. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "No one should prepare a mount (travel) to visit any mosque except three: the Sacred Mosque, this mosque of mine, and Aqsa Mosque." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1409 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ الْمُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " لَا تُشَدُّ الرِّحَالُ إِلَّا إِلَى ثَلَاثَةِ مَسَاجِدَ: مَسْجِدِ الْحَرَامِ وَمَسْجِدِي هَذَا وَالْمَسْجِدِ الْأَقْصَى "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1409

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1409

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1410

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1410. It was narrated from Abu Sa'eed and 'Abdullâh bin 'Amr bin 'Âs that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Do not prepare a mount (travel) to visit any mosque except three: the Sacred Mosque, Aqsa Mosque, and this mosque of mine." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1410 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ شُعَيْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، عَنْ قَزَعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، وَعَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْعَاصِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " لَا تُشَدُّ الرِّحَالُ إِلَّا إِلَى ثَلَاثَةِ مَسَاجِدَ: إِلَى الْمَسْجِدِ الْحَرَامِ، وَإِلَى الْمَسْجِدِ الْأَقْصَى وَإِلَى مَسْجِدِي هَذَا "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1410

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1410

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 197

What Was Narrated Concerning Prayer In Qubā' Mosque

Hadith 1411

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1411. Abul-Abrad, the freed slave of Banu Khatmah, said that he heard Usaid bin Zuhair Ansāri who was one of the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ narrating that the Prophet ﷺ said: "One prayer in the Qubā' Mosque is like 'Umrah." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1411 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَبْرَدِ، مَوْلَى بَنِي خَطْمَةَ أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أُسَيْدَ بْنَ ظُهَيْرٍ الْأَنْصَارِيَّ، وَكَانَ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يُحَدِّثُ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «صَلَاةٌ فِي مَسْجِدِ قُبَاءَ كَعُمْرَةٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1411

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1411

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1412

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1412. (Sahl) bin Hunaif said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Whoever purifies himself in his house, then comes to the Qubā' Mosque and offers one prayer therein, will have a reward like that for 'Umrah." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1412 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، وَعِيسَى بْنُ يُونُسَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ الْكَرْمَانِيُّ، قَالَ سَمِعْتُ أَبَا أُمَامَةَ بْنَ سَهْلِ بْنِ حُنَيْفٍ، يَقُولَ: قَالَ سَهْلُ بْنُ حُنَيْفٍ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ تَطَهَّرَ فِي بَيْتِهِ ثُمَّ أَتَى مَسْجِدَ قُبَاءَ، فَصَلَّى فِيهِ صَلَاةً، كَانَ لَهُ كَأَجْرِ عُمْرَةٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1412

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1412

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 198

What Was Narrated Concerning Prayer In The Jāmi' Masjid

Hadith 1413

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1413. It was narrated that Anas bin Mālik said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'A man's prayer in his house is equal (in reward) to one prayer; his prayer in the mosque of the tribes is equal to twenty-five prayers; his prayer in the mosque in which Friday prayer is offered is equal to five-hundred prayers; his prayer in Aqsa Mosque is equal to fifty thousand prayers; his prayer in my mosque is equal to fifty thousand prayers; and his prayer in the Sacred Mosque is equal to one hundred thousand prayers.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1413 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْخَطَّابِ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا رُزَيْقٌ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْأَلْهَانِيُّ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «صَلَاةُ الرَّجُلِ فِي بَيْتِهِ بِصَلَاةٍ، وَصَلَاتُهُ فِي مَسْجِدِ الْقَبَائِلِ بِخَمْسٍ وَعِشْرِينَ صَلَاةً، وَصَلَاتُهُ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ الَّذِي يُجَمَّعُ فِيهِ بِخَمْسِ مِائَةِ صَلَاةٍ، وَصَلَاتُهُ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ الْأَقْصَى بِخَمْسِينَ أَلْفِ صَلَاةٍ، وَصَلَاتُهُ فِي مَسْجِدِي بِخَمْسِينَ أَلْفِ صَلَاةٍ، وَصَلَاةٌ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ الْحَرَامِ بِمِائَةِ أَلْفِ صَلَاةٍ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1413

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1413

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 199

What Was Narrated Concerning The Beginning Of The Construction Of The Pulpit

Hadith 1414

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1414. It was narrated from Tufail bin Ubayy bin Ka'b that his father said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to pray facing the trunk of a date-palm tree when the mosque was still a hut, and he used to deliver the sermon leaning on that trunk. A man from among his Companions said: 'Would you like us to make you something upon which you can stand on Fridays so that the people will be able to see you and hear your sermon?' He said: 'Yes.' So he made three steps for him, as a pulpit. When they put the pulpit in place, they put it in the place where it stands now. When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ wanted to stand on the pulpit, he passed by the tree trunk from which he used to deliver the sermon, and when he went beyond the trunk, it moaned and split and cracked. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came down when he heard the voice of the trunk, and rubbed it with his hand until it fell silent. Then he went back to the pulpit and when he prayed, he prayed facing it. When the mosque was knocked down (for renovation) and (the pillars, etc.) were changed, Ubayy bin Ka'b took that trunk and kept it in his house until it became very old and the termites consumed it and it became grains of dust." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1414 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الرَّقِّيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو الرَّقِّيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَقِيلٍ، عَنِ الطُّفَيْلِ بْنِ أُبَيِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي إِلَى جِذْعٍ إِذْ كَانَ الْمَسْجِدُ عَرِيشًا، وَكَانَ يَخْطُبُ إِلَى ذَلِكَ الْجِذْعِ، فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ: هَلْ لَكَ أَنْ نَجْعَلَ لَكَ شَيْئًا تَقُومُ عَلَيْهِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ حَتَّى يَرَاكَ النَّاسُ وَتُسْمِعَهُمْ خُطْبَتَكَ؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ» فَصَنَعَ لَهُ ثَلَاثَ دَرَجَاتٍ، فَهِيَ الَّتِي أَعْلَى الْمِنْبَرِ، فَلَمَّا وُضِعَ الْمِنْبَرُ، وَضَعُوهُ فِي مَوْضِعِهِ الَّذِي هُوَ فِيهِ، فَلَمَّا أَرَادَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَقُومَ إِلَى الْمِنْبَرِ، مَرَّ إِلَى الْجِذْعِ الَّذِي كَانَ يَخْطُبُ إِلَيْهِ، فَلَمَّا جَاوَزَ الْجِذْعَ، خَارَ حَتَّى تَصَدَّعَ وَانْشَقَّ، فَنَزَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمَّا سَمِعَ صَوْتَ الْجِذْعِ، فَمَسَحَهُ بِيَدِهِ حَتَّى سَكَنَ، ثُمَّ رَجَعَ إِلَى الْمِنْبَرِ، فَكَانَ إِذَا صَلَّى، صَلَّى إِلَيْهِ، فَلَمَّا هُدِمَ الْمَسْجِدُ وَغُيِّرَ أَخَذَ ذَلِكَ الْجِذْعَ أُبَيُّ بْنُ كَعْبٍ، وَكَانَ عِنْدَهُ فِي بَيْتِهِ حَتَّى بَلِيَ، فَأَكَلَتْهُ الْأَرَضَةُ وَعَادَ رُفَاتًا

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1414

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1414

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1415

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1415. It was narrated from Anas that the Prophet ﷺ used to deliver the sermon leaning on a tree trunk. When he started to use the pulpit, he went to the pulpit, and the trunk made a sorrowful sound. So he came to it and embraced it, and it calmed down. He said: "If I had not embraced it, it would have continued to grieve until the Day of Resurrection." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1415 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ خَلَّادٍ الْبَاهِلِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَهْزُ بْنُ أَسَدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ عَمَّارِ بْنِ أَبِي عَمَّارٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، وَعَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَخْطُبُ إِلَى جِذْعٍ فَلَمَّا اتَّخَذَ الْمِنْبَرَ ذَهَبَ إِلَى الْمِنْبَرِ فَحَنَّ الْجِذْعُ فَأَتَاهُ فَاحْتَضَنَهُ فَسَكَنَ فَقَالَ: «لَوْ لَمْ أَحْتَضِنْهُ لَحَنَّ إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1415

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1415

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1416

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1416. It was narrated that Abu Házim said: "The people differed concerning the pulpit of the Messenger of Alláh ﷺ and what it was made of. So they came to Saḥl bin Sa'd and asked him. He said: "There is no one left who knows more about that than I. It is made of tamarisk (a type of tree) from Ghâbah.[1] It was made by so-and-so, the freed slave of so-and-so (a woman), (who was) a carpenter. He brought it and he (the Prophet ﷺ) stood on it when it was put in position. He faced the Qiblah and the people stood behind him. He recited Qur'ân, then bowed and raised his head, then he moved backwards until he prostrated on the ground, then he went back to the pulpit and recited Qur'ân, then bowed and raised his head, then he moved backwards until he prostrated on the ground." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1416 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ الْجَحْدَرِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، قَالَ: اخْتَلَفَ النَّاسُ فِي مِنْبَرِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ أَيِّ شَيْءٍ هُوَ؟ فَأَتَوْا سَهْلَ بْنَ سَعْدٍ فَسَأَلُوهُ فَقَالَ: مَا بَقِيَ أَحَدٌ مِنَ النَّاسِ أَعْلَمُ بِهِ مِنِّي «هُوَ مِنْ أَثْلِ الغَابَةِ عَمِلَهُ فُلَانٌ مَوْلَى فُلَانَةَ نَجَّارٌ فَجَاءَ بِهِ، فَقَامَ عَلَيْهِ حِينَمَا وُضِعَ، فَاسْتَقْبَلَ وَقَامَ النَّاسُ خَلْفَهُ، فَقَرَأَ ثُمَّ رَكَعَ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ فَرَجَعَ الْقَهْقَرَى حَتَّى سَجَدَ بِالْأَرْضِ، ثُمَّ عَادَ إِلَى الْمِنْبَرِ فَقَرَأَ ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَقَامَ ثُمَّ رَجَعَ الْقَهْقَرَى حَتَّى سَجَدَ بِالْأَرْضِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1416

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1416

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1417

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1417. It was narrated that Jâbir bin 'Abdullâh said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to stand by the root of a tree, or by a tree trunk, then he started to use a pulpit. The tree trunk made a grieving sound." Jâbir said: "So that the people in the mosque could hear it. Until the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came to it and rubbed it, and it calmed down. Some of them said: 'If he had not come to it, it would have grieved until the Day of Resurrection.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1417 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بِشْرٍ بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ التَّيْمِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي نَضْرَةَ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُومُ إِلَى أَصْلِ شَجَرَةٍ - أَوْ قَالَ إِلَى جِذْعٍ - ثُمَّ اتَّخَذَ مِنْبَرًا، قَالَ: «فَحَنَّ الْجِذْعُ - قَالَ جَابِرٌ - حَتَّى سَمِعَهُ أَهْلُ الْمَسْجِدِ، حَتَّى أَتَاهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَمَسَحَهُ فَسَكَنَ» ، فَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: لَوْ لَمْ يَأْتِهِ لَحَنَّ إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ

Footnotes

1 [1] A place near Al-Madinah.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1417

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1417

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 200

What Was Narrated Concerning Standing For A Long Time In Prayer

Hadith 1418

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1418. It was narrated from Abu Wâ'il that 'Abdullâh said: "I prayed one night with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and he kept standing until I thought of doing something bad." I said: "What was that?" He said: "I thought of sitting down and leaving him." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1418 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَامِرِ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ، وَسُوَيْدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُسْهِرٍ، عَنِ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «صَلَّيْتُ ذَاتَ لَيْلَةٍ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلَمْ يَزَلْ قَائِمًا حَتَّى هَمَمْتُ بِأَمْرِ سَوْءٍ» ، قُلْتُ: وَمَا ذَاكَ الْأَمْرُ؟ قَالَ: هَمَمْتُ أَنْ أَجْلِسَ وَأَتْرُكَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1418

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1418

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1419

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1419. It was narrated from Ziyâd bin 'Ilâqah that he heard Mughirah say: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ stood (in prayer) until his feet became swollen. It was said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, Allāh has forgiven you your past and future sins.' He said: 'Should I not be a thankful slave?'"

Arabic text

1419 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ زِيَادِ بْنِ عِلَاقَةَ، سَمِعَ الْمُغِيرَةَ، يَقُولُ: قَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَتَّى تَوَرَّمَتْ قَدَمَاهُ، فَقِيلَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ قَدْ غَفَرَ اللَّهُ لَكَ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِكَ وَمَا تَأَخَّرَ، قَالَ: «أَفَلَا أَكُونُ عَبْدًا شَكُورًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1419

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1419

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1420

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1420. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to pray until his feet became swollen. It was said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, Allāh has forgiven you your past and future sins.' He said: 'Should I not be a thankful slave?'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1420 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو هِشَامٍ الرِّفَاعِيُّ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ يَمَانٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي حَتَّى تَوَرَّمَتْ قَدَمَاهُ، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: إِنَّ اللَّهَ قَدْ غَفَرَ لَكَ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِكَ وَمَا تَأَخَّرَ، قَالَ: «أَفَلَا أَكُونُ عَبْدًا شَكُورًا»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1420

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1420

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1421

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1421. It was narrated that Jābir bin 'Abdullāh said: "The Prophet ﷺ was asked: 'Which prayer is best?' He said: 'That with the longer Qunut.'"[1] (Sahih)

Arabic text

1421 - حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ أَبُو بِشْرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: سُئِلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: أَيُّ الصَّلَاةِ أَفْضَلُ؟ قَالَ: «طُولُ الْقُنُوتِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] "They have explained that the Qunut in this Hadith means the standing. And this Hadith does not negate the Hadith: 'The slave is nearest to his Lord when prostrating' since it is possible that that nearness in the state of prostration be with regard to the supplication being answered, as he indicated; so that they would increase in supplication. But that does not negate the superiority of the standing, and Allāh knows best." Explanation by Sindi.

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1421

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1421

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 201

What Was Narrated Concerning Prostrating A Great Deal

Hadith 1422

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1422. It was narrated from Kathir bin Murrah that Abu Fâtimah told him: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allâh! Tell me of a deed that I can adhere to and act upon.' He said: "You should prostrate, for you will not prostrate to Allâh but He will raise you in status one degree thereby and erase from you one sin." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1422 - حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عَمَّارٍ، وَعَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدِّمَشْقِيَّانِ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ ثَابِتِ بْنِ ثَوْبَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ مَكْحُولٍ، عَنْ كَثِيرِ بْنِ مُرَّةَ، أَنَّ أَبَا فَاطِمَةَ، حَدَّثَهُ قَالَ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَخْبِرْنِي بِعَمَلٍ أَسْتَقِيمُ عَلَيْهِ وَأَعْمَلُهُ، قَالَ: «عَلَيْكَ بِالسُّجُودِ؛ فَإِنَّكَ لَا تَسْجُدُ لِلَّهِ سَجْدَةً إِلَّا رَفَعَكَ اللَّهُ بِهَا دَرَجَةً، وَحَطَّ بِهَا عَنْكَ خَطِيئَةً»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1422

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1422

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1423

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1423. Ma'dân bin Abu Talhah Al-Ya'muri said: "I met Thawbân and said to him: 'Tell me a Hadith that Allâh may benefit me thereby.' But he remained silent. Then I said the same and he remained silent. That happened three times. Then he said to me: 'You should prostrate to Allâh; for I heard the Messenger of Allâh say: "No one prostrates to Allāh but Allāh will raise him one degree in status thereby and will erase one of his sins." Ma'dān said: "Then I met Abu' Dardā' and asked him the same question, and he gave a similar answer." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1423 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَمْرٍو أَبُو عَمْرٍو الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ الْمُعَيْطِيُّ، حَدَّثَهُ مَعْدَانُ بْنُ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ الْيَعْمُرِيُّ، قَالَ: لَقِيتُ ثَوْبَانَ فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: حَدِّثْنِي حَدِيثًا عَسَى اللَّهُ أَنْ يَنْفَعَنِي بِهِ، قَالَ: فَسَكَتَ، ثُمَّ عُدْتُ فَقُلْتُ مِثْلَهَا، فَسَكَتَ ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ، فَقَالَ لِي: عَلَيْكَ بِالسُّجُودِ لِلَّهِ، فَإِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَا مِنْ عَبْدٍ يَسْجُدُ لِلَّهِ سَجْدَةً إِلَّا رَفَعَهُ اللَّهُ بِهَا دَرَجَةً، وَحَطَّ عَنْهُ بِهَا خَطِيئَةً» قَالَ مَعْدَانُ: ثُمَّ لَقِيتُ أَبَا الدَّرْدَاءِ فَسَأَلْتُهُ فَقَالَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1423

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1423

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1424

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1424. It was narrated from 'Ubādah bin Sāmit that he heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "No one prostrates to Allāh but Allāh will record one Hasanah (good reward) for him, and will erase thereby one bad deed and raise him in status one degree. So prostrate a great deal." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1424 - حَدَّثَنَا الْعَبَّاسُ بْنُ عُثْمَانَ الدِّمَشْقِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ الْمُرِّيِّ، عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ مَيْسَرَةَ بْنِ حَلْبَسٍ، عَنِ الصُّنَابِحِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَادَةَ بْنِ الصَّامِتِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَقُولُ: «مَا مِنْ عَبْدٍ يَسْجُدُ لِلَّهِ سَجْدَةً إِلَّا كَتَبَ اللَّهُ لَهُ بِهَا حَسَنَةً، وَمَحَا عَنْهُ بِهَا سَيِّئَةً، وَرَفَعَ لَهُ بِهَا دَرَجَةً، فَاسْتَكْثِرُوا مِنَ السُّجُودِ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1424

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1424

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 202

The First Thing For Which A Person Will Be Called To Account Will Be His Prayers

Hadith 1425

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1425. It was narrated that Anas bin Hakim Dabbi said: "Abu Hurairah said to me: 'When you go to your country, tell them that I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: "The first thing for which the Muslim will be brought to account on the Day of Resurrection will be the prescribed prayers. If they are complete, all well and good, otherwise it will be said: 'Look and see whether he has any voluntary prayers.' If he has any voluntary prayers, his prescribed prayers will be completed from his voluntary prayers. Then the same will be done with regard to all his obligatory deeds." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1425 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ بْنِ حُسَيْنٍ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ حَكِيمٍ الضَّبِّيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ لِي أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: إِذَا أَتَيْتَ أَهْلَ مِصْرِكَ فَأَخْبِرْهُمْ أَنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُول اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: " إِنَّ أَوَّلَ مَا يُحَاسَبُ بِهِ الْعَبْدُ الْمُسْلِمُ يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ، الصَّلَاةُ الْمَكْتُوبَةُ، فَإِنْ أَتَمَّهَا، وَإِلَّا قِيلَ: انْظُرُوا هَلْ لَهُ مِنْ تَطَوُّعٍ؟ فَإِنْ كَانَ لَهُ تَطَوُّعٌ أُكْمِلَتِ الْفَرِيضَةُ مِنْ تَطَوُّعِهِ، ثُمَّ يُفْعَلُ بِسَائِرِ الْأَعْمَالِ الْمَفْرُوضَةِ مِثْلُ ذَلِكَ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1425

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1425

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1426

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1426. It was narrated from Tamim Dâri that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The first thing for which a person will be brought to account on the Day of Resurrection will be his prayer. If it is complete, then the voluntary (prayers) will also be recorded for him (as an increase). If it is not complete then Allāh will say to His angels: 'Look and see whether you find any voluntary prayers for My slave, and take them to make up what is lacking from his obligatory prayers.' Then all his deeds will be reckoned in like manner." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1426 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ الدَّارِمِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ دَاوُدَ بْنِ أَبِي هِنْدٍ، عَنْ زُرَارَةَ بْنِ أَوْفَى، عَنْ تَمِيمٍ الدَّارِيِّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الصَّبَّاحِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَفَّانُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا حُمَيْدٌ، عَنِ الْحَسَنِ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، وَدَاوُدُ بْنُ أَبِي هِنْدٍ، عَنْ زُرَارَةَ بْنِ أَوْفَى، عَنْ تَمِيمٍ الدَّارِيِّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " أَوَّلُ مَا يُحَاسَبُ بِهِ الْعَبْدُ يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ صَلَاتُهُ، فَإِنْ أَكْمَلَهَا كُتِبَتْ لَهُ نَافِلَةً، فَإِنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ أَكْمَلَهَا، قَالَ اللَّهُ سُبْحَانَهُ لِمَلَائِكَتِهِ: انْظُرُوا، هَلْ تَجِدُونَ لِعَبْدِي مِنْ تَطَوُّعٍ؟ فَأَكْمِلُوا بِهَا مَا ضَيَّعَ مِنْ فَرِيضَتِهِ، ثُمَّ تُؤْخَذُ الْأَعْمَالُ عَلَى حَسَبِ ذَلِكَ "

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1426

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1426

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 203

Offering A Voluntary Prayer in The Same Place As One Has Offered An Obligatory Prayer

Hadith 1427

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1427. It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Is anyone of you incapable, when he prays, of stepping forward or backwards, or to his right or left?" meaning in order to offer a voluntary prayer. (Da'if)

Arabic text

1427 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ لَيْثٍ، عَنْ حَجَّاجِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ إِسْمَاعِيل، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «أَيَعْجِزُ أَحَدُكُمْ إِذَا صَلَّى أَنْ يَتَقَدَّمَ أَوْ يَتَأَخَّرَ، أَوْ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، أَوْ عَنْ شِمَالِهِ» يَعْنِي السُّبْحَةَ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1427

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1427

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1428

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1428. It was narrated from Al-Mughirah bin Shu'bah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "The Imām should not pray in the place where he offered the obligatory prayer, until he moves aside." (Da'if) Another chain from Mughirah, from the Prophet ﷺ with similar wording.

Arabic text

1428 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَا يُصَلِّي الْإِمَامُ فِي مُقَامِهِ الَّذِي صَلَّى فِيهِ الْمَكْتُوبَةَ حَتَّى يَتَنَحَّى عَنْهُ» ، حَدَّثَنَا كَثِيرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ الْحِمْصِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ التَّمِيمِيِّ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ الْمُغِيرَةِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ نَحْوَهُ

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1428

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1428

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 204

What Was Narrated Concerning Having A Place In The Mosque In Which One Usually Prays

Hadith 1429

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1429. It was narrated that 'Abdur-Rahmān bin Shibl said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forbade three things: Pecking like a crow, spreading (the forearms) like a beast of prey,[1] and a man having a place in the mosque in which he usually offers the prayer, like a camel has a place to which it usually goes." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1429 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بِشْرٍ بَكْرُ بْنُ خَلَفٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ تَمِيمِ بْنِ مَحْمُودٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ شِبْلٍ، قَالَ: " نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ ثَلَاثٍ: عَنْ نَقْرَةِ الْغُرَابِ، وَعَنْ فِرْشَةِ السَّبُعِ، وَأَنْ يُوَطِّنَ الرَّجُلُ الْمَكَانَ الَّذِي يُصَلِّي فِيهِ كَمَا يُوَطِّنُ الْبَعِيرُ "

Footnotes

1 [1] "That he spread his forearms in prostration and not raise them from the ground as is done by the wolf, the dog and others." (Explanation by Sindi).

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1429

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1429

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1430

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1430. It was narrated from Yazid bin Abu 'Ubaid that Salamah bin Al-Akwa' used to offer the Duha prayer, and he would come to the pillar that was near the Mushaf.[1] I said to him: "Why do you not pray over there?" And I pointed to some corner of the mosque. He said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ seeking out this place." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1430 - حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ حُمَيْدِ بْنِ كَاسِبٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمُغِيرَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْمَخْزُومِيُّ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ سَلَمَةَ بْنِ الْأَكْوَعِ، أَنَّهُ «كَانَ يَأْتِي إِلَى سُبْحَةِ الضُّحَى فَيَعْمِدُ إِلَى الْأُسْطُوَانَةِ، دُونَ الْمُصْحَفِ، فَيُصَلِّي قَرِيبًا مِنْهَا» ، فَأَقُولُ لَهُ: أَلَا تُصَلِّي هَاهُنَا؟ وَأُشِيرُ إِلَى بَعْضِ نَوَاحِي الْمَسْجِدِ، فَيَقُولُ: «إِنِّي رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَتَحَرَّى هَذَا الْمُقَامَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1430

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1430

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 205

What Was Narrated Concerning Where Shoes Should Be Placed If They Are Taken Off During Prayer

Hadith 1431

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1431. It was narrated that ‘Abdullâh bin Sâ’ib said: “I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ praying on the Day of the Conquest, and he put his shoes on his left.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1431 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبَّادٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «صَلَّى يَوْمَ الْفَتْحِ فَجَعَلَ نَعْلَيْهِ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] "That is the Mushaf (collected copy of the Qur'an) of 'Uthmān." Explanation by Sindī, Ibn Hajar (no. 502, Al-Bukhārī) said: "This proves that there was a specific location for the Mushaf, and it occurs in Muslim with the wording: 'He prayed behind the box.' And it is as if there was a box that the Mushaf was placed in."

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1431

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1431

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1432

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniVery weak
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1432. It was narrated that Abu Hurairah said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: ‘Keep your shoes on your feet. If you take them off then place them between your two feet; do not place them to your right, or to the right of your companions, or behind you, for they may annoy whoever is behind you.’” (Da’if) In the Name of Allāh, the MostBeneficent, the Most Merciful

Arabic text

1432 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ حَبِيبٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ الْمُحَارِبِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَلْزِمْ نَعْلَيْكَ قَدَمَيْكَ، فَإِنْ خَلَعْتَهُمَا فَاجْعَلْهُمَا بَيْنَ رِجْلَيْكَ، وَلَا تَجْعَلْهُمَا عَنْ يَمِينِكَ، وَلَا عَنْ يَمِينِ صَاحِبِكَ، وَلَا وَرَاءَكَ، فَتُؤْذِيَ مَنْ خَلْفَكَ»

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1432

Report an issue

Sunan Ibn Majah · Hadith 1432

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes